How to get out of it and take back our health & wealth

Donated from the Library of Marti Kheel

 Every sick person
is
a God/Goddess who doesn ’t know it
I dedicate this book to all the sovereigns I have known, my
former patients, for your confidence in me over the past
twenty-five years. You taught me about life. It is with much
gratitude that I submit this work to you.

As well, to all of my former collaborators, the staff of my

clinics, for your loyalty and support. You enabled me to look
beyond and explore new horizons. It is with much affection
that I share my discoveries with you.

Thankyou allfrom the bottom of my heart!

Copyright© 1995, Here's The Key Inc.
ISBN 0-9644126-0-8
All rights reserved.

Here’s The Key Inc., P.0. Box 830 850, Miami, FL 33283. No part of this book may
be reproduced, stored or used in any form or by any means - electronic, graphic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording or information retrieval systems, without
the prior written permission of the publisher, except for brief quotations embodied in
literary articles and reviews. Printed in Canada. Photography: S.Langevin - Drawings:
L. Pomminville - Graphic design and desktop publishing: Arc Communications

If your local bookstore is out, please contact

our sales office to order:

HERE'S THE KEY INC.

In the USA In Canada
P.O. Box 223 P.O. Box 113
Morgan, VT Coaticook, QC
05853 J1A2S9
Tel: 1-802-895-4914 Tel: 1-819-835-9520
Fax: 1 -802-895-4669 Fax: 1-819-835-5433
 THE
MEDICAL
MAFIA
How to get out of it ''and take back
our health & wealth

by
Guylaine Lanctot, M.D.
 Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2018 with funding from
Kahle/Austin Foundation

https://archive.org/details/medicalmafiahowtOOIanc
Table of contents
Prologue. 3
n H€RRT-TO-H€RRT T€T€-A-T€T€. 4
From 9 to 99 5

WHO AMI?. 6
R doctor 6
R mother 7

S.O.S. IN TH6 USA. 9

RN OV€RVI€W. 10

The problem: a medicine ofsickness. 13

THR€€ COUNTRI€S, THR66 SYSTEMS. 14
Deterioration and dissatisPaction 14

STUDV OF R SVST6M. 14
UUhot is a human being? 15
R body, o soul, o spirit 15
The enigmatic soul 19
Four dimensions, Pour uuorlds 23
R journey on planet Carth 25

R MCDICINC OF SICKNCSS. 30
Sickness VCS, Health NO 30
Impossible health 30
Treating symptoms, normalizing the Pigures 31
Ignoring the problem 32
Causing illnesses 33
Creating illnesses 33

R UTTL6 HISTORV. 34
Malleus MalePicarum 35
Flexner Report 36
Declaration oP Rlma Rta 37
EPILOGUE
HOW MUCH DOCS IT COST?. 38
fit the national level 38
Rt the family level 39
Rt the personal level 40

WHCRC DOCS OUR MONCV GO?. 40

1) Diagnostic tests 40
2) Medicines and drugs 41
3) Hospitals 41
4) Other costs 41

CONCLUSION. 41

THE SOLUTION: a medicine ofhealth. 43

WHRT IS HCRLTH?. 44

WHRT IS SICKNCSS?. 47

WHRT IS R DOCTOR?. 49

WHRT IS MCDICINC?. 52
Scientific medicine for the physical body 54
Rlternative medicine for the invisible bodies 57
Self-healing for the soul 59

R MCDICINC OF HCRLTH. 61
The invisible exists 61
Identifying the problem: the invisible bodies 62
Finding ond correcting the cause of the problem: the soul 65
Vicious circle of sickness 68
Harmonious circle of health 69
Re-estoblishing the natural order to go
from sickness to health 70

WHCRC SHOULD OUR MONCV GO?. 71

1) To education 72
2) To alternative medicines 73
3) To the environment 73
4) To cover other costs 74
Rnd what about scientific medicine? 74

HOW MUCH WILL RLL THIS COST?. 75

CONCLUSION 76
 The Medical Mafia

The obstacle: The Medical Mafia. 81

TH€ RCRl 66N6FICIRRV OF THC MCDICRl SVST6M. 82

THC TILTING OF THC MCDICRl SVSTCM. 85

The players in the system 85
Officially 85
In practice 87

THC 6STRBUSHM6NT. 89
The established order versus the natural order 89
The pouuer of the privileged 90
The mafia 92

THC MCDICRl MRFIR. 94

Its composition 94
Houu it works 95
The family game of monopoly 97
The couple Don Multinationalio-Donna Governmenta 109
UU.H.O. - The Donna of all Donnas 110
Meet Mr. Smith 110
The corporate philosophy of the healthcare business 113

The trilogy of lies, part one:

VRCCIN€S PROTeCT US. 117
The big lie 117
The uuorld authorities 124
UUhy this lethal relentlessness? 126
Social marketing 131
In conclusion 134

The trilogy of lies, part two:

RIDS IS CONTRGIOUS. 136
UUhat is RIDS? 136
Causes of RIDS 137
In summary 138
UUhy this murderous relentlessness? 139
The scapegoat virus 140
The origin of the HIV retrovirus 141
The saga of RIDS 142
EPILOGUE

The trilogy of lies, part three:

CANC€R IS A MVST6RV. 145
ft sad statement of account after forty years 145
Effective treatments since sixty years 146
UUhat is cancer? 147
The scapegoat gene 148
War on cancer 150
Cui Bono? The arms merchants 153
...and how about making peace! 154

PASTEUR... OR BECHAMP?. 155

Two theories 155
Two men 156
Two systems of values 156
But not two truths 158
Why this murderous relentlessness? 159
from Bechamp to Naessens 160
R true answer: the somatidian theory 161
R true diagnostic test: the somatoscope 161
R true prevention: improving health 162
R true treatment: re-establishing health 162
Choosing between Pasteur and Bechamp 163
Conclusion: do I stop, or go on reading? 164

The realization: self-health.i67

TO RECAPITULATE. 169

QUIZ. 170

SELF-HEALTH. 172

THE CRUSE OF THE CAPSIZING: SUBMISSION. 173

Scientific medicine, the tool of submission 173
The punishment for insubordinotion 176
The story of the cot ond the mouse 181
Power OVER, power OF 185
Being power crazy: the control syndrome 187

THE TREATMENT: SOVEREIGNTY. 189

Righting the system 189
STOPPING the social hierarchy 190
The authorities: an unnecessary evil 192
Employer-employee relationship 194
Let us resume our reol roles 195
legal actions on trial 198

THE CURE: SOLIDRRITV. 202

Medical solidarity 205
Universal solidarity 204

WHO IS GOING TO INITIATE THE REMEDVING

Of THE SVSTEM?. 205
The 4 COs oP the MaPia 205
The Conscience 207

DAVID AND GOLIATH. 216

The authorities 217
Human nature 219
Utopia 220

SOCIALIZED MEDICINE FOR AMERICANS?. 221

CONCLUSION. 229
Choice oP a health system 229
Generalization oP all the systems 231

Epilogue.235
I REMEMBER... BUT I HAD FORGOTTEN. 237

Suggested reading list.239

PROLOGUE. 239

PROBLEM. 239

SOLUTION. 240

OBSTACLE. 242
Vaccines 243
AIDS 246
Cancer 248
Immunity 248

REALIZATION. 249
The Medical Mafia

3
fl H6RRT-TO-H6RRT T6T6-R-T6T6
This book is the fruit of medical studies, apprenticeship, learning by experi¬
ence, and reflection over 25 years of practicing and being involved in the world
of medicine.

To some, this work will seem obvious. To others, it will appear to be

nonsense, an aberration. It will please one. And shock the other.

In part, it is with one’s brain that one will understand this book. And, in
part, it is with one’s heart that one will perceive it. Certain areas are explored
using logic, others thanks to intuition. My medical studies have taught me the
importance of being rigorous, precise, accurate and statistically correct. Life has
taught me, however, that it doesn’t always work out as spelled out in the treatise
or as written in stone. I am not going to express myself in an academic or didactic
fashion. But rather I will relate to you what I have seen, read, understood, actu¬
ally experienced, and concluded. I am going to avoid statistics which, after all,
can prove whatever they set out to prove. I will restrict myself to presenting
approximate ballpark figures with all the margin of error that they entail. Do not
look for proof, footnotes, or exact figures. You will not find them. I am not a
statistician, nor an archivist or journalist. Nor am I a professional researcher or
economist. But common sense and love, that I know. My aim is not to convince
you, but to inform you. Having said that:
• Either your inner voice will tell you that it is true and, therefore, you will not
need any proof.
• Or, your inner voice will tell you that it is not true, and no amount of proof
is going to convince you otherwise.
• Or your inner voice will cause you to question and want to know more, and
I will cite books already full of references.

When I recommend these books for you to read, I am not necessarily

endorsing the contents or the message. There are some that I have read from
cover to cover. Others that I just flipped through. And others that I have not read
at all. That is not important in the least. For it is you who will draw your own
conclusions. I am happy only to inform you of their existence. The only truth
that is of any consequence to you, is your own. If you know of other books
which might help readers to better understand, would you be so kind as to let
me know their titles.

It is the same with quotes. I include those that have caused me to reflect,
hoping that they will do the same for you.

Despite its title, this book is not a denunciation of the medical world. Many
others have already done that. I am not looking for a guilty party or a scapegoat.
For who are we to judge others? Besides, I am not in a position to do that, given
the fact that it is by having been a participant and having collaborated with the
industry that I discovered the Medical Mafia and its machinations.
 The only ones who are responsible are those who pay the bill. And that is
us. Which brings me to the real purpose of this book. Namely, to shed some
light on just how the medical system works, in order to better direct and focus
our efforts if we wish to change it. All too often, I have seen people full of good
intention devote their energy, time and money to improve a system. Only to beat
their heads against a brick wall. In other words, the status quo. Quite simply,
because they did not know how the system worked.
And last but not least, I would like to tell you right now that I have a weak¬
ness for fables. I will indulge in this little pleasure every once in a while. Animals
and imaginary human beings relate things so well that I occasionally turn the
pen (make that word-processor) over to them.

This book was conceived in the USA, modified in France, and completed
in Canada. I have lived, studied and worked in the medical field in all three
countries.
All three have arrived at the same setback. The same dilemma - it costs too
much and one doesn’t have the means to pay - despite the apparent difference of
the three health systems.

I also noted that in each of the three countries, people there criticized their
own system while praising that of another country without realizing that, albeit
under different labels, the base was exactly the same. But then isn't grass always
greener on the other side!

As if to make the point, certain Americans in authority are trying to

convince the American people to adopt a Canadian-style health system. The very
system that is currently helping to drive Canada to bankruptcy!

I have come to understand that:

1. We have given up trying to make sense of our own health system because it is
too complicated.
2. We are all dissatisfied, no matter what the system.
3. The systems of different countries differ only in their appearance. Their very
essence is the same, as well as their results: too expensive, out of control,
and resulting in an increasing incidence of illness.
4. Somewhere, there must be some sort of global plan, or will, if you wish,
given that the results of the systems are so much the same in all countries.

I therefore set out to find examples in these three countries, the USA,
Canada and France. And to quote from works stemming from all three.

from 9 to 99
Is the medical system complicated? No. Nothing is complicated in nature.
If the medical system is complicated, then it is because it has distanced itself
from its very reason for being in the first place. One more reason for retrieving
it and getting it back on track.
PROLOGUE

Whether you are 9 or 99, understanding your health and governing it in

your own way is not a question of age. Secrecy and complexity are the tools of
manipulation and the control of some by others. Transparency and simplicity
are the tools of personal power. I will apply them throughout this book. If you
find it simplistic, then I will have succeeded.

WHO AM I?
A doctor
I have practiced medicine in the field of phlebology (the treatment of
varicose veins in the legs) for almost 20 years. Never once during this time, have
I stopped asking myself questions:
• Why are certain illnesses untreatable?
• Why are some people always ill and others never?
• Why do some people die from an illness and others recover?
• Why do medical costs continue to skyrocket?
• Why are some doctors or therapists forbidden, barred from practicing, and
others not?
• Why is only treatment remunerated and not prevention?
• Why are people still dying of cancer after 50 years of intensive research at
astronomical cost?
• Why do governments eliminate grants to hospitals when the number of
those waiting to be admitted continues to increase?
• Why do patients not know what they have. Nor why they are being operated
on or what they are being treated for?
• Why are we so little informed of alternative medicines?
• Why is everyone so unhappy with the existing medical and hospital system?
• Why are there so many medical organizations and government agencies?
Who’s interest exactly are they protecting?
My profession was unable to provide me with any of the answers to these
questions. So I gave up on hoping to learn through traditional channels. And
enrolled in the school of life.
First of all with my patients. Their confidence and trust in me moved me
greatly and encouraged me to always learn more so that I could better inform
them. Even in areas that were not my field of specialization. They were kind
enough to share their life experiences with me. I am indebted to them.

And then I went to other schools. I was out to discover all that we do not
learn about medicine. Namely, alternative medicines. I travelled to many
places, even as far as Siberia. I was determined to see for myself exactly what
constitutes these different categories of medicine. I discovered a whole other
parallel world medicine, which gives results that are often incredibly positive.
6
* -
 I also discovered, during this apprenticeship if you will, the existence and
importance of that which we cannot see. The invisible, the energy. We are all
vibrant bodies of energy and the frequency of these vibrations determines our
state of health.
I was bom an entrepreneur. Curiosity and the love of a challenge first led
me to establish centres of phlebology in several towns and cities in North
America. By force of circumstance, I had to grapple with the legality, business
and politics of medicine. I got to mb elbows with the medical establishment.

Thanks to all these experiences, I came to understand HOW IT WORKS in

medicine. Who actually controls the health system and who profits from it. My
apprenticeship in the field was much different from that which I had experi¬
enced in medical school. I discovered the subtleties of the MEDICAL MAFIA and
I had the answers to my questions.
In searching for an ideal medical system, I quickly realized, and it is surely
no secret to anyone - that poverty is the mother of all misery - and that medical
care is extremely expensive. Based on my common sense, I told myself that all
one had to do was to regulate poverty in communities in order to considerably
improve the finances of health. I also became very aware at this point in
time that health problems were, for the most part, social and environmental
problems. And that they did not require medical solutions. But rather political
solutions.
Yet not only have our governments failed to regulate the social problems,
they are even hacking away at all social programs that already exist. I then
opened my eyes to reality. That governments have no intention whatsoever of
regulating the problem. On the contrary.

R mother
As a mother of four, working for the most part with women, I realized how
many of us were mistreated by my profession where misogyny reigns. I also
noted the paradox that it is women who in fact are most closely involved with
healthcare.

Traditionally, it is we who take care of the health of the family and it is we

who consult a doctor for our husbands, our children, or for ourselves. We hold
the power of the health system, but we do not exercise it. This book is therefore
addressed, first and foremost, to women.
As a mother, I am convinced that the only worthwhile inheritance that I can
leave my children is my contribution to the creation of a better society. A society
in which they, and their children, will continue to evolve and grow.
To create, one must first of all dream. And then one must find a way to
realize one’s dream. The best health, for all, at the best price. There must
be a way to achieve it. One only has to find it.
PROLOGUE

For years, I was sure that a state of health existed that was beyond the
concept of “good health” that we now know, which condemns us to being ill,
becoming old, and then to die.

In 1983,1 put up a sign on the walls of my clinics, “HEALTH UNLIMITED”.

I knew it was possible, but I did not know how to arrive at it. It was not until
10 years later that I found that it could be done. I came to understand that one
could achieve much more than merely maintaining a state of good health.
Immortality is certainly not out of the question!

Don’t worry! I do not belong to any religion, sect, secret society, or to any
particular political party. My only allegiance is to myself. I am master of my
thoughts, my emotions and my actions. I am my own person. A person with
faith, not in external authorities, but in myself, in you, in us, in humanity. I have
faith in the divinity of the human being. One only has to escape from our prison
and fly. Peace, joy, health and prosperity are just behind the walls which we have
unwittingly helped to erect and fortify.

To open the prison gates, I had to understand the system in order to know
where I should concentrate my efforts. No treatment before first conducting
a thorough diagnosis. I searched. When we search, we do discover, but not
always what we would like to find - the medical system is a veritable MEDICAL
MAFIA which creates sickness and kills for money and power. A rather macabre
discovery.

I have assembled all the pieces of the puzzle that I have collected through¬
out my years of apprenticeship and I have finally reconstructed the big picture
that I have dreamed of. Unlimited health & wealth for all.

Contrary to what all of us might like to believe, it is not the authorities,

medical or political, that are going to bring about the solution. Indeed, it is they
that have created the problem and it is they who seek to maintain it. We alone,
as patients, as concerned citizens, can open the gate to the prison and realize
our dream of health and prosperity.

I have written this book for all those of us who love life. The recipe for
health is included. We only have to acquire the ingredients, mix well, and add a
little dash of personal creativity. And enjoy the feast!
Bon appetit!
S.O.S. IN TH€ USA
The whole question of the healthcare system in the United States is currently
under review. The proposed solutions do not meet the requirements of who we
are. A bastardized social system for the American people. Shame! No wonder it
is coming in for such close scrutiny and criticism.
The authorities are trying to present us with a rehash of other health sys¬
tems from other countries. At the very time when these systems are either in the
process, or on the verge, of collapsing from one day to the next.

We need to create a truly original American health system. One that is

custom-designed by Americans, for Americans. And, as we are all concerned, let
us all decide on the system under which we want to live. We should not leave
it up to the authorities and the politicians who want to force us into a captive
market and cause us to abandon our control over our health.

Control by the State under whatever banner - socialist, capitalist, conserva¬

tive, liberal - is a monopoly. Controlling the money and the criteria dictating the
practice of medicine, is to reduce 1,500 insurance companies to one. That is the
State.

It is our money and our health. They are ours alone to control and manage.
In any case, it is we who foot the bill.

As the old saying goes, “ If you want something done right, then do it your¬
self.” Certainly, we cannot do worse than the authorities have succeeded in
doing to date. We can only do better. And much better at that. Quickly and with¬
out delay, let us take back control of our most prized and treasured possession,
our health. And let us manage it ourselves. With common sense, fairness, and
love. We will rediscover health & wealth!
PROLOGUE

AN OV6RVI6W

Meoicfluows

Hospfmis

The realization:
 The Medical Mafia

;1:;' /mciSfii:® :€;& 7#e ®; iqj® ::.

to be dissatisfy L afiems and do<

fc> f$ M® figr %I - fa i

;ii <
" ®f Iff;fg§M® -ff-ff. if |jfe~ fr hi

makes one ill ami costs a lot

1. If the problem is a medicine of sickness, then the solution is a medicine of health, which
treats the cause of illnesses and prevents them from occurring.
2. Probably as much as 75% of the medicine of sickness is unnecessary and its cost can
be avoided.
3. It is a matter of placing the emphasis on health and regulating the problems which
cause sickness. These solutions have been proposed by many for a long time.
In adopting them, we would be able to reduce the cost of sickness by 75% and then
apply 25% of the savings to the cost of health.
4. As a result, we would have an effective “health” system at half the current cost with
patients who are autonomous and responsible.
5. The solution is simple, evident and enticing. Why don’t the authorities realize this?
Why are they doing the very opposite?

1. The two principal actors in the system have accepted to become spectators and have
relinquished their power.
• the patients: their financial power to insurance companies, in the name of security.
• the doctors: their medical power to institutions, in tile name of protection.
2. However, security1 2 3 4 5 and protection are illusions. Belief in them, in effect, means that the
actors have become spectators, prisoners of a system of sickness which costs them
dearly and which makes them ill,
3. If both patients and doctors are dissatisfied, someone else out there must be happy that such
a medical system is being perpetuated and that it is being “installed” around the world.
4. Who then created the system and is keeping it in place? Surely those that profit from it.
it is the industry that reaps large profits and it is the industry' that is keeping the
establishment (established medicine) in power which, in turn, keeps patients and
doctors captives of a system of sickness.
5. Officially, we are told that the system is at the service of the patient. But, in practice, the
system is at the service of the industry which pulls the strings and maintains a system of
sickness for its own profit. That is die MEDICAL MAFIA.

1. The two principal actors in the system take back their respective power:
• the patients: their financial power
• the doctors: their medical power
2. The only one who has the ultimate power to change the system is the patient, the very
reason for being of the system. The patients will take back their power over health and
exercise their sovereignty. The doctors recognize the sovereignty of the patients and help
them to exercise it. That is self-health.
3. There will follow a patient-doctor-therapist partnership based on the collaboration
between equal partners in health. It is the way to transform the present medical system.
4. Such partnerships will extend to one and all. And this will be true universal healthcare.
5. Finally, we will realize HEALTH & WEALTH FOR ALL.
 The Medical Mafia

The problem:
a medicine ofsickness
THE PROBLEM

THR66 COUNTRIES, THR€€ SVST6MS

Over the years, I have divided my time between the United States, Canada
and France. In each of these countries, I have heard, and still hear today, the
same refrain: “The health system costs too much and we just do not have the
means to continue with it”. And yet, these three countries all have a different
form of health system.

• The United States has a health system that is very little socialized. Medicare
with access limited to those 65 and over. Medicaid with limited access to
those really in need. The majority of the population is covered by private
insurance, individual or group, paid for in large part by their employers.
A large percentage of the population (estimated to be close to 40 million)
has no health insurance whatsoever.

• Canada has a health system that is socialized. Healthcare insurance with

universal access and limited coverage.

• France has a health system that is very socialized. Social Security (SECU)
with universal access and extensive coverage.

Deterioration and dissatisfaction

In addition to sky-rocketing costs, the state of health is deteriorating before
our very eyes. Cancer, AIDS and auto-immune illnesses, degenerative illnesses
such as Alzheimer’s disease, each one more bizarre than the other, take their daily
toll. And we are powerless to stop them. They are devastating our population
and our wallets.

Moreover, dissatisfaction reigns. So what is the common cause of these

three health systems that they all suffer from the same symptoms?

STUDV OF R SVST6M
A system is an arranged order of elements. This entails:
• several elements
• disposed in a certain order
• to make a whole

We must therefore:

• identify the elements

• find the order that governs them
• determine the desired result

Whether it involves a simple system or a complex one, the principles are

always the same. Whether it be:
• a human being • health
• society • planet Earth
 All have an identical structure and order. They suffer from the same
illnesses and require the same treatments. One only has to study one in order to
understand them all. I would like to explore with you that of the human being.

What is a human being?

It is a BEING which has a human body. We are in the presence of a duality.
To be and to have. This duality finds itself:
• either in opposition. That is war, illness, disorder.
• or in harmony. That is peace, health, order.

One only has to find the right frequency and get on the right “wavelength”
for all to go well. It is as simple as that.
The questfor Truth

For millennia, we have sought to know:

1. who we are.
2. where we come from.
3. where we are going.
4. what we are doing on Earth.
These questions often remain unanswered or receive an answer with
a question mark tagged on. Yet one cannot approach the subject of the health of
a human being without first posing these questions. It is in all modesty that
I have outlined some tentative answers. And yet the TRUTH is there. Right at our
fingertips, but so difficult to grasp.
My research and questioning have led me to arrive at certain observations
and conclusions that are far different from those of my medical, philosophical
and religious teachings. In the pages that follow, I will share with you the sum¬
mary of my extra-curricular apprenticeship. It is the truth as I know it. And it is
only of value to me. But perhaps it will encourage you in your quest for your
own truth. That is all that it can do for you.

R body, a soul, a spirit

To the question: who are we? The answer is: a body, a soul, and a spirit.

We often come across these three words, but with different meanings,
explanations and functions. I resume here that which I have understood and
while incomplete, hopefully, it will help you to also understand how our system
works. To learn why it is sometimes out of balance. And to discover how we can
make it work in perfect harmony.
THE PROBLEM
wwwwwmi 111111 m in i II ii i < pwwwiwmw■*»

ii TiiVi >T iTm> T>TT i IIHWtilM

conscience
intention
... invisible
immortal

very high
... vibrations
;

co-creative energy creative energy

■Miii&iiiiiiiiUMii
internal power all powerful

UUHO IS AT TH6 S6RVIC6 OF UUHOM?

r
c SPIRIT

H essence

o creator
light
1 reality

C infinite
health/life
r
t traveller

?
• TO BE
 The Medical Mafia

BODV SOIJL SPIRIT

THE VISIBLE THE INVISIBLE The soul is the The spirit is the
IntYMCAf mm BODIES. They link which joins Light in all of us,
fjihicli we can all envelop the visible the Light S()urce emanating from
see because Its body. They are (Cosmos) to the the Source. The
ubrations are low. four in number: Earth. It ca ptains spirit is the very
ft is our body in / of the essence, the
1) the ethereal thefrne5
flesh and hone. itter. substance, the
bodv, molded f
ft is touchable ; i . f It knows from reason for being
on the physical ,
and measurable. , , r ; where it cc mes of a human being.
body. A u
It is easy to • and where it is No spirit, no
understand, it 2) the emotional going. It Inis a matter. It exists
ilHIii bv phv- body, the seat charted rmip unto itself.
sical and chemical of emotions. and it kno\vs the It comes to travel
reactions based it on earth and takes
3) the mental itineraryfIf
on die physics ... remains tnie to a vehicle, the
bodytheseat . ,. .
of Newton. eJ the divine 1flan, its body. The spirit
of thoughts. ....
All is explicable ° intentions are also is the original,
mid predictable. 4) the spiritual true. Then all goes the body the
Since the physical body assures well. It is o rder copy. The spirit is
body also relations with and health eternal. The body
\ibrates. it mav others and the If it submit s to lasts only the
be influenced external world, external th ought duration of the
b\ emotions „ . pressures journey. It is
Lew people can v c\
and thoughts X i r. (beliefs) a.nd temporary and
see these bodies ,. ;
which control its ,nPPSHl<2P in. PIT . emotions! fear), mortal. The spirit
UvvdUov » 1 ♦.
hormonal and ., . it loses itse If is everywhere. It is
vibrations are
nmous systems. t , in matter. 1 t is Light, the highest
already too rapid ,
Its state of health nd vibration of all.
for the naked eye. . ,
depends entirely he It heals all others.
But we know from .,
upon that of j vibrations of the It is perfect.
experience that , ,.
imisible bodies. r . soul are hi gher It is God/Goddess
our morale . .
. « than those of the fused together.
inrnipnrp^s vUl
ilittUviivvij put I J*
i . ,« . bodies, It is androgenous.
physical being.
:e on It is divine.
Positive thoughts . . ,.
. . ° them is dir ect Therefore, the
arm
dl pmAtmn*;
lvl dl LV/ ilv/ilo
, ., and rapid, human being is
assure health,
of divine nature.
while certain
It is all-powerful,
beliefs and fear
health, life.
lead to sickness.
It cannot be sick.
It is unlimited
health.

17
THE PROBLEM

TRANSMITTER
(SOURCE)

CONDUCTING UJIR€
(SOUL)

TRRNSFORM6R

o* SUUITCH
(DCCISION)

R6C6PTOR
(LIGHT)

18
I—
An electrical system

We can compare our energy system to an electrical system.

• Electricity comes from the Light Source, creative, cosmic.
• It is transmitted along a wire, along which there are many relays and trans¬
formers to reduce the intensity and protect matter. However, by increasing
the frequency of matter, we reduce the need for relays and transformers.
We are thus able to get more in tune with our Source.
• The current can only pass when the switch is ON.
• The Light is captured by a receptor which lights up.
• It in turn illuminates the organism.

It is important to note that one must take the decision to turn the switch ON
in order for the electricity to pass. Without that decision, there is no light. One
remains in the dark.

The enigmatic soul

“In all honesty”, we often say that when we listen to our innermost selves.
And saying that, we know that we are in accord with ourselves. What exactly do
we mean by that? To be in accord means that one is on the same wavelength, the
same frequency. As whom, as what? We know that it is our spirit, our Energy,
that nourishes each and every one of our cells. The music flows. We feel good
with ourselves. There is peace. When there is discord between our body and our
spirit, there is no harmony or accord, but rather dissension. We are strung-out
and out of sync. It is disorder, suffering, sickness.

What is the soul'?

It is the wire along which flows

the electricity from the power station.
It transmits electricity from that station
to the light bulb. It transmits Vital
Energy from the Source to every cell in #
the body, without which they die.

“He gave up his soul at 2:35,” is

the often-heard saying when describ¬
At death, ing the exact moment when a person
the soul leaves dies. It is the exact time when the soul
the body departs its body.
The soul is the energizing spinal
column of the entire body. It is to the
invisible body what the vertebral
-— column is to the visible body. Its state
cannot be measured by instruments, but it can be perceived. There are several
common expressions that describe it well.
THE PROBLEM

WORDS THRT D€SCRIB€

TH€ STRT<E OF TH€ SOUL

Sick soul: Healthy soul:

orchestra conductor controlled: • orchestra conductor is in control:
submissive sovereign
human being dragged down • human being rises

Petty Generous
Growels Dignified
Closed Open
Cowers Stands tall
Disconnected Timed in
Stoops Stands up
Broken Confident
Devious Direct
Complicated Uncomplicated
Twisted Straight
Soft Firm
Fragile Solid as a rock
 The Medical Mafia

What does the soul do?

It brings life and health to the organism. It is the orchestra conductor.
It arranges and directs the score for every musician (visible and invisible bodies)
so that they play in harmony with the tune (spirit). But still, we have to listen.
The health of the system, or of our organism, depends upon the efficiency
of the orchestra conductor: the conscience.
• If the orchestra conductor is not alert or asleep, it is cacophony. Each body
plays its part of the composition at its own frequency or rhythm.
• If the orchestra conductor is alert and awake, it is a sheer delight. Each
body plays the same melody in harmony with the frequency of the others.

The more awakened the state of consciousness, the healthier the bodies.
What can lull the consciousness to sleep? Matter, the denser it is, the lower
the vibrations, and the less the soul can be heard.
1. The sleeping pill of the physical body is intoxication. It distorts the con¬
science by alcohol, noise, work, gambling, success, sex, consumption, and
whatever else comes into play.
2. The sleeping pill of the emotional body is fear. The fear of not HAVING that
which one wants, or fear of LOSING that which one already HAS. It cripples
the consciousness. It buries one alive in a coffin of ice.
3. The third sleeping pill, that of the mental body, is belief. Belief in precon¬
ceived ideas, rather than conceiving them for oneself from one’s soul,
which knows all. It imprisons the conscience.
4. Even if the consciousness is awake, it can be fooled. One can charm and so
captivate it that even though we hear it, it does not worry us, or become a
pain in the side. One buys its silence. It is corruption. One sells one soul
for material gain. Prestige, money, power. After all, it was not only Faust
who sold his soul to the devil. We all do it every day.

Intoxication, fear, belief and corruption all have the same consequence.
The submission of the soul to the body. The natural order is thrown into a state
of confusion. From here grows disorder, sickness, war, misery, death. They
sabotage our individual health, that of our systems, that of our society.
 TH€ H€fllTH OP TH6 SOUL D€T€PiMIN€S
TH€ H6AITH OP TH€ BODI6S

sickness health
• orchestra conductor unaware, unalert • orchestra conductor awake:
• bodies are heavy, obscure. alert and conscious
• bodies are light and luminous.

The more the soul is twisted, the poorer The truer the soul, the better it transmits
it transmits the Source’s Light. the Source’s Light.
The lower the vibrations of the soul. The higher the vibrations of the soul.
The lower the level of consciousness. The higher the level of consciousness.
The more thoughts and emotions The more it controls and facilitates the
dominate. passage of Light.
The more the bodies lower their The more the bodies raise the level
vibrations. of their vibrations.
The greater the disharmony with the The more they harmonize with the
Source’s Light. Source’s Light.
The heavier and more obscure The more the bodies are light and
the bodies. luminous.
 The Medical Mafia

Four dimensions, four uuorlds

Two bodies (one visible and one invisible), a soul, and a spirit. That makes
four. Four dimensions (Barbara Brennan) or four worlds Qanine Fontaine).
These four worlds, while different, all have points in common.

They all vibrate

Even the physical body vibrates. It is made up of vibrations with such low
frequencies that we refer to them as heavy. That is why we can see it with the
naked eye. The three other worlds (invisible body, soul, spirit) have vibrations
with ever-increasing frequencies and we refer to them as light or subtle. This is
why we cannot see them. For example, the eagle, when it flies, we see the flap¬
ping of its majestic wings at a slow frequency, even when it is flying at full speed.
The humming-bird, on the other hand, beats its wings at such a rapid frequency
that they cannot be seen.
The highest, or lightest, vibratory frequency is that of the spirit, the Source
of all vibrations. It is the Light which progressively passes through the other
three dimensions or worlds to be subsequently found in each of even the tiniest
particles in our physical body. The easier it passes through these, the higher it
raises their vibratory frequencies during its passage. As a result, they are in good
health. And we, in turn, become healthier.

They are all describable

We cannot see, nor can we touch, the vibrations because they are not in
material form. It is not because we cannot see or measure them, however, that
they do not exist. It is because our capacity for extrasensory perception is
atrophied or asleep. It is also because our instruments for measurement are
simply not up to the task. Yet some people have the ability - innate or acquired -
to perceive or feel the vibrations of the bodies or soul, to the point of being able
to describe and quantify them. Several books have been written telling us about
the subtle (invisible) components of the human being. They provide us with
their description, their functioning, their sicknesses, their treatments. I refer you
to two of these authors.
• In Francejanine Fontaine, a Doctor of cardiology and anesthesiology, has S€€ to B€UGV<E
developed an extraordinary sensibility which enables her to evaluate the or
state of subtle (invisible) bodies. Since 1977, she has practiced a form of B€ll€V€ to S€€
energetic medicine. She has written several books in which she describes in
detail the energetic body and the physical rules which govern it.
• In the USA, Barbara Brennan, a scientist and therapist, has developed an
extraordinary clairvoyance which enables her to “see” the subtle dimen¬
sions of the human being. She shares the result of her research, describes
her practice as a healer, and her teachings, in two well-illustrated books.
In them, she also teaches us to use our inner power of healing.

23
~ ^
THE PROBLEM

They are all interdependent

Whatever happens in one of the worlds affects the others. When one is
affected by a problem, so too are the others. This interdependence follows a
natural order. The worlds influence one another, starting from the lightest vibra¬
tions to the heaviest. That is to say, from the spirit to the soul, then to the invisi¬
ble body and, finally, to the visible physical body. When sickness occurs in the
physical body, it has already occurred in first the soul and then the invisible
body. The spirit, however, is never sick. It is the source of healing for the bodies.
It IS health. As for the soul, it transmits health. For its part, the physical body
manifests health.
Sickness never begins in the physical body, unless it stems from some kind
of accident. In general, health begins to deteriorate in the soul whose alteration
immediately affects the invisible body. However, the attack on the invisible body
can take years to physically manifest itself. This is to say that:
• one doesn’t catch an illness. Rather one develops illness and sometimes it
takes years before becoming evident and apparent.
• one can diagnose eventual illnesses by evaluating the state of health of the
invisible body.
• one can therefore prevent illnesses by treating the invisible body before the
sickness takes hold.
• it is better to treat the sickness by respecting the order of its appearance.
In other words, treating the most subtle body and working towards the least
subtle. In this way, it is possible that one does not have to work on the phy¬
sical body at all, contrary to what we usually do. The healing of the invisible
body will automatically lead to that of the physical body, providing that there
is no real physical emergency involved, which goes without saying.

They allfollow the Universal Law

The Universal Law is the order which rules the Universe. It is the divine
cosmic order, which causes events to arrive at the right time and in the right
place. It is the order which governs all natural functions of our organism and
those of all organisms. It is called the Natural Order.

This order is transmitted even into our cells, ensuring that they function
well. When they are disturbed, the opposite is true. For then comes disorder,
sickness and death.

Ihe Universal Law is cosmic, divine, and comes from the lightest vibra¬
tions of all. It therefore governs the:

PRIORITY OF THE SPIRIT OVER MATTER

to maintain our individual good health, that of society, and that of Planet
Earth.

24
R journey on planet €arth
To the question, what are we doing here? The answer is, a journey on planet
EARTH. The word journey has two implications:
• a goal, a ’raison d’etre’ or reason for being
• a beginning and an end

We are therefore in passage, in a place which is not ours, and where we

come as visitors.

Why do we come on Earth?

I ask myself why would we, as a spirit/traveller, who is light and free, want
to burden ourselves with a body/vehicle to make a journey on a planet plagued
with disasters, suffering, wars, violence, misery, sickness, and death?
• either we are masochistic. In which case we should feel fulfilled;
• or we want to become richer. In which case we are going to be deceived.
Nobody, to my knowledge, has ever left with their worldly possessions.
They are far too heavy.
• or we want to learn something. Perhaps to triumph over matter.

And if it is only to fly faster and higher? Then why not? Jonathan Livingstone
Seagull succeeded! You may have asked yourself why millions of people
worldwide have read a story of a bird which tried to fly a little higher every day.
What could be more insignificant? Unless this bird succeeded in realizing our
secret dream!
For that is the challenge that this planet presents. To come and play in the
material world in order to learn how to transcend it. Unfortunately, we forget the
’raison d’etre’ of our journey and we allow ourselves to become suffocated and
smothered by this very matter that we wish to transcend.
To my patients who are concerned about their physical appearance,
I ask them what they came to do on Earth. When they do not know, I tell
them this little story.

Once upon a time, a woman wanted to visit the California wine

country. She decided to take a trip for a month.
She flew to California, rented a car which met her needs, and set off.
On the highway, she saw billboards advertising cars that were faster than
hers. So she stopped at a car rental garage and changed hers for another
model. And she set offagain. Rolling along, she saw signs pointing to the ski
slopes. She followed the arrows. Before she knew it, her car broke down
in snow right up to the axles. She had to spend several days at the garage
while they changed the oil to a winter grade and installed winter tires. And
setoffagain.

Still rolling along, she saw other billboards advertising red cars. Hers
was white. She turned off into a car bodyshop and had it painted red.
 But time ran out when, suddenly, she remembered that she had come to
California to visit the vineyards. Unfortunately, she had spent all her time in
garages. And now it was time to leave.
She realized that our body is only a rented vehicle!

Our soul knows.,, we know that:

1. Our body is leased to make our journey. We chose it to meet our appren¬
ticeship needs. Love it as it is and stop trying to make it fit the standards
established by others.
2. Human nature is good. It is of
divine spirit. Each entity on Visible body
Earth is of identical nature,
for it is issued from the same
Source, the same origin. We
are all members of the same
family, equal brothers and sis¬
ters.
3. Like the iceberg, the most
important part is not visible.
Similarly, in human beings, it
is the soul which enables the
body to exist.

4. Divine entities, which we are, are capable of everything. They can therefore
cure themselves. “Spontaneous remissions” are normal. Sickness and death
are not.

5. Laws of the material world are but illusions. They have no power over the
cosmic reality. To submit to them is to renounce our freedom and reduce
ourselves to slavery.

6. It is our soul which directs the show. The awakened state and alertness
of our orchestra conductor (consciousness) determines the vibratory
frequency of our body. The higher it is, the more we are in harmony with
the Source’s Light, the more we are in good health.
 The Medical Mafia

That which applies to human beings also applies to every structured

organism or system. Whether it be:
• a person, an animal, or thing
• a system: medical, economic, pohtical
• a society: village, region, country
• a planet: Earth

one always finds duality

MATTER - SPIRIT
BODY - SOUL

Each system is confronted with the same fundamental question:

WHO IS AT THE SERVICE OF WHOM?

27
|
THE PROBLEM

WHO IS AT TH€ S6RVIC6 OF WHOM?"

TH€ FUNDAMCNTAl QUCSTION

The spirit at the service of matter,

or
matter at the service of the spirit.
*--
The fundamental question

Is the traveler at the service of the vehicle, or the vehicle at the service of
the traveler? That is the fundamental question which underlies the thought
process throughout this book. It is for each of us to answer in our own way.
Only we have the capability of choosing. This capability is found in the
SOUL, the seat of conscience and of will. Depending upon our level of con¬
sciousness, we will take the decision either to give matter priority over the spirit,
or the spirit over matter.
Right now, we are living in a materialistic world in which matter has priority
over spirit, and in which, as a result, the spirit is at the service of matter.
Matter, we know, is made up of heavy and very low vibrations. It is limited in
time and space and leads to suffering, illness, aging and death.

But unlike the animals we have, thanks to our freedom of choice, the possi¬
bility of changing this materialistic priority into a spiritual priority in which, as a
result, matter will be at the service of the spirit. We will come to know joy,
health, youth, and eternity.

It is up to us to choose!

SPIRIT

traveler
essence
reality
unconsciousness/ consciousness/
unawareness awareness
external god internal God/Goddess
love
master

TO HAVE TO BE
THE PROBLEM

ft M6DICIN6 OF SICKN6SS
The systems that we describe as ones of health are, in fact, systems of sick¬
ness. There is simply no other word for it. We practice a medicine of sickness
which:
• is only concerned with sickness, not health;
• recognizes only the existence of the body;
• treats only the symptoms, not the cause;
• keeps the patient in the dark and dependent;
• encourages consumption.

Sickness V€S, Health NO

Nothing is allocated for health in health insurance rates. Only sickness is
refundable. When doctors find nothing abnormal, they almost have to forge a
diagnosis for the insurance. Try to imagine the following scene. You show up at
your doctor’s office and announce that you want to improve your state of health.
And that you want his or her help to achieve this. The response may well be:
“Health? We don’t treat health.” If you are lucky enough to be a smoker,
even just a few a day, you can be sure that you are in for a sermon. If not, you
will leave empty handed. I advise you not to insist too much because, if you do,
you may be diagnosed as obsessive and entered into the computer as a psychi¬
atric case. And then you will be given a prescription for some pills to calm your
nerves.

This is not done out of ill will, but out of ignorance. Over the years, we doc¬
tors have been taught sickness, but never health. The definition of health is the
absence of sickness. If you are not ill, you are automatically in good health and
therefore you don’t need us.

Impossible health
Rates determine the revenue of doctors. Yet the visit, that is to say the regular
contact between doctor and patient, is an act that is most poorly remunerated.
And yet it is the act that is the most important. Conscientious doctors who do
take the time, be it half-an-hour to an hour per patient, are barely able to cover
their operating costs. Rates are set by governments and insurance companies
alike so that they force doctors to limit time they spend with their patients to a
minimum.

Doctors, therefore, replace talking with their patients, doing detailed exam¬
inations, giving advice and encouragement, by ordering tests, prescribing
medications, or recommending surgical interventions.

30
* -■
 The Medical Mafia

Treating symptoms, normalizing the figures

A symptom is a physical manifestation of a problem far deeper than that
which we can see. Our organism is a marvelous machine which is constantly
adjusting to all conditions that it is subjected to, without ever saying a word. It is
only when it is overloaded that it signals us by displaying certain symptoms.
Symptoms are the language of the body. What an opportunity!
Thus, fever is the manifestation of the body that defends itself against an
attack or aggression. It is a sign of health. Don’t try and make it normal.
Unfortunately, the medicine of sickness doesn’t listen! It is designed to silence
the symptoms, such as pain, tiredness, discomfort, to make the signs, such as
fever, swelling and inflammation, a tumor, disappear, to re-establish the figures
relating to cholesterol, sugar, calcium, to “normalize” behaviour in instances of
depression, anxiety, and the like.
A symptom, like the tip of an iceberg, is desirable. It does us a favour. It
tells us that something much bigger is amiss beneath the surface. Treating the
symptoms is just like cutting off the part of the iceberg that is showing above the
surface. No wonder we’re surprised when our boat then crashes into it and
sinks.
Not only are we doing a disservice to our body by treating the symptom, but
we are making ourselves even sicker with all the medicines and drugs that we
use to treat. And that’s not even talking about surgery. Every time this happens,
we are screwing up the body even more at a time when it is already having pro¬
blems staying afloat. We are destroying our health. We are making ourselves ill.
Why do doctors do it? Because that’s what’s taught: illness, and, not to forget,
respect for scientific dogma.

symptom = signal boot crashes into iceberg

because of missing signal
Ignoring the problem
It is not because we cannot see the problem that it does not exist. Problems
are always “hidden”. We must search them out. But do we?
We are products of a materialistic civilization and we want our physical
problems (symptoms and signs) remedied quickly. That is what we expect from
a doctor and that is what we receive. Moreover, medicine is also materialistic in
its conception. In the name of the holier-than-thou Science, it recognizes only
matter which it can see, touch and measure. Nothing else seems to exist.

To scientific medicine, a person is no more than a visible physical body.

• without thoughts or emotions (invisible bodies)
• without a conscience (soul)

In addition, it denies the very essence of a human being, the spirit. Yet
the sickness always travels up from the “depths” before it shows itself on the
surface.

VISIIUC lip IC€ft€RG result of

problem

INVISIBLC
problem
bodies

cause of
base: SOUL problem

Sickness begins in the soul: the CAUSE

It settles in the invisible bodies: the PROBLEM
It shows itself in the visible body: the RESULT

Not correcting the problem is expensive, because it keeps manifesting itself.

Sometimes in the same guise, sometimes in another. But it is the same “hidden”
problem which cries out a warning... and... help! Each time, it cries a little
louder, each time, we respond to it with stronger and stronger medications.
Right up until the day when the body simply cannot take it any more and
explodes. Then, it is an emergency situation. Hospital. Surgery. Test after test.
The octopus has us in its tentacles. The nightmare begins.
 The Medical Mafia

Causing illnesses
They are known as iatrogenic illnesses. They are generated by the medical
system. They are extremely well described by Ivan Illich in his book entitled,
Medical Nemesis The Expropriation ofHealth.
-

Not content with removing the patients’ awareness and refusing the true
Medical Nemesis
meaning of the pain and illness, medicine makes them even more ill. I can’t
Ivan Illich
help but think of the vaccines which wipe out the defense systems of children.
Sometimes as many as 20 are administered before they even start school. And
then one wonders why they suffer repeatedly from otitis (which one treats with
antibiotics) and later in life, from allergies, cancers, multiple sclerosis, AIDS,
etc. The list of illnesses is long in an immune-depressed population.

It is interesting to note that vaccines only appeared for the first time after
the major epidemics had ahnost disappeared naturally, by themselves. But the
dangers of vaccine are never mentioned or reported, unless they result in a
strong reaction right after the vaccination.

A third of all people admitted to hospitals are there because of the

negative effects of medications. 700,000 Americans die each year of
secondary effects from medications!

Creating illnesses
In the name of prevention, one attacks, mutilates, destroys. And we ruin Premenstrual
ourselves financially in the process. Take pregnancy, for example. What could be syndrome (PMS)
more normal? Our ancestors were having babies that were just as healthy and as has just been
normal as ours, and in even larger numbers, without ever visiting a doctor. classified as a
psychiatric illness
But not any more. In the name of prevention, or perhaps that the baby will
be malformed, or I know not what, the mother becomes a pawn on the chess¬ in the DMS,
board of the medical system. Not to know how SHE is. But to see if the baby is the bible of
normal. That is to say, that the baby meets all the statistical norms. diagnostics.
To be a uuoman is
Sometimes, the mother is made to undergo echograms. If only the baby nouu synonymous
could speak! Then if her weight should happen to increase, the doctor repri¬ uuith being crazy!
mands and scares her. From now on, she is worried. But it gets worse if any one
parameter does not fit the norm or is in doubt.

Then a hellish investigation begins. If the baby is not following its pre-deter-
mined schedule, birth is induced, or a caesarean ordered. And to avoid any
future problems, the mother will invariably have a caesarean from now on. For
so-called normal births, it is routine to have an episiotomy. That is to say, a large
deep cut in the vagina so as to prevent lacerations.

Every normal stage in a woman’s life is treated as an illness. This is true of

menstruation and PMS. Also menopause, for which one automatically prescribes
hormones in order to avoid the so-called complications. And as for mammo¬
grams to prevent breast cancer, this is not prevention. It is only a detection
device to treat it earlier. The tests are often wrong. But the treatment continues
THE PROBLEM

all the same. I am going to stop listing examples of how women’s bodies are
mutilated and exploited, the list is simply too long!
It is not only women, however. Children who do not fit the accepted pattern
are also subjected to medication. A child who is rebellious or doesn’t fit into the
standardized statistical norm is considered to be “hyperactive” and is made to
take medication for a fictitious illness.

All this is what is called medicalization of society. It is very well

explained by Joel Lexchin in his book, The Real Pushers - A Critical
Analysis of the Canadian Drug Industry. Also by Lynn Payer in her
recent book, Disease-Mongers. How doctors, drug companies and
insurers are making you feel sick.

Pharmaceutical companies show us, and with figures to back it up, that the
cost of medications does not exceed 5% of total health costs. And that a large
part of their budgets goes to research. They conveniently forget to tell us that
their advertising and promotional budget is two to three times greater than their
research budget. Also that their research is focused on existing profitable pro¬
ducts and not new ones, which certain illnesses are greatly in need of. They are
also not the ones who will tell us that medication is the cause of many illnesses,
a third of the cost of hospitilizations, and of many deaths.

Disease-Mongers ft UTT16 HISTORV

lYnn Paper
“Those who cannot remember their history
are condemned to repeat it”

Medicine that we practice today is one of sickness. Has it always been this way?

No. As the vast majority of problems are minor and are related to the emo¬
Witches
Miduiives and tions, they do not require extraordinary medical intervention. Rather, the indi¬
Nurses vidual needs to be listened to, advised, and reassured. In addition, it is women
Barbara €nrenreich who tend to look after the family’s health and who consult a doctor on behalf of
Deirdre €nglish their children and even their husbands. Health has always been the concern of
women.

Taking “care” of someone is essentially a feminine profession. It requires

feeling, intuition, insight, observation, compassion, devotion, love and wisdom.
These qualities are all inherent to the feminine principle, which is more
developed in women, children, the elderly, the humble, and those gifted with
extra-sensory powers. This is why healthcare was essentially provided by
women. Mothers of families and grandmothers with their lists of remedies.
Nurses. Also by midwives, healers, phytotherapists, etc. They practiced an
empirical medicine, based on experience and common sense. Health did not
cost a lot and all poor had access to it. The people called them wise people. The
authorities treated them as witches and charlatans.
 Because the Church, then all-powerful, considered sickness to be a punish¬
ment from God for the sins that one had committed, it found sickness, suffering
and death to be salutary and beneficial. And it therefore discouraged the prac¬
tice of medicine. It was not until the 13th century that the Church accepted that
medicine be practiced. Medical schools were born in the universities. From
which women were excluded.
And so appeared official medicine, dominated by men. It was strictly con¬
trolled by the Church, which imposed its doctrines upon it. Medicine recognized
by the authorities was based on superstition. It was practiced by men and served
the rich. Very early on, the authorities forbade anyone who did not have a diplo¬
ma to practice medicine.

The arrival of men on the medical scene sounded the beginning of the
elimination of the medicine practiced by women. That which was practical,
effective, and inexpensive.
So why do we now practice almost exclusively a medicine of sickness? And
which costs us a fortune?

The answer is, the elimination of health practitioners by the authorities to

serve their own interests. Whether it be the religious laws of the Inquisition in
the Middle Ages or the medical laws of our own century, the result is always the
same. A minority of privileged people make laws to dominate and exploit the
majority, particularly those most in need in our society. It is history merely
repeating itself.

Malleus Maleficarum
From 1257 to 1816. The Inquisition tortured and burned millions of innocent
people. They were accused of heresy towards religious dogma. Of witchcraft.
They were judged without due trial, in secret, under the terror of torture. If they
“confessed”, they were declared guilty of witchcraft. If they did not “confess”,
they were then found guilty of heresy. Then they were burned at the stake.
Nobody could escape. Some historians have estimated that in three centuries,
close to nine million “witches” were exterminated. Some 80% of them were
women and children.

Women were also raped while they were being tortured. All their worldly
goods were confiscated from the very moment they were accused, before even
being brought to trial. For nobody was spared. Their children and families were
dispossessed. Even the dead were dug up and their bones burned.
Every woman who was not married, and who displayed an unusual charac¬
teristic, or a particular feature or trait, and that even included having red hair,
could be accused of witchcraft. The authorities declared it as heresy if one did
not consider witches to be dangerous.
THE PROBLEM

The Manual of the Inquisition, the Malleus Maleficarum (the Mallet of

Witches) stipulated that the accused witch had to be “often and frequently
exposed to torture.” This reign of terror would last five centuries. And it
received the blessing of Church and State alike.
Heresy is an Why the terror? To dominate and exploit the population. To impose a
idea, theory or religion that the population did not want. And to enrich the dignitaries (the reli¬
practice which gious authorities) and their accomplices (the inquisitors). These, incidentally,
goes against enjoyed special privileges. They were above the law.
the opinions
Why women? To eliminate the feminine principle. Because they had the
and dogma of
natural leadership role in the community, women threatened the power of the
the authorities. authorities. They took care of health and men learned with them. They passed
on traditions from one generation to the next. Elderly women solved disputes
and arguments with dignity and wisdom. They had a natural power. They were
powerful. They represented the sovereignty of the feminine principle with values
of conservation, protection, helping one another, sharing. They, in turn, made
the majority of the population powerful.

Although women were the prime target, it did not matter whether you were
a man or woman. Anyone who had a brain represented a threat to the richness
and power of the privileged minority. Therefore, they had to be eliminated. In
order to do this, one declared them witches.

From the beginning of time, the authorities, whether they be aristocratic,

rehgious, or financial, have fought to maintain their patriarchal domination and
exploitation. It is still true today.

Flexner Report
From 1910 to 1925. Thanks to rules established in the Flexner Report,
the American Medical Association (AMA) and the Association of American
Medical Colleges (AMC) would ehminate the vast majority of natural therapists.
In the name of science and the quality of the practice of medicine, demands are
made on medical schools to adopt the recommendations of the Flexner
Report. It is the reign of terror in the medical world. The schools have to take
the new scientific orientation imposed by the latter and its financial backers, or
they will be made to close their doors.

Yet at this time, there were twice as many practitioners of alternative medi¬
cine than there were of orthodox medicine (allopathic). Homeopathy, phy¬
totherapy, manipulative medicines such as osteopathy and massage were then
taught. Medical reform eliminated them all. The number of medical schools was
slashed from 650 to 50. As was the number of students, from 7,500 to 2,500.
The future of health fell into the hands of the ehte male rich. Medicine became a
service tool of high finance. The Carnegie and Rockefeller Foundations had
financed the Report and its application. The world of finance took over
control of medicine which it has exploited ever since, with the disastrous
results that are now evident.
 The Medical Mafia

Their accomplices are the powerful “expert” doctors who enjoy such privi¬
leges as power, money and prestige. It is a North-American monopoly. Any
attempt to deviate from their “ways” or practice alternative medicine is severely
reprimanded. In the name of the well-being of the population, one accuses these
practitioners of heresy. Of being charlatans. And they are subject to harassment
and intimidation, the loss of their right to practice and being hounded to the
letter of the law. The Inquisition is alive and well today

Declaration of Rlma Rta

In 1977. The Declaration of Alma Ata gave to the World Health "Competition
• • fV
Organization (W.H.O.) the means to extend the Flexner Report not only in North is ci sin
America, but throughout the entire world. Again, in the name of health and the J.D. Rockefeller
well-being of the populations of the world, and in respect of the right of “health
for all”, international criteria and rules were established for practicing medi¬
cine. Control of health, therefore, was transferred from national governments to
a world government. A world government that is non-elected. And of which its
“Surgeon General” in charge of health is the W.H.O.
And what does the right to health mean? It means the right to medical- "UJe sholl hove
ization. It opens the doors wide to a medicine of global sickness, whether we o world govern¬
want it or not. Vaccinations and medications are imposed on people around the ment, whether
world. And then we are amazed that they are dying of AIDS. or not you like it
- by conquest or
This global manipulation is extremely subtle. Just when our country’s popu¬
consent."
lation is beginning to become aware of the industry’s control over health and
government corruption, and is demanding change, the world authorities arrive James Warburg,
like a knight in shining armor in the name of the well-being of people every¬ banker, CFR
where. And with our consent. We are totally mystified. For who would doubt the member, testifying
honourable intentions of the W.H.O. before the US
Senate, in 1950.
But who actually controls that the W.H.O.? That is the question. And also the
answer. The United Nations (U.N.), the political arm of world financiers, that
includes those who backed the Flexner Report and its application. More and
more subtly, the medical and political authorities are robbing us of what is ours,
as well as our rights. They establish the rules and make the laws that exploit us.
It is a regime of medical terror. It is a world monopoly. Beware those who
oppose it. The witch-hunt continues, but now on a global scale!

mrucus FICXNCR RIMR RTR

MRICFICRRUM RCPORT
Europe North Rmerica The World
Middle Rges 1910 1977

37
— Z
THE PROBLEM

HOW MUCH DOCS IT COST?

Using generally accepted ballpark figures, what does it cost per person
every year to have the right to be sick?

• In the United States: $3,000.

• In Canada and France: $2,000.

We can see that the costs are higher in the United States for results obtained
in terms of life expectancy, infant mortality that are equivalent, and perhaps even
less, than in the two other countries. Rather than trying to analyze or justify
figures, suffice it to say that the systems in all three countries are totally out of
whack.

A doctor who is very highly placed in France’s health insurance hierarchy

(SECU) told me in confidence with a profound feeling of helplessness:
“The system is drifting aimlessly”. The Canadian and French governments
are cutting back everywhere and are regularly reducing services. Despite that,
their health systems are still in a state of disarray. The American system is no
worse. It is just more expensive. This doesn’t make the Canadian and French
systems any better.

In the United States, close to nine-hundred-and-forty-billion dollars

($940,000,000,000) was spent in 1993. This adds up to much more than
$3,000 per person. But let’s be conservative so that it is easier to do the adding
up. And don’t forget that we are talking about ballpark figures. We will see later
just what these figures represent in our day-to-day lives. And how they affect our
fife as a whole.

fit the national level

The American health budget is expected to shortly reach the trillion dollar
mark ($1,000,000,000,000). What do all these zeros mean? I don’t know if you
are like me, but after a certain number of zeros, I’m lost. When figures reach a
certain level, they lose all their meaning. I have therefore tried to interpret them
in a more tangible form.

Let’s determine the number of small $10,000 cars that that would buy?
The answer is, 100 million.

It represents ten million $100,000 homes.

That is also equivalent to one million people each winning a one million
dollar prize at the lottery.

Or to put it still another way, with the money spent on healthcare in the
United States, we could feed every American for an entire year.

Make up your own example!

 The Medical Mafia

Ten 101
10

Hundred 102
100
10x10
Thousand 103
1,000
10x10x10
Million 106
1,000,000
1,000 x thousand
1,000x1,000
Billion 109
1,000,000,000
1,000 x million
1,000x 1,000x 1,000
Trillion 1012
1,000,000,000,000
1,000 x billion
1,000x1,000x 1,000x1,000

Rt the family level

This individual figure of $3,000 applies to each and every person in the
United States, including children, parents and the elderly Therefore, for a family
with two children it costs $12,000 a year for their health insurance. That is want
it costs. Whether it be paid through an employer, direct contributions, or income
taxes, it is still we who pay it in its entirety.
If we wished, we could pay a doctor $100,000 a year to look after the
health needs of 32 individuals or of eight families of four on a full time basis.
Just imagine the personalized service we could get.
There would be a lot less sickness around! The doctor would soon realize
that it would be in his or her best interest to ensure that we are healthy if for no
other reason than to have as much time as possible to follow a leisure pursuit,
like playing golf, for example. The doctor would discover very quickly the bene¬
fits of the medicine of health. Why shouldn’t we treat ourselves to this luxury,
considering all the money we are spending?

- ¥
fit the personal level
As few of us actually pay these costs directly, these figures may seem afford¬
able at first glance. Remember, however, that it is the minority of the population
that absorbs these costs. The rich, the elderly, children and those who are out of
work do not contribute. For those who are working, it is a question of them
paying much more than just for their families. Clever calculations have been
done which show that we work approximately tliree-and-a-half months
(3 lA) a year solely to pay for our health insurance! Think about it. Three-and-a-
half months for the privilege of being sick. No wonder that we are.

UUH6R6 DOCS OUR MONCV GO?

What is it that costs so much? We only have to look at what we spend the
most on when we go to see a doctor.

health

1) Diagnostic tests
Laboratory tests, X-rays, early detection, scanning, biopsies and all the new
tests that are more and more sophisticated. These tests are used for everything
and nothing. They are often repeated. They require extremely expensive equip¬
ment and specialized operators who are also expensive. The equipment always
has to be the latest model, rather like cars. It is now ingrained in the mentality
of doctors that they cannot diagnose a patient without equipment, and the latest
at that, and without resorting to one or more tests.

Doctors often order these tests before even examining their patient. It is
customary, for example, for a cardiologist to automatically conduct an electro¬
cardiogram the moment the patient enters the office. Whether it is necessary or
not. A hospital will be judged based on the quantity of state-of-the-art techno¬
logical equipment it has. And not on the quality of its services to patients.

TESTS COST AN ARM AND A LEG

2) Medicines and drugs
While we may not always leave our doctor’s office with a form for a test, we
hardly ever leave without a prescription in hand. It has come to the point where,
if our doctor fails to write such a prescription, then we wouldn’t consider him to
be a very good doctor. We would lose confidence in him. And we would go and
see another.
When complications and after-effects occur, we go right back to the doctor
who prescribes another medication to counter the bad effects of the first.
And we take twice as much. And then three times as much, and so on, up to
20 pills at a time for many elderly people. They are so drugged that many fall
and fracture their hip!
MEDICATIONS COST AN ARM AND A LEG

3) Hospitals
You don’t have to try and figure out what is most expensive in hospitals.
Everything is! They represent about 50% of the entire health insurance costs.
Hospital clients, to a large degree, are there for sophisticated tests. Above all,
remember that one hospitalization in three is caused by after effects of medica¬
tion. It therefore becomes obvious that hospital costs are directly proportional
to our use of diagnostic tests and medications.
HOSPITALS COST AND ARM AND A LEG

4) Other costs
One can also guess that these include the professional fees that relate
directly to the services we receive and the administrative costs, which are directly
proportional to the overall medical costs.

CONCLUSION
So-called health systems are systems of sickness.

Doctors are only concerned with sickness.

Yet, sickness costs an arm and a leg!

Then, we must find a solution. And fast.
 '

■
 The Medical Mafia

The solution:
a medicine of health

— £
 WHAT IS H6ALTH?
According to the conventions of scientific medicine, health is “the absence
of sickness”. To be healthy, means that one is not sick. This very practical
definition applies in many cases. However, how does one explain a heart attack
suffered by someone whose tests proved normal? Take a woman who has felt out
of sorts, experiencing some minor discomfort. She goes to see her doctor. She is
put through a battery of physical and laboratory tests. Only to be told: “Don’t
worry. Everything is normal.”

How can she suddenly die, “in good health”, the very next week? How can
one explain such a thing? To be in perfect health one day and dead the next?
Unless, of course, one has a serious accident. Can one pass from being healthy
to being dead, from one day to the next? Yes, if one refers to the conventional
definition of health. No, if one defines health in another manner: variable health
or the “health-thermometer.”

Health-thermometer

Since health is a continuum along which our state of health varies, we

should be able to measure it using an imaginary thermometer ranging from 0 to
100 percent. The higher the better. When high, one is said to be healthy, the light
zone. Less, and one is said to be less healthy, the grey zone. When not healthy at
all, one enters the black zone.

One day, we might be at 50 percent, the next at 52. Our health can also vary
several degrees when we experience a big emotional shock. For example, one
can suddenly drop from 65 to 40, and can continue to deteriorate to the point
where an illness manifests itself. The patient who “died in good health”, as
mentioned earlier, was not healthy at all. She had probably entered the black
zone on the scale without any measurable signs of illness. But she was ill. And
she was gravely ill at that.

How many times have we heard people say after they had gone to see their
doctor because they were not feeling well or felt ill: “My doctor told me that
there was nothing wrong with me. I was in perfect shape. That I had nothing to

Sickness Apparent good health Real health

HCAITH
IS A CONTINUUM o% 50% 100%
A STATC
THAT VAAICS
FAOM 0 TO 100.
iiJLw
ADeath Sickness /Old age Unlimited health
worry about”. Had the doctor lied? No. He gave an evaluation conforming to the
scientific definition of health. However, I believe a definition along the scale of a
“health-thermometer” to be more appropriate. It better translates reality.
How then can we evaluate health? How can we know our exact position
on the scale between 0 and 100? While nothing has ever really been established
in this regard, I would like to make the following analogy.
Let’s take the example of a used car. Are we going to check the principal
systems and, if there is no evident problem (no ilhiess), conclude that the car
is in excellent shape (perfect health), and pay 100% of its value? No. We take it
for a test drive, listen to the engine, and then check out that the brakes work
(physical exam).

We ask about the history and maintenance of the car over the past few
years. Who had driven it? Where? How? With tender loving care? Or as a hot rod
with total abandon? Was the oil changed regularly with a good quality product?
Was the body washed and polished on a regular basis? Did it receive an anti-rust
treatment? Was it ever driven over dirt roads? Was it subjected to a lot of stop and
go traffic? Was it involved in an accident? Only when one adds up the answers to
all these questions, can one determine whether the car is in good or bad shape.
And only then is the price determined accordingly.
The same goes for health. Apart from physical and laboratory tests, one
must evaluate the other aspects of the person’s lifestyle. The person who eats
fast-food, sleeps four hours a night, smokes three packets of cigarettes a day,
works under stress 12 hours a day, and who regularly downs five scotches and a
bottle of wine, is potentially not in good health. But surprising as it might seem,
the same person could be in better health than the “health nut” stuck in a job he
doesn’t like simply because the job provides him with security.

Then there is the person who doesn’t drink much, who takes care of
herself, but works in a job that places tremendous pressure on her. She too is
not in good health. And soon she will be suffering from heartburn, migraine
headaches, and back pains. Or she happens to be someone who is always trying
to please others to the detriment of her innermost self, she is not in good
health either. Tomorrow, she will be told she has a cancer, but she will never
understand why it came about.

The other advantage of defining health along the scale of a “health-

thermometer” is that it permits a continual improvement. People will assume
that if they are not sick: “I’m in good health, therefore I can act just as I want,
accept any pressure along the way, and do whatever I wish.” Right up until the
day they suddenly crack up, again without ever knowing why. If we use our
“health-thermometer” as a definition, we will come to better understand our
state of health. We can prevent the catastrophe and, above all, continuously
improve our state of health.
 Inevitable death

In the materialistic
optic in which we live, life
begins with birth, and ends
with death. We achieve the
maximum “degrees” of health
at about the age of 20 and
then our body begins to tire, wear out, and we are on an inevitable downhill
slope to sickness, aging, and death.

Sickness, suffering, aging and death are the consequences of thought

limited in time and space. Everything is built around this. Health insurance, life
(death) insurance, retirement, pension funds, prepaid funeral services, etc. We
are robots programmed to be born and then to obey, study, work, consume,
become old, and die. The path is already mapped out for us and we follow it. We
submit ourselves to our fate. We endure our lot in life and we do so without
complaining. Awaiting our final deliverance.

We are a throw-away disposable commodity, just like any other on this planet.

Unlimited health

From a spiritualistic
perspective, on the other
hand, our earthly life is but a
step in our eternal life. Our
spirit has always been and
always will be. Forever.
It is perfect health.

In quantum physics, time and space are illusions. They do not exist. Their
corollaries, sickness, aging and death are also illusions and not realities. They
can only exist if we believe them to exist. So we give them body in tangible form.

The state of health of our physical body is going to depend upon to what
degree it is in harmony with the spirit. If the body is one with the spirit, it will
vibrate at the same frequency and it will come to know the perfect and eternal
health that the spirit now enjoys.

Health improves continually, from one day to the next and from one incar¬
nation to another incarnation. Even death is a step of growth.

This choice between the two points of view stems from our inner power to
choose, which is to be found in the soul. It is the centre of conscience and the
will. It is sovereign. It regulates and frees the emission of energy flow in our
body, following its own state of health. The soul is sovereign of the body.

N.B. For reasons of simplicity, I will use the words Health to mean good health
and Sickness to mean poor health.
 The Medical Mafia

UUHRT IS SICKN6SS?
Sickness occurs when the body shows its disharmony with the soul. They
are no longer on the same wavelength. And this disharmony is blocking the
transmission of the vibrations of our spirit and is preventing them from spread¬
ing throughout our entire body. Sickness is a physical manifestation of a much
deeper problem. Sickness is always seen as a misfortune that happens, out of
the blue, by chance, attributable to an exterior agent.

Congratulations
Whenever my friends fall ill, I send them a card which
reads: “Congratulations on your illness and don’t get well
too soon.”
Because I believe that sickness is an information, and
an opportunity we give ourselves.
Let me explain. Illness is the language our body uses
to tell us that it is upset, physically and morally. As a matter
of fact, more and more, people are taking note of the
importance of the inter-relationship between morale
(emotions/thoughts) and the physical bodies. We know that the sickness of one
can induce a sickness in the other. For example, a great sadness (morale) can
lead to a cancer (physical).
It is the same for the cause and the treatment. Taking care of one improves
the other. And vice versa. Someone who is paralyzed and begins to walk again
has his morale lifted with each step. It is at the very root of psychosomatic medi¬
cine (psycho = psyche; Somos = Greek for body), and of the “holistic”
approach to medicine (global medicine).
Sickness, in such a context, is the manifestation of a physical, emotional,
mental, or spiritual problem. It provides us with information. It sets off an alarm
bell. How lucky we are to have it! Providing, of course, that we listen to it and we
know how to use it. Our reaction, in the face of illness, can be one of two kinds:
• either we see it as an enemy, we curse it, and we shut it off with surgery or ~^
drugs. We simply negate it. But it will come back knocking at our door, w^x
Sooner or later.
• or we look upon it as an ally. We rush to decode the message which it has
transmitted to us. And we try to resolve the real cause of the problem.
Again, let us look at the car. As soon as we hear a strange noise, we rush to
the garage and ask them to check it out. They will look for the cause in order to
fix the real problem before the car breaks down and we are stuck somewhere.
“Take the time that you need to figure out the real cause of the problem so that
it is fixed and will not create another problem elsewhere.”

When it comes to ourselves, we rush to take an aspirin for a headache. An

anti-acid tablet for heartburn. Or a Valium for nerves. All to get as far away from

- *
THE SOLUTION

the pain as possible. It will come back and we start taking the pills again. Until
finally, the “breakdown” occurs. That is to say the illness which forces us to stop
our activities. Will we again rush off to be operated on or submit to treatment
without asking ourselves what is the real origin of this illness? For the informa¬
tion is there. If we do not, we are going to have all the time in the world to think
about it during our convalescence. But think about what?

Thinking about what?

In our society, Think of the real reasons why we are so deeply disturbed and which have
it is still forced us to come to a halt. We don’t like our job any more. Our relationship
considered better with our partner is dead. Our children or our friends treat us badly. Our father or
to go and see mother terrorizes us. We are fed up with having to work for a living. The compe¬
a doctor than tition is killing us. And so on, and so on. We refuse to think about it. For if we
a psychologist. did, then we would have to do something to remedy the situation. And that makes
us afraid. Afraid of what? Fear of changing one’s job, fear of divorce, that our
children will love us less or tell others that we are bad parents, fear of guilt, etc.

Sickness is the equivalent of divorce, a heartbreak, being stuck in a rut pro¬

fessionally, or bankruptcy. It is precipitated by the loss of respect from someone
"People die at
who is dear to us, the loss of a job, the loss of money, the death of a loved one, a
25 years old,
move, etc. All these situations have a common denominator. We fear change.
but they are
Change that we push aside and avoid until it really makes us sick. We would
not buried until rather stay in bed than face up to the real situation. We blame the heavens, fate,
they are 75!" our boss, and just about everyone else in the world, except for ourselves. We
consult a doctor, we make the pain go away, and the real reason that caused us
to fall ill in the first place is not addressed.

If only we could maintain the status quo! We are prepared to remain half
Security is death. well, or half ill, rather than face the real underlying problems because they
disturb us. They threaten our security.

And let’s talk about security! What is this term which causes us to accept so
much suffering? An illusion!

Let us look at one example that we are always hearing about and one that
saddens me. Security in the workplace, or job security. I know a number of
teachers, for example, who no longer want to teach because they were never
really cut out for the job in the first place, or because they would welcome a
change and the chance to practice another profession? But they remain prison¬
ers of their wage security. They have been made to believe that their employer,
the State, will never go bankrupt.

All they have to do is “hang in” in order to have a guaranteed salary, with
cost of living increases, and retirement benefits at the end of the line. Isn’t that
just great? And so, while they are hanging in there, they put up with headaches,
back aches, depression, and digestive problems. Their body is crying out that it
can’t take it any more, that it doesn’t like this way of life, that it wants to do
something else.

48
§
 The Medical Mafia

But they “keep hanging in there”. There is no way they are going to give up
their job security. Better to be sick than to be insecure about one’s job. One day,
they will become so ill that they will have to stop working. But they held up well.
They made it long enough to take an early retirement, before dying, surrounded
by all that security. They were dead the day they gave up their soul for job security.

Realigning one’s sights

Sickness is a malfunction of the soul. If we wish to profit from it, we have to
see it as an ally that we have called upon to help us realign our sights, and refind
our direction. That is to say that:
1. We are responsible for our sickness and we caused it to come about, albeit “Don't climb the
unconsciously. We are therefore masters of the situation. And not victims of ladder of success
events or other people. only to find it's
2. We got lost along the way and we want to regain our direction - our goal leaning against
in life - why we are on Earth. It is the spiritual aspect of health which is the wrong wall."
unfortunately so rarely considered. And yet, it is so paramount. Bernie Siegel
Taking a trip, going for a ride in a car, is all very well. But one must know
where one wants to go, if one is to choose the right direction to take. Such is the
purpose of sickness. To remind us of exactly that.

UUHRT IS R DOCTOR?
Doctors are human beings. They eat three times a day. They sleep. They
worry, celebrate, get irritable, laugh, cry, love, hate. They argue with their loved
ones, get angry with their children, worry about their finances. They have their
fears and insecurities. In brief, they survive.
A doctor is a product of our society, with an image created to conform to
that society. As in any field or profession, there are good, average, and mediocre
ones. Neither saints nor sinners, still less gods, all are human.
In general, when doctors start on their careers, they are full of good inten¬
tions with noble ideals. The majority have chosen this profession to help others.
Some to acquire respectability and/or to please their parents. Others, finally, to
ensure financial comfort. There are, of course, those who do it for a combina¬
tion of reasons.
Doctors are no different from their patients. Except for one little detail. We
have spent from four to ten years, sometimes more, in a medical school and a
hospital where it was ingrained in us that:
• The role of the doctor is to heal and save fives.
• Sickness and death represent defeats. The doctor must avoid them at all cost.
• The medical education and training received is the only valid one. The doctor
is in possession of the truth.
THE SOLUTION

• Doctors always have an answer for any question and must know everything.
If there is something they don’t know, it is because it does not exist.
• Doctors are workhorses, working 15 hours a day. That’s normal, they are,
after all, superhuman.
• Statistics are infallible, or almost. They must be believed and followed,
if one is to remain scientific and thorough.
• Patients act like statistics and must follow the recommendations of the
doctor in full confidence, blindly.
• Doctors cannot get involved emotionally. They must remain cold and aloof
in order to keep control of the situation and make logical decisions.
• The doctor is the god of health. All other practitioners are inferior.
• Doctors are part of the elite of society.

Getting Doctored And we believed it! Some still do. Others have their doubts. Others no
Martin Shapiro longer believe it at all. I am one of the latter. I entered medicine full of ideals.
I knew the golden era of medicine, if I may put it that way. That is to say, the time
when we had succeeded, one believed, in controlling the principal illnesses.
Illnesses such as tuberculosis, diphtheria, infections. One no longer died of
appendicitis. We now operated on the heart. We seemed unbeatable and invinci¬
ble. There were still some cancers or stubborn, hard-to-beat arthritis, but it was
only a question of time before we would have them too under control. We had
not yet even heard of AIDS.

In light of such successes, and such a rosy picture, how could we not
enthusiastically adopt the teaching we received? Yes, I believed it. I believed it
for many years. Before realizing that I did not have all the answers. Neither did
the learned books or leading experts. I had to learn to say, in all honesty: “I do
not know” and, to my amazement, my patients didn’t hold it against me. On the
contrary.

I also detected that emotional and mental problems exerted a strong influ¬
ence on the health of my patients. That concern or worry caused headaches or
heartburn. That I could accept. But when my patient suffered from pain in the
legs (I am a phlebologist) without any physical problem to explain it, other than
she was going through a divorce, well that was powerful stuff!

From illusion to reality

I therefore began to doubt the sanctity of medical truth. My faith was shaken.
I began asking myself questions and visiting doctors, non-doctors, healers,
researchers in several countries, as far away as Siberia. I noticed the extraordi¬
nary results they were achieving through their methods.

50
I—
 The Medical Mafia

I came into contact with the parallel world of health. One on which the all-
powerful establishment was stomping despite the fact that they were doing their
patients good. I realized that there was a very strong hierarchy in medicine. And
I understood why, very early on, they had put us doctors on a pedestal and
taught us to mistrust all non-doctors. Why they treated therapists as charlatans,
chiropractors as exploiters, psychologists as unbalanced, and nurses as ’Jills-of-
all-trade’.
Today, I no longer believe the sanctity of medical truth. Yet, in a way, I
believe more than ever. I believe in a wealth of knowledge which is to be found
beyond that which we were taught. The conscience. I believe in the all-powerful
nature of the medicine which is to be found within each of us. I believe in well-
informed and responsible patients who will know how to take charge of their
health and govern it accordingly. With our support and encouragement. I believe
in doctors and therapists who work together in close collaboration, and who
will rediscover the enthusiasm they once had. As well as love for their profes¬
sion.

AT MEDICAL SCHOOL, I LEARNED

WITH MY PATIENTS, I UNDERSTOOD

51
— *
THE SOLUTION

UUHRT IS MCDICIN6?
Medicine is:
a science, the objective of which is preserving and restoring health,
the art of preventing and caring for human illnesses. But above all,
THE ART OF LIVING

A science and an art

When one speaks of vibrations or biochemical reactions, one speaks of

science. Science, notably physics, has its laws which are totally applicable to
biology. However, the human being is also made up of subtle components that
one cannot see or touch. It is the artist, and their perceptive talents, that we call
upon to interpret these bodies in visual form.

Medicine is therefore a science and an art, all at the same time. It calls
upon our sensorial and rational knowledge, as well as upon our extra-sensorial
and intuitive perception.

In other times, before the advent of our patriarchal society, medicine was
often practiced by midwives. In French, they are called “sage-femmes”, the
word sage meaning wise. They were so called because they were recognized for
Healing Ulise their wisdom in their community. They had established a tradition of healing
Susun S. Weed based on wisdom. But they were treated as witches and were burned.

This tradition, the Wise Woman Tradition, is marvelously well explained

and given respectability once again, by Susun Weed in her book: Healing
Wise. I love the first words of the Wise Woman when faced with a health prob¬
lem. Namely,‘Wo nothing\ It reminds me of a Latin phrase that I have heard,
“Primum non nocere” which means, in essence, “Above all, do not be prejudi¬
cial”. I am afraid that we have forgotten.

Three bodies, three medicines

As the spirit is the Light, it is always in good health. It doesn’t need medi¬
cine. It is THE medicine. It is the principle of all healing. That is why:
• healing rests entirely with those who are experiencing the suffering.

All other medicine is only a complementary aid to help patients work on

themselves.

So that we are all clear on the terms, I will try here, far from perfectly I might
add, to distinguish the three main therapeutic approaches which are available to
us. And I will also add the essential characteristics of each. I have categorized
them according to their main field. But remember that these often overlap one
another. It is the same with practitioners. Medicine is not the sole purview of any
one person or group, be they doctors, therapists, or healers.
Isn’t the only real doctor the patient?
 The Medical Mafia

MEDICINE

PRINCIPAL
TARGET:

SEAT OF: conscience

SYSTEM:

PART OF
cause
PROBLEM
APPROACHED:

DEFINITION:

FIELD OF
unlimited never
ACTION:

OBJECTIVE: improve

ACTION:

MEANS: unconditional
love which
nourishes

EFFECTS: empowers
the person

DURATION
permanent
OF EFFECT:

COSTS:

PRACTITIONER:

ATTITUDE TOWARDS
unlimited
THE SICKNESS:

ATTITUDE OF
PRACTITIONER
co-creator
TOWARDS THE
PATIENT:

ATTITUDE OF
PATIENT TOWARDS
authority
PRACTITIONER:

INVOLVEMENT
OF PATIENT:

PREVENTION: raise level

RESULT improvement cure

 TIP
Visible body: Scientific Cuts off
physical medicine the tip of
the iceberg

Moke the
AODV iceberg
melt

Soul: eliminates
conscience

Scientific medicine for the physical body

It is the medicine that we all know. It is practiced by doctors trained in uni¬
versity medical schools. Scientific medicine is based on the materialistic physics
of Newton. Such a cause gives such an effect. A given symptom coming from a
given illness requires a given treatment. The anticipated results conform with the
given statistics.

It recognizes only that which it can see, touch, and measure. The truth is
only to be found in tests. Science makes the law. It therefore automatically
denies the existence of invisible bodies. And the same is true of all links between
the emotions, thought, conscience, and state of health of the physical body.
Whenever it is confronted with a problem of this kind, it slaps on a “psychoso¬
matic” label and patients are sent home with pills for their nerves.

For scientific medicine, which is essentially materialistic, life begins with

birth and ends with death. One must avoid the latter at all cost. The death of a
patient is a defeat for the doctor.

Also according to scientific medicine, illness is always an aggressive agent

coming from the exterior. A microbe, tumor, pain, etc. They must be fought and
war is declared. War on cancer, battling AIDS, wiping out epidemics (vaccines),
eliminating pain with pain-killers. Quite a military vocabulary, wouldn’t you say,
and an arsenal of attack. It is the medicine of war. And like war, scientific medi¬
cine is destructive, extremely costly, and doesn’t solve anything.
 The Medical Mafia

Destructive
According to Harris Coulter, “authorities have estimated that adverse reac¬
tions related to prescribed medicines cause or contribute to one-third of all
deaths in the United States every year (700,000 out of 2 million deaths annually) Medicines and
Add to that deaths and secondary effects related to surgery and other aggressive drugs are legalized
treatments such as radiotherapy. Without forgetting debilitating treatments such poisons
as those practiced in psychiatric hospitals where patients are quite literally
imprisoned. This medical bludgeoning disconnects them from their soul and
prevents them from living their sickness. Therefore, they can never be healed.
And they remain forever prisoners, dependent upon drugs and medication.

You have probably already asked yourself why synthetic medicines

cause adverse, negative reactions, while natural remedies (physiotherapy,
homeopathy) have no secondary effects? The answer is simple.
• Medicines and drugs are synthetic products that cannot be assimilated
by the organism (we can’t digest plastic, for example). They work
against nature. Be that as it may, the authorities impose scientific
medicine which places priority on the use of medicines and drugs. They
spread (dis) order.
• Remedies are natural products that can be assimilated by the organism
(one can digest plants, for example). They work with nature. And yet,
the authorities prohibit alternative medicines which use these reme¬
dies. They refuse order.

Extremely costly
As is the case with war, scientific medicine requires very sophisticated and
costly equipment. Yet in all reality, it is very rare that one really needs very
elaborate tests. Some 95% of tests could be avoided, either because they are
unnecessary, or because they could be postponed to a later date. The evolution
of the sick person almost always provides the answer. Even a so-called emer¬
gency may not be one if it doesn’t require immediate intervention.

The diagnostic skill rests with

the patients, not with machines. Let The symptom in
us question and examine them. And the physical body
then question again and re-examine.
They will give us the answer on a sil¬
ver platter. What the patients need, is
to be reassured that they are not
about to die. It doesn’t call for an
immediate diagnostic test. But scien¬
tific medicine imposes it upon the
patient. And the patient believes that
the best hospital is the one with the
best machines.
It solves nothing

Scientific medicine makes the symptom or the sign of the body disappear. It
doesn’t cure it. It only shears off the tip of the iceberg. But the problem, the bulk
of the iceberg, remains. And the tip will grow again, sooner or later.

Let us take, for example, a headache. It is the symptom which leads a

patient to consult a doctor. If the patient is given something to relieve it,
then the headache will go away. Only to return once the effect has worn off
As the cause of the headache remains, it will come hack even stronger and
more frequently. The same thing for surgery. Removing an organ does not
correct the cause.

As it does not cure the cause, scientific medicine keeps the patient in a state
of dependence and permanent submission.

Beware of the octopus!

Scientific medicine is an octopus that we are not afraid of, or distrust,

because we only see a little part at a time. The tip of a tentacle. We forget that
being caught by the tentacle can mean the beginning of the end. It always tries to
draw its victim near in order to devour it.

A patient told me one day that she was going to have an operation on
her elbow. I asked her if surgery was really necessary and whether she had
considered other alternative solutions. She told me yes. She had consulted
three people. And all three had recommended surgery. I then asked her who
these three people were. “The three best orthopedists in the city, ” she replied.
I mentioned to her that a surgeon recommends what he knows best.
Surgery! He could not recommend something he knew nothing about. The
patient then realized that a “second opinion” in scientific medicine is
simply a repeat of thefirst opinion.

When we go to a doctor for whatever reason whatsoever, we may not realize

that we are coming within the reach of the tentacles, the arms of the medical
system. From one ordinary test for an ordinary problem, it will find something
which seems to be ordinaiy. It will then do another test, more complicated this
time, to ensure that it is really an ordinary problem, and when it again gives an
ordinary result, “We’re not sure. We will have to take more tests.” Now we really
begin to worry. As the tests increase, so does our fear. The octopus has us in its
grasp. We want out? We want to stop everything and escape? Yes, but... that but
has already condemned us.

In conclusion

Scientific medicine should only be used in the last resort, when all else has
failed. And that is true of both the diagnostic equipment and treatment. Except
for emergencies, which goes without saying. It is not that doctors are rotten or
corrupt. The fault lies with the medical system they serve.
 The Medical Mafia

Good family doctors, full of common sense and compassion, have kept
their sense of proper judgement. They don’t follow the doctrine set down by the
authorities and don’t allow themselves to be influenced by the threat of possible
legal action. They listen to their patients and propose simple and effective solu¬
tions. They help their patients to feel better about themselves and to do what
needs to be done.
This type of doctor does exist. We all know one. They don’t need a title or a
degree. Everyone respects them for their wisdom. It is by listening to our heart,
our feelings, that we will make the choice between doctors who practice
dogmatic scientific medicine and those who practice a medicine of common
sense and compassion.

Alternative medicines for the invisible bodies

These are the medicines which we are hearing more and more of nowa¬
days. They are also called energetic medicines, vibratory medicines, natural
therapies, parallel medicines, alternative medicines, complementary medicines,
and holistic medicines. In general, they are taught in non-university specialized
schools. They are based on quantum physics and recognize the existence of
invisible bodies.

Alternative therapies are practiced by therapists who are knowledgeable of

energy and vibrations. The most often practiced therapies are chiropractic,
kinesiology, osteopathy, homeopathy, acupuncture, and naturopathy. To these we
can add psychotherapy, massotherapy, and phytotherapy. Healers are in a cate¬
gory all of their own. They work directly on energy. They are gifted with very
special talents.

Contrary to scientific medicine which takes care of the illness, alternative

medicines take care of the one who is sick. They focus on reinforcing one’s
natural defenses. They work to improve the overall state of health of patients so
that they themselves, in their turn, can defend themselves against any harmful
agent.

Alternative medicines work at two levels:

a) on the invisible bodies. The
sickness attains the invisible
bodies before it manifests itself
in the visible physical body. It
therefore makes sense to first of
all treat the invisible bodies, the
hidden part of the iceberg.
b) on the visible physical body in
order to help it while waiting for
improvement brought about by
the treatment of the invisible
bodies.
 In general, alternative medicines do not cause side effects. The best exam¬
ple of this is homeopathy, which some now call the medicine of the 21st Century.
I have seen marvelous results in very many cases, particularly relating to aller¬
gies and otitis in children. All of the chronic problems. It even improves one’s
character.

Alternative medicines are custom-made for each patient because the cause
of the problem differs from one patient to the next, even if the symptoms are the
same. From time to time, they require the input of a therapist. They are much
less expensive than scientific medicine. In addition, they regulate the problem in
depth. They free patients and encourage them to become autonomous.

Holistic medicine

These consider the human being as a whole, made up of a body, a soul, and
a spirit. At the same time, they use words in a sense that is different to what we
have seen above:
The body = the physical body
(visible: treated primarily by osteopathy)
The soul = the body of emotions
(invisible: treated primarily by homeopathy)
The spirit = the body of thoughts
(invisible: treated primarily by acupuncture)

As the bodies are inter-dependent, any treatment of one leads to improve¬

ment of the others. Re-establishing the health of an affected organ also corrects
the imbalance that has been triggered in the organism.

Complementary medicine

This combines scientific medicine and alternative medicines. It is practiced

by doctors who have added one or more alternative medicine practices to their
existing scientific medicine arsenal. At first glance, that may seem like getting the
best of two worlds. But it is rarely the case. “Clothes do not make the man”, as
the old saying goes.

The two practices, scientific medicine and alternative medicines, are dia¬
metrically opposed. One cannot mix fire and water. The two elements are all-
important in their own right, but they can never be mixed together. A doctor may
be interested in alternative medicines but, if he practices them, he will do so in a
scientific manner. He will treat the symptoms rather than reinforcing the overall
state of the patient. A doctor who is really “converted” to alternative medicines
will never be able to practice scientific medicine again. It will no longer make
sense. Unfortunately, doctors often adopt alternative medicines for purely finan¬
cial reasons instead of referring patients to those whose field it is.
 TRUE complementary medicine does exist. It is that which brings together
around a table, the patient, therapist, and doctor. It is the patient who leads the
discussion. The patient takes the decision - enlightened - and decides what steps
to follow for the treatment, or non-treatment. It is a partnership for the benefit
of the patient.
These small, multi-disciplinary collaborative groups are growing in number.
Always bear in mind that the only “doctor is the patient.”

Self-healing for the soul

One hardly ever hears of this medicine, also known as spiritual medicine. It
is easy to understand why.
• First of all, because the soul is poorly understood, or not at all. Scientific
doctors deny its existence. Therapists know it exists, but don’t know what to
do with it. The soul is an enigma. And yet...
• Secondly, because according to tradition, religion took care of the soul. A
lay person would undoubtedly have been burned alive at the stake if he or
she had committed such a sacrilege. But times have changed. We are now
free of religious powers and it is spiritual masters who teach us spirituality
and the health of the soul. We have to be careful, however, not to replace
our former religious leaders with masters or gurus. That will not be any
better. Whether you obey one doctrine or another, the result is the same.
Submission to an external power.
• Thirdly, because there is a very big step to make in order to pass from alter¬
native medicines to self-healing. As big as passing from scientific medicine
to alternative medicines. This step requires a new transformation of con¬
sciousness with all the difficulties that this entails.

Medicine of the soul is practiced individually or in a group. New techniques

are being developed which address the soul directly. They are very efficient.
The results are there... for those who really want to change their level of
consciousness.

Sicknesses of the conscience: a lack of memory

These are the most frequent sicknesses which prevent the conscience from
growing and changing.
1. Victimization
Victims are put upon, dominated, exploited. They can do nothing about it
and are not responsible for anything. They can only blame external factors
such as circumstances, people, etc. We forget that we are sovereign.
2. Securization
Those who are well off are particularly prone. They are afraid of losing
their job, money, love, etc. They will make themselves ill rather than give up
their illusion of security. Job security is a malignant form. We forget that
we are rich, even if we don’t own anything.
THE SOLUTION

3. Protectionism
Another illness which causes us to give up our sovereignty to external
powers to compensate for the low opinion that we have of ourselves. We
forget that we are all-powerful.
4. Normopathy
The sickness of those who always follow the norm. Who think like everyone
else. Who say what everyone else is saying. Who act like everyone else.
Mr. Everyone, the man in the street, is sick. He is suffering from normopathy.
It is a contagious sickness which is passed on to those around him, from
family to family, from region to region. It is to live through proxy, rather
No self-health
than living what one really is with all that this entails in terms of differences
and originality. It is to become a carbon copy of others, living an illusion.
uuithout
We forget that we are unique and divine.
self-sickness
In each case, our conscience is paralyzed by fear or imprisoned in belief.
We have forgotten our inner divinity.

From spectators to actors

Going from being a spectator to becoming an actor is a transformation. It

consists of quitting our role of being a spectator of our life. We must stop being
passive in front of events that arrive and putting them down to fate. We recognize
"The reel doctor that we are responsible actors for all that happens to us. We take our life in
is the doctor hand and master our own destiny, living it how we wish to live it. We create our
within* future. We become the authors of our life.
Most doctors Victimization and all its faults give way to responsibility. We can write it in
know nothing such a way that it is a great story. With a happy ending!
of this science
Patients take control of their health. They know that they alone can heal
and yet it works
themselves and have faith in their divinity. They also know that nobody else can
so well*"
do this for them. Doctors and therapists can only help make them aware,
filbert Schweitzer accompany them. They also know that sickness is an opportunity to readjust and
give a new direction to their life. They take advantage of it by making it their ally.

In conclusion

Self-healing is the process of

transformation of the conscience. It
works on the base of the iceberg and
melts it progressively and surely until
it disappears entirely. It is the only
medicine that CURES, that is to say
which cures the root of the problem
once and for all.

IT IS IN THE SOUL
THAT SICKNESS IS BORN...
SO TOO IS THE CURE!
R M6DICIN6 Of H6RLTH

Medicine of health re-establishes, maintains and increases health. It

takes care, on one hand, of the invisible bodies which is a medicine of improve¬
ment, and on the other, the medicine of self-healing. In every instance, it raises
the level of consciousness.
Practicing a medicine of improvement Practicing a medicine of self-healing is
is to put emphasis on the factors which to put emphasis on the factors which
maintain and re-establish health. increase health.
It is a medicine which: It is a medicine which:
• gives priority to health over sickness. • definitely cures.
• recognizes the existence of the soul • recognizes the priority of the soul
and the body. over the body.
• corrects the problem rather than the • corrects the cause of the problem.
symptoms.
• encourages the patient to become • encourages the patient to become
autonomous. sovereign.
• discourages consumerism. • does not involve consumerism.
It is the medicine of invisible bodies. It is the medicine of the soul.
It transforms the consciousness.

One day, I received a call from a woman living some distance away
explaining that she hadjust opened a health center and that she was looking
for a doctor to work there. So I asked her whether it was a center ofsickness
that she had opened. No, health, she replied, obviously astonished at my
question. I then asked her why she wanted to hire a doctor, given the fact
that doctors only treat illnesses, not health. Realizing the difference, she
stopped looking.

The invisible exists

The medicine of health recognizes that the invisible exists. We are more
than just robots in flesh and blood. Our thoughts and emotions greatly influence
our state of health, even if they cannot be seen. Our consciousness gives us the
power to direct and hve our life as we wish. That it is freedom of choice which
distinguishes us from the animals.
Moreover, animals also have emotions that can affect their state of health, as
well as plants, as has been clearly demonstrated by Christopher Bird and Peter
Tomkins in their book: The Secret Life of Plants.

We instinctively know just how much our emotions and our thoughts influ¬
ence our daily health and how they can harm it.
THE SOLUTION

It wasn’t by accident that Bernie Siegel’s book: Love, Medicine and

Miracles was such a phenomenal success. In addition to having been written by
a man of great compassion, this book brings to the fore that which we know in
our innermost selves. It confirms our daily experiences and explains to us why
sicknesses respond differently to identical treatments. It confirms that we are
not machines and that, above all, we need love. It is all very well to talk about
love. But one cannot buy it, or see it. It is invisible. And yet, it is essential to life!
Another doctor who has also touched on the problem, but from an angle
that is more scientific than practical, is Deepak Chopra. In his best-seller:
Quantum Healing - Exploring the Frontiers of Mind/Body Medicine, he
provides us with the explanation that we are looking for. He follows through on
his study of quantum physics to conclude that eternal youth is possible. He goes
on sharing his secrets with us in his most recent book: Timeless Mind,
Ageless Body.

A scientist, Beverly Rubik has also written a most interesting book on the
Love, Medicine
and Miracles frontiers of the visible and the invisible entitled: The Interrelationship
Bernie Siegel Between Mind and Matter.

There are many others in the world to show that the invisible exists and that
sickness appears in the invisible bodies before manifesting itself in the physical
body. Yet in spite of everything, scientific medicine continues to deny it. Up until
the time we were plunged into “scientific” materialism, which reduces us to
physico-chemical reactions, the invisible was recognized and was revered and
treated with respect. Once people were ostracized, who did not have faith
in the invisible. Nowadays, one terrorizes those who do.

Identifying the problem: the invisible bodies

A symptom is only the tip of the iceberg. It is the small external manifestation
of a deeper and bigger problem that we cannot see well below the surface.

WHAT IS THE REAL PROBLEM?

The story of a commonplace occurrence that follows illustrates well how

our organism functions and how each organ compensates for the lack of the
other in providing additional help in order to maintain overall balance. When
the physical sickness appears, it is because the real problem has been
dragging on for some time without ever having been resolved. And that the
entire organism is exhausted. The symptom cannot reveal the real problem.
We must dig deep to find the problem itself. Often, the symptom is deceptive
and misleading. The problem turns out to be much different to that which the
symptom appears to indicate. The symptom only serves to warn us: “Look deeper.
There is a problem below!”

When we seek, we invariably discover just how much false thoughts and
beliefs imprison us. And how fear paralyzes us. Beliefs and fear rule in a materi¬
alistic world. They impose their heavy vibes on the more vulnerable physical
body. It suffers and cries out for help.

¥ -■
 The Medical Mafia

Here’s a little story of an office problem that I use to illustrate the x

origin of sickness.

Once upon a time, there was a little business which worked in perfect
harmony. It made good products, enjoyed a good reputation, and was
assured of a good clientele that was more than satisfied and faithful. The
company prospered. Everyone knew what they had to do every day. There
were no problems and everyone was happy.

One day, the receptionist failed to show up. Everyone else manned the
pumps. First one, and then the other, was answering the telephone, opening
and distributing the mail, doing the scheduling. Meanwhile, they were still
going to business meetings and receiving their own clients. The receptionist
failed to show up for work more and more frequently. But nobody really
worried because, by now, they were used to it.

Sure, everyone had to take a little more responsibility on their shoulders,

but they held the fort. Even though they finished later, arrived home later,
and were more and more tired. After a while, they lost their enthusiasm and
peace of mind. Their attitude to their clients wasn’t the same. They no
longer had time to chat with them. But the clients remained faithful and
nothing appeared untoward.

But then came the day when the accountant had a car accident and
was laid up for a few days. This only added to the problem. Everyone did
their best, but they were overloaded, and fell behind. Then the inevitable
happened. The director of marketing, who was looking after the accounting
temporarily in addition to his other functions, which were already over¬
loading him, made a mistake in writing out a cheque. Instead of $5,000, he
wrote $50,000. In light of such a serious error, he was fired.

After that, things went from bad to worse. Management and staff were
simply unable to cope. Mistakes became more and more frequent. Each
time, one accused or dismissed the person who had made the mistake,
rather than evaluate the situation as a whole and realize that the problems
had begun when the receptionist had started failing to show up for work,
more and more often. The personnel was exhausted. Clients were dissatis¬
fied with the products and service they were receiving. A short while later,
the business closed. It declared bankruptcy.

And yet, the problem was simple. The receptionist was missing work
because the woman who had looked after her children while she was at the
office had quit. And she had been unable to find a full-time replacement.
Rather than punish those who had made mistakes, one only had to identify
the receptionist’s problem and help her find someone to look after her
youngsters. The company would still be in business.
THE SOLUTION

Visible body: Manifestation

physical of the problem

Hie problem
itself

The natural order goes:

from the interior to the exterior
from the invisible to the visible
from the depth to the surface
from the cause to the manifestatie
Finding and correcting the cause
of the problem: the soul
If we want to definitely resolve the problem, CURE, then we will have to go
beyond the problem itself. More in depth, right to its origin. What is causing the
problem? Why is there an iceberg in the first place? Where does it come from?
What caused it to arise?

It is the ultimate step in medicine. It is the medicine of the soul. It ascertains

that the conscience is sleeping. It awakens it. It alerts the soul, the “raison
d’etre” of our existence on earth. It asks it the fundamental question:

WHO IS AT THE SERVICE OF WHOM?

Only the soul has the power to choose

• If the soul chooses submission, it is sickness.
• If the soul chooses sovereignty, it is health.
• If the soul does not choose, it chooses submission, by default.

To correct the problem, the soul must:

• pass from the materialistic to the spiritualistic option.

• take a decision and act accordingly.
• for it is in the soul that the conscience (captain, orchestra leader), which
decides, resides.
THE SOLUTION

TH€ SOUL VICIOUS CIRCL6

IS SUBMISSIV6 OF SICHNCSS
• The naturel order is over-turned. Submission of the soul permits low
• The system is upside down. vibrations to take over.
• The ship is capsized. Povery and fear take hold.

It is sickness
It is poverty

IT IS UP TO US TO DCCIDC

TH6 SOUL HARMONIOUS CIRCLC

IS SOVCR6IGN OF H6RLTH
• The natural order is respected. The sovereignty of the soul raises
• The system is as it should be. the vibrations of the invisible and
• The ship navigates well. visible bodies.
Love and prosperity follow.
Sovereignty

It is order
It is peace Prosperity Love
It is health
It is prosperity Sovereignty i,b* love + prosperity
 >.-X '\ ',?~ ' ' Xv'>' '\\ X-X X xx\ \-^‘X X.; \\\; ■ X-.x.v . ;X ' X.' X XxX-x-X X XvX X -XX.v X'XX '• ‘XX'XxXxX'XX-X-X' . v ' . . ,\;X X1- 1 > ■' XX ; ; ; ;; .X

the soul m at the service of the body.

The traveller is at the service of the vehicle.
Thu spirit is aiihe service of matter.

IS Tin* MATERIALISTIC OPTION

m\isiblc bodies dominate.

The captain (conscience) remains asleep, drunk, orparahml.

to matter over spirit. is to go against the natural order,
ft is to go anti'Ch^ckwise. H is to gi\e priority to llie Lip of the iceberg, to that

IT IS TO CHOOSE DISORDER, SICKS& DEATH

UIHO IS AT TH€ S€AVIC€ OF WHOM?

HARMONIOUS CIRCL6 OF H6RLTH

The body is at the service of the soul.
The vehicle is at the service of the traveller.
The matter is at the service of the spirit.

IT IS THE SPIRITUALISTIC OPTION

The soul dominates the visible and invisible bodies.

The body follows.
The captain (conscience) awakes and retakes control.
To give priority to spirit over matter, is to go with the natural order, with
common sense, clockwise. It is to give priority to the base of the iceberg, to
that which is invisible.

IT IS TO CHOOSE ORDER, HEALTH, LIFE

THE SOLUTION

Vicious circle of sickness

Let us see what happens in each of our bodies and in the soul when we live
a life that gives priority to the materialistic option. And at the consequences of
such a choice.

"The mess of The major sickness of the soul: submission

men lead lives
It is the prison of the conscience. It locks one up. It renders its victims
of quiet powerless and unhappy. We submit to the circumstances rather than master
desperation* them. We sink into lethargy, silence and passiveness. We let others do our think¬
UJhat is called ing for us, and make our decisions theirs. We let fear invade our home and
fltCSIGNRTION muzzle the conscience.
is confirmed
D€SP€IU)TION*" Submission translates into symptoms of feelings of powerlessness and
hopelessness. Two recognized major causes of cancer and suicide. It feeds
Thoreau
the sicknesses of auto-destruction such as drugs, alcoholism, and degenerative
illnesses. It robs us of our very essence and our most profound aspirations to
improve and do better.
Submission reduces us to a robot, a servile machine, a potentially very profit¬
able commodity. It strips us of our superior functions of consciousness and will.
It is a direct attack on our human dignity.
Submission is the major cause of sickness. And yet, our entire system
encourages submission. Schools reward quiet children who do as they are told
and punish the rebellious. Universities teach uniformity and discourage creativi¬
ty. The establishment severely punishes those who disobey. There is simply no
place for a maverick. The worst fonn of submission that one can impose upon
people is social assistance. And we are all socially assisted. Health insurance,
unemployment benefits, life insurance, salary insurance, pension funds, welfare,
taxes and others. All these measures to make us dependent upon the authorities.
Because we believe that we cannot do it for ourselves. We end up being treated
like sheep.

The major sickness of the invisible bodies: fear

Fear of losing what we have. Fear of not having what we want. Fear of the
past, the present, and future. Fear of being robbed, raped, condemned,
ridiculed. Fear of failure. Fear of losing one’s job. Fear of flying. Fear of the
dark. Fear is the basket of all emotions. It contains them all. Fear paralyzes
the conscience. It renders one blind and powerless. Yet fear is on the rise every
day in our society what with all its criminality, job losses, bankruptcies, the
recession, sickness, wars, and violence. It is enough to make anyone afraid. The
media hardly ever seems to mention anything else. Have you heard any good
news lately, except in the realm of sports? Apart from artists, who are having a
rough time making ends meet, who talks to us of love?
 The Medical Mafia

And as thought generates reality, therefore, when we hear on the news that
four out of ten women will suffer from breast cancer, we think that one of them
will be us. And we are afraid. The thought, and the emotion, “cancer” implants
itself in our invisible bodies and the cancer will appear in the physical body
sooner or later. We have programmed it.

Fear brings sickness. And yet, the powers that be conspire to create it. Fear
freezes us and turns our blood to ice. It keeps the icebergs in place. Belief, its
twin sister, ravages our thoughts just as much as fear does the emotions. The
most deeply rooted belief is that we are not all equal.

The major sickness of the visible body: poverty

Poverty is the mother of all misfortune. It gives rise to all calamities. It

has been demonstrated a thousand times over that the level of sickness is direct¬
ly linked to that of poverty. The poor are sick. They all have physical, emotional
or social problems. Mothers give birth to small, underweight babies whose
health is compromised and mortgaged from the moment they are born and for
the rest of their lives. And all it takes is a minimum of good nutrition to ensure
the birth of a normal-sized baby and save the economy tens of thousands of
dollars in medical costs, both immediate and future. Poverty is the biggest cause
of sickness.

It is the vicious circle of sickness.

SUBMISSION FEAR "»► POVERTY SUBMISSION

Harmonious circle of health

Let us see what happens in each of our bodies and in our soul when we five
a life that has a spiritualistic priority. And at the consequences of our choice
regarding health.

The health of the soul: sovereignty

As a sovereign person, you are the supreme authority of your life. You exer¬
cise your inner power rather than submit to the power of the authorities. You
are in full control of your thoughts, and emotions. You know no boundaries and
are full of creativity.

It is easy to encourage sovereignty among individuals. We only have to

remember the divine essence of each and every one of us, for us to realize that
“we can do it”. And that many people, united and working together, can move
mountains. And build a society that is rich and in good health.
THE SOLUTION

The health of the invisible bodies: love

“There are only two emotions: love and fear. The first is our natural
"Love is letting heritage. The other, a creation of our spirit.” - Jampolsky.
go of fear."
To discourage fear, one only has to stop talking about security and protec¬
Gerald JampolskY tion, two impracticable illusions. To encourage love, it is sufficient to create
links between individuals. To bring them to discover and to get to know one
another, like one another, and help one another.
Love is warmth. It has always melted icebergs. Progressively, the symptoms
disappear, and then the entire iceberg.
Unfortunately, the authorities promulgate hate, suspicion and distrust. Every
man for himself. Nothing that promotes health.

The health of the visible body: prosperity

Individual sovereignty ensures prosperity and abundance for all. Being on
the same wavelength as our inner divinity assures us of real and unique security.
Namely, assurance, that which no one can take from us and from which flows
prosperity, in all its forms:
• physical: adequate food and housing, vital and recreational space,
pure air and water.
• psychological: love, belonging, recognition, consideration in the home,
at school, work and at play.
• spiritual: dignity, power, identity, passion, respect for one’s differences,
value in originality and creativity.

It is the harmonious circle of health.

SOVEREIGNTY «► LOVE -»► PROSPERITY SOVEREIGNTY...

Re-estciblishing the natural order to go

from sickness to health
The deeper the problem, the more fundamental it is. Therefore we have to
re-establish the order of priority of our solutions, beginning with those at the
deepest level, and working towards those that are the most superficial.
The soul being the deepest, solutions that will improve its state of health are
therefore key.
1. This is why the priority action must focus on the sovereignty of the soul
(medicine of self-healing).
2. At the same time, we have to make every effort to re-establish the health of
the invisible bodies. For us to rid ourselves of the emotions and thoughts
which imprison us, and instead spread love and sharing (alternative
medicines).
3. And last but not least, we have to take care of our physical body in terms of
70 food, hygiene, non-pollution, and lifestyle.
# -■
 The Medical Mafia

Physical
body
It is in the inner coi
Invisible of the hidden Port oF th
bodies iceberg uuherein Ik
the root oF the proble
that must be cure<

Soul

It is obvious that all these different types of medical practices overlap, and Take Charge of
that one influences the other. This is why medicine must offer patients different Vour Body
alternatives for the well-being of their bodies and soul. Concomitant treatments Carolyn DeMarco
touching both medicines and calling upon the skills of doctors and therapists at
the same time.

There exists many books which explain, in easy-to-understand terms, the

different practices of medicine from self-health to the rarest of illnesses, as well
as everything one needs to know about nutrition and all facets of daily hygiene.
It is up to us to determine which best suits our needs.

One book that merits special attention is, Take Charge of Your Body
by Carolyn DeMarco. I highly recommend it to all women and all health
practitioners.

And I cannot fail to mention all the books written by Serge Mongeau on
medicine and health. Pour une nouvelle medecine (For a New Medicine)
contains all the elements necessary to expand our knowledge of a true medicine
of health.

UUHCR6 SHOULD OUR MON6V GO?

Towards health, because that is our best investment. First of all, to the
health of the soul, because it is in the soul that sickness is born... so too is the
cure. In practical terms, our money should go first towards education which
leads to empowerment.

environment
alternative medicines
Sickness fees
scientific medicine administration
II
THE SOLUTION

1) To education
Education brings knowledge. Knowledge is a tool which leads to power.
When we know, we control. To educate is to share knowledge. It is to share
power. It is empowering others. It is to give information that will enable others
to control their health, their life. The education of health is that which makes
people aware of their divine and all-powerful nature. It gives us the tool to break
free from the illusion of sickness/death and pass on to the reality of health/life.
If we are ill, then it is because we have distanced ourselves from our divinity. We
only have to come back to it to be healed.
Education leads to empowerment. That is to say, the reinforcement of
our inner power. The power OF. We are all-powerful, but we have forgotten it.
Education reminds us of this and teaches us how to free ourselves from the
ideas that imprison us, notably the illusions that we entertain.
Namely, physical and mental suffering, sickness, aging, death. Education
also teaches us how to replace the paralyzing emotion of fear (creation of fear =
illusion) with the all-powerful emotion of love (innate = reality). In this way, we
will no longer be slaves, but free. We will leave the bleak jungle and enter “the
garden of life”, as my friend Louise Pomminville would say.

Tandem F P = Slavery Tandem €-€ = Freedom

—
© ©
V— _
© ®
The bleak jungle The garden of life
Leave the tandem Adopt the tandem
fear-Protection €ducation-€mpowerment

Education enables us to evaluate the intention which underpins all politics

and decisions. These must be clearly understood so that people can take their
rightful place and actively participate in the formulation of decisions.
Schools should encourage creativity and initiative. Painting, drawing, or any
other art form helps one to develop ideals. Silence and nature enables one to get
one’s bearing again and a better perspective on life.
We should learn self-health. How to take charge of our health, learn how to
select good food. If we do become sick, learn all there is to know about our
illness and, with the help of therapists and doctors, cure ourselves. We are the
only true doctor. We have to learn to set aside false securities, such as insur¬
ance, job security, pension funds and the like. We will learn to appreciate the
fact that there is only one person who can help protect us against the only real
enemy that exists. We are our own worst enemy.
Empowerment improves the health of the soul.
EDUCATION DOES NOT COST AN ARM AND A LEG
72
^ -■
 The Medical Mafia

2) To alternative medicines
As a general rule, remember that chronic illnesses and those which are said
to be psychiatric in nature are in the domain of alternative medicines.
They comprise treatments which treat and reinforce, which is real preven¬
tion. They free blocked energy, while rebalancing and reinforcing the entire
energy system. The role of healers is to be found at this level. They re-establish
energy in the invisible bodies and help them to become stronger, as well as
replacing the energy, as the case may be. Healers sometimes work with the help
of “guides” that are invisible to the majority of us. These are the “doctors of the
sky” of whom Maguy Lebrun speaks about in her book Medecins du del,
medecins de la terre (Doctors of the Sky, Doctors of the Earth). She
also explains just how much more powerful the energy of healing is when we
work together in a group.
ALTERNATIVE MEDICINES DO NOT COST AN ARM AND A LEG

3) To the environment
• To take care of Mother Earth, our hostess. To learn how to respect and
venerate her. Thank her for having welcomed us. Stop chemically polluting
the air, water, and soil. Stop stripping forests and changing the course of
our rivers and waterways. Realize that we are at her service, and not she at
ours. Our fate depends on her.
• To ensure hygiene for all, having access to clean drinking water, suitable
lodging, and a healthy environment. Reduce consumerism and all the waste
that this generates. Purify the air in workplaces.
• To provide food that is both physically and mentally nutritious. Produce that
has not been bombarded with rays. Encourage biological horticulture and,
where possible, community and family gardening.
• Make sports and art activities available to all. Make it easy to go to the
country. Take charge of communications and ensure the quality of media
information. Replace violence and fear in the print and electronic media
with respect for the person and love. Encourage positive thinking.
• Promote simple and extensive public transit systems so as to encourage
exchange between individuals.
• Poverty must be eliminated by all means possible. Install an economy of
need based on richness for all. We must remember that it is not technology
that has prolonged our life span, but rather hygiene, and improvement in
the quality of our lives.
The refrigerator has done more for health than open-heart surgery.
Poor people are more ill than rich people. People living in poor countries
have a life expectancy well below those of people living in rich countries.
The rate of infant mortality is also far greater. Poverty and sickness go hand
in hand.

HEALTH OF THE ENVIRONMENT DOES NOT COST AN ARM AND A LEG

THE SOLUTION

4) To cover other costs

• Professional salaries which are directly proportional to services we
receive, therefore not as high.
• Administrative costs, which would also be reduced, as they would relate
to a smaller “health machine”.

THE MEDICINE OF HEALTH DOES NOT COST AND ARM AND A LEG

Find what about scientific medicine?

Is it the end of scientific medicine? Not at all. It will always have its place
and we will always have need of doctors that have been trained in science and
technology. At the same time, however, they must realize their limits.
• They should only use scientific medicines and drugs when it is not possible
to treat the patient by other methods.
• They should learn, but not practice, alternative medicines. For they are
incapable. It is contrary to their training.
• They should work together with therapists and patients.

As a general rule, remember that trauma, emergencies, and acute illnesses

are those which most often have need of treatment by scientific medicine. But
not over extended periods of time. Only for the duration of the acute crisis.
Once this has passed, such aggressive treatments must be stopped. In many
cases, surgery that is debilitating and expensive can be replaced by a method of
treatment that is much simpler and less expensive.

It is the case with heart by-pass operations, for example, which may be
replaced by a chelation and costs about $3,000 as opposed to the $50,000
it can cost for the operation. As another general rule, unless there is a real
obvious emergency, nothing should be done to upset nature which knows how
to take care of itself. “Step zero, do nothing”, says Susun Weed in the wise-
woman tradition mentioned earlier.

If we learn to adopt this attitude, we will save ourselves a lot of grief. Never
resort to the medicine of science for preventative purposes. It is like taking a
hammer to kill a fly buzzing around on a window pane. You don’t always kill the
fly. But you always break the window!

THE MEDICINE OF SICKNESS COSTS AN ARM AND A LEG

74
# —
HOW MUCH WILL RLL THIS COST?
To reduce the exorbitant cost of our health systems, we must pass from a
system of sickness to a system of health. In practice, this implies that we consider¬
ably reduce our use of tests and medications, and invest a little of the money
saved in health. When I say considerably reduce, I do mean considerably. That is
to say, eliminate all tests and medications that are not absolutely necessary and
justified. This represents between 75% and 95% of current tests, medications
and surgical operations. I can hear you shouting, “but that’s crazy, its madness”.
Well, rest assured, the figures are as high as that. One just has to want it, to
transform it into reality.

In years to come, the health of everyone would be greatly improved and

costs would be much lower. Even if we only managed to reduce the health costs
by 25% in the United States, it would save a whopping $250,000,000,000 (250
billion). That’s close to $1,000 for every man, woman and child.
As the chart which follows shows, if we succeeded in going even further
than that, the savings become astronomical.

Take, for example, a budget of 1 trillion dollars

total budget of sickness $1,000,000,000,000
reduce it by 75% - $750,000,000,000
balance remaining = $250,000,000,000
add 25% to health budget + $250,000,000,000
total cost of sickness/health = $500,000,000,000

This represents a saving of close to $2,000 per individual. We can reduce

our total costs and have a population that is in far better health. One that will
benefit both from state-of-the-art scientific technology and the refinement
of alternative medicines. It is the best of both worlds. Science and art
combined at the service of the patient.

The solution is obvious and simple. Anyone can find it. But why isn’t it applied?

Why is industry still allowed to pollute the water, the air and foodstuffs?

Why are people still left homeless, hungry, living in slums, or working in
unhealthy conditions?

Why is all the emphasis placed on competition, conformity, obedience,

submission, fear?

Why is materialism pushed and not spiritualism?

Why do we dwell on the inevitability of aging and death?

Why are alternative medicines ridiculed and forbidden?

THE SOLUTION

Why are vaccinations allowed to continue?

Why are people encouraged to take pills and drugs?

Why is ignorance and dependence promoted? Why?

CONCLUSION
What is happening?

All the information exists, and it has for some time now, to enable the
authorities to introduce an effective and less costly medicine of health. They
have not done it. Not only have they not done it, but they have done exactly
the opposite. They are plunging us even deeper into sickness and submission, a
little more each day.
• Budgets for social services such as daycare, battered women, recreational
centers, help for single mothers, health associations, etc., are cut.
• The gap between rich and poor continues to widen, even during the 80s
when times were said to be good and prosperous. We are all affected by
this, we will all be poor if we continue like this. What we often fail to realize
is that the rich are now much richer, and there are fewer of them than
before.

Rich Middle doss Poor

$
Rich Poor
% 1
- Concentration of money in the hands of a few;
- Progressive disappearance of the middle class into poverty.

• Welfare dependency in all its forms is increasing everywhere, as is unem¬

ployment, people on pensions, and those collecting health insurance.
In losing our jobs and becoming poorer, in becoming sick and older,
we become to depend upon the State with all the loss of human dignity that
this entails.

A thought in passing:

With the advent offeminism and women's liberation, more and more
women have been freedfrom the guardianship of their husbands. They have
become autonomous. There are fewer so-called '‘kept women” than there
were one or two generations ago. But, alas! It is now men and women
who are being "kept”. Not by their wives or husbands but, this time, by the
government.
 We should always remember that being “kept” is a lousy position to
find oneself in. For even if one has the best “keeper ” in the world\ one is
always at their mercy, for at any time:
- they can stop taking care of us, to start taking care ofsomeone else.
- orjust be simply unable to take care of us any longer.
In either case, we lose what we have. In all cases, we lose our dignity.
And remember that submission is the basis ofall illnesses.
• Industries continue to pollute the air, water, and soil. Every day, we discover
that such and such a region is suffering from some sort of illness directly
related to a polluting industry. And we go on.
For example, many people living around the Great lakes in both
Canada and the United States suffer from sterility. Rather than resolving the
problem at its source, the problem ofpollution, we develop methods offer¬
tility.
• Alternative medicines are banned and those who practice them are hounded.
The authorities harass, threaten, and intimidate them without any reason
whatsoever.
• “Health” insurance, both public and private, reimburses only sickness.
Alternative medicine therapies are not reimbursed at all as they are in some
countries.
• Good remedies are banned. The authorities pass laws declaring them illegal.
They are therefore withdrawn from the market and become inaccessible to
the public at large.
• Everything contributes to creating fear among the public. The media
projects nothing but violence, war, misfortune, sickness and all that this
entails. Recessions, budget cuts, debts, and so on. Fear is the vehicle of
sickness.

Why are the political, medical, and financial authorities doing all in their
power to ruin our health and our bank account? Shouldn’t the government, our
representative, look after our interests? It is paid for that. Not only is it not doing
so, but it is doing just the opposite. Why? Three hypotheses present themselves:
THE SOLUTION

1st hypothesis:

They do not know how to do it.

This explanation is impossible, because the information has existed for

years. Medical Nemesis - The Expropriation of Health by Ivan Illich
dates from 1975. Some 20 years ago, we were warned of the disastrous conse¬
quences that awaited us with the practice of scientific medicine. Since 1980,
several books have denounced - and continue to do so - the corruption, yes
even the conspiracy, against our health. Several other books have proposed
solutions.

Therefore, the government knows the problems that exist and knows how
to remedy them.

2nd- hypothesis:

They cannot do it.

This explanation is also impossible, because the government has all the
powers. The power to inform, the power to educate, the power to finance,
the power to legislate, the power to enact that legislation. It can therefore do
anything that it wishes.

3rd' hypothesis:
They do not want to do it.

This explanation is the only one possible, once the other two hypotheses
are eliminated. One always thinks that governments, and their civil servants, are
without intelligence and really don’t put their hearts into their work. How can
we be so mistaken. One also always thinks that they act in good faith, but that
they are simply overburdened by the amount of work that they have to do. How
can we be so mistaken.

“There is none more deaf than those who will not hear”. It is true as far as
our demands are concerned. We can also add: “There is none more paralyzed
than those who wish to maintain the status quo.”

The current system of sickness is a disaster for our health and our finances.
Moreover, it displeases everyone. However, it must profit someone, if, despite
everything, it has been maintained for all these years.

PROFIT WHOM?
.
 The Medical Mafia

The obstacle:
The Medical Mafia
TH€ R€Rl B6N6FICIRRV Of
TH€ M6DICRL SVST6M
Doctors and patients alike are concerned with health, each from their own
perspective. They should be able to reorient themselves and create a more
effective health policy.

WHY DON’T THEY DO IT?

Because these two actors in the system have become silent and powerless
spectators. They no longer have any power over their health. Nor over its prac¬
tice. Nor over the financing of health. Who then has taken over this power?

The power of the patients is theirfinancial clout

“He who pays the piper calls the tune”, goes the old saying. Well, we have
made a he of that old dictum. Sure, it is the patient who pays. But it is not the
patient who calls the tune. It is the insurance companies. Whether they are
privately-owned or government-run, they take our money and do with it what
they think best. As soon as we entrust our money to someone else, we lose the
control and freedom to use it as we see fit. They have taken over the stage. And
we have relinquished it. We have accepted to sit back and watch the show these
actors wish to stage. Whether we like it or not.

The power of the doctors is their knowledge

They place this knowledge at the service of patients who come to consult
them. Yet they too have also been dispossessed of their power, reduced to the
role of spectators. In effect, doctors do not have free access to medical informa¬
tion, and even less to the practice which seems to them best suited to their
patients’ needs. Those who decide the practice of medicine are the authorities,
the all-powerful medical institutions. They have full powers of decision over
the practice of doctors. The doctors are their instrument, their means of action.
They form and shape them, and keep them in their mold, at their service.

Patients
 The Medical Mafia

The usurped power of the authorities

The patient and the doctor wish to meet one another to exchange. One, the authorities
patient, brings the money ($), the other, the knowledge (+). But the authorities
insurers
prevent this direct meeting. +
• The insurers, the financial authority, deviate the money towards illness. institutions
• The institutions, the legal authority, deviate the practice of health towards
illness.
Therefore, the patient and doctor can only meet indirectly, through the
intermediary of the authorities, in the realm of the illness. Health is short-
circuited and inaccessible.
FINANCIAL POWER + LEGAL POWER = TOTAL POWER

Doctors know only one medicine: sickness. Who goes to see a doctor if they
are not sick? Nobody. In addition, patients are not entitled to medical services
unless they are sick. No sickness, no medicine. Doctors are not reimbursed for
their “health” services. Only for their “sickness” services.

Doctors who stray from the narrow paths that are recognized and approved
by the established powers that be pay dearly for it. They are assailed by fear,
harassment, intimidation, threats. They are dragged before a disciplinary com¬
mittee, lose their right to practice, pay fines, are carted off to prison. For some
years now, it is a witch-hunt aimed at all health practitioners, whether they be
doctors or therapists.

So the two actors of the system, the patient and doctor, have lost their role
as actors. But then who has taken their place? Who are the real, true actors?

If we cannot discover who is preventing the actors from playing their roles,
let us ask ourselves whose interests are best served in such a case. Who profits
from the current system of sickness? Do they perhaps have a vested interest in
seeing such a system survive?

Those who realize a profit from the system of sickness are undoubtedly the "The health of
beneficiaries of the largest sums of money dispensed by the system. And we have citizens is a
already identified the three major expenditures: commodity
• tests which make a profit for the technological industry. which is bought
• medications which make a profit for the pharmaceutical industry. and sold."
• hospitals, pharmacies, laboratories, which make a profit for both the above Francois Mitterand
two industries, as well as a plethora of other small industries. President of France

All of these industries have an obvious interest in sickness and would have
everything to fear from a population in good health. Most notably it is the phar¬
maceutical industry, whose profits are far greater than those of most other
industries, that has taken control of medicine. How has it been able to do this?
How has it been able to tilt the system in its own favour?
A short quiz
One generally speaks of the medical BODY. Now every system comprises
body and a soul. Therefore, if there is a body, there is also a soul.

WHO IS THE MEDICAL SOUL?

Make your choice.

□ Laboratories □ Government □ Insurers

□ Charitable □ High technology □ Medical colleges

organizations

□ Clinics □ Pharmacists □ Patient

□ Medicare □ Surgeons □ Therapists

□ Medical associations □ Administrators □ Pharmaceutical

industry

□ Hospitals □ Ministry of Health □ Universities

□ Researchers □ Civil servants □ FDA

For the answer, you’ll have to read on...

TH6 TILTING Of TH€ M6DICAL SVST6M
The players in the system
In order to be able to reply to this question, let us recap the five different
players on the medical stage and their roles.
1) the patient who consults and pays: .the client
2) the practitioner who advises:.the consultant
3) hospitals
clinics
laboratories
pharmacies: .the executants
4) industry which makes the products:.the manufacturer
5) the authorities:.the manager

THE SOUL IS THE PATIENT, the essence, the reason for being of the
system. Without a soul, there is no body. Without a patient, there is no medical
system.

THE BODY IS THE STRUCTURE at the service of the soul. The doctor,
hospitals, clinics, laboratories, pharmacies, industry.

All the rest are artificial realizations created to respond to artificially-

created needs. The authorities.

Officially
It involves a system of HEALTH at the service of the SOVEREIGN patients.
They are the decision-makers, the all-powerful element in the medical system.
Officially, they are the supreme authority. The entire health system is at their
service. They are its “raison d’etre”. They are the SOUL of the system.
THE OBSTACLE

The other players make up the BODY of the system. We spoke earlier of
the “medical corps”, the “medical body”. Strange that we never speak of the
“medical soul”.

1) PATIENTS: the clients. It is they who employ and pay. It is they who have the
power of decision.

Their servants

2) DOCTORS: the consultants. They are employed and paid. It is they who
advise the patients. They are entirely at the patients’ service.

3) HOSPITALS, CLINICS, LABORATORIES and PHARMACIES: the executants.

They are the assistants, dispensors of the services and products deemed
necessary for the health of the patient, and complementary to the practice of
the doctors:
• hospitals which accommodate the very sick and provide very serious
forms of treatment.
• clinics which dispense lighter forms of treatment and care.
• diagnostic laboratories (analyses, X-rays).
• pharmacies and retailers which dispense products (medications,
glasses, prostheses, etc.).

4) INDUSTRY: the manufacturers of goods and products necessary for the

health of the patients and doctor’s practices in the health system. It is an
industry at the service of health:
• pharmaceutical which manufactures medications.
• technological which manufactures instruments and equipment.

Their managers

5) The AUTHORITIES: the managers of the patient. They are the patients’
delegates. Their role is to facilitate the medical practice and its administra¬
tion. It is an artificial creation:
financial • the insurance companies which “insure the security” of patients. They
authorities may be privately- or publicly-owned. In either case, they deduct money
from the patient and redistribute it to different players in the medical
system which contribute to the good health of the patient.
legal • medical institutions which “ensure the protection” of patients and doc¬
authorities tors. They look after the interests of the public, patients, and doctors. They
also control training (faculties, colleges, schools, journals, conventions,
teaching), as well as research and publications, the manufacture and
authorization of products, grants, fund-raising, institutes and foundations.
 The Medical Mafia

IN THEORY IN PRACTICE

exploiter

Distributor

Client Seller

Manager Usurper

Consultant exploited

executant

Manufacturer

Health system serving the patient. Patient at the mercy of a system of

The body serving the soul. sickness. The soul serving the body.
♦
ORDER (DIS) ORDER
system upright System over-turned

NATURAL ORDER ESTABLISHED ORDER

of divine essence ®f the authorities

If we take off our rose colored glasses, we perceive quite another scene.
The system is tilted. It is the patients who are at the service of the system
of sickness.

The tilting of the system is the result of the intervention by the authorities
who have wedged themselves between the patients and their servants. Without
the intervention of the authorities, who purport to be our agents, there would be
no possible way of tilting the system.

In practice
In this new light, let us look again at the role of each of the players on the
medical stage.

1) PATIENTS: The exploited consumers. The more they consume, the better.
The more sick they are, the more profitable it is. So one has to make sure
that they are sick. That medications do not cure illnesses. That new illnesses
are created. The only thing that counts is financial performance as reflected
on the stock market.
2) DOCTORS: The sellers, albeit unaware, of industry. The industry’s promo¬
tional tools. The authorities form and mold them to serve their goals, blindly,
faithfully, and to the letter, without ever doubting nor questioning the sanctity
of the truth. This truth and blind obedience, which the industry commands,
is set out by the medical establishment.

87
- *
THE OBSTACLE

It is taught in the form of doctrine to eager medical students who, although

full of good intentions, lap it up. After five to ten years of such brainwashing,
nobody could fail to succumb. They are also bought with financial privileges
and/or steps up the ladder of success. To some, they give prestige. To others
power. And to still others they give money. The vast majority are unaware of
just how they are being “prepared” for their chosen profession.

3) HOSPITALS, CLINICS, LABORATORIES and PHARMACIES: The manufacturer’s

distributors. They are accomplices who very assiduously convey the
manufacturers’ products to the patient, for a very handsome profit.

The exploiter is the 4) The INDUSTRY: The exploiter. The head of the medical system. The
one who mokes beneficiary of sickness. Under the cover of scientific research and public
on excessive profit concern, it scatters the seeds of sickness and reaps the rewards. With extra¬
from others. ordinary tact and diplomacy, it pulls all the strings of the system in the direc¬
tion it wants it to go and in its own interest. It works in the shadows and
through go-betweens. It controls every facet of medicine. From the medical
student right up to the patient, which it solicits directly through the media.

The usurper is the No doors are closed to it. All levels of the “authorities”, whether they be
one who seizes government or medical, are subject to its immense power. After all, it is
by unjust means. the industry that has allowed them to rise to power and recognition. All that
it asks is that they remember and that they do not bite the hand that feeds
them. It rules. Sometimes benignly by corruption. Sometimes dictatorily by
fear, threats and punishment. Industry has succeeded in appropriating our
supreme Authority. It is an insidious “coup d’etat”!

5) The AUTHORITIES: The usurper. They have created the institutions and the
laws in order to dispossess the patients of their financial and legitimate
rights over their health and appropriate these for themselves. They have
stripped the patients of their legitimate Authority and replaced it by
“authorities” that they legally established.

• divine Authority tlieautl fit s

• innate in everyone • established by force
• legitimate * illegitimate
• illegal
■ -

The impostor is In order not to arouse suspicion, the industry has erected a screen. That
the one who screen is the GOVERNMENT. This impostor with all the airs of a saint coming to
deceives by our aid, has betrayed us for the sake of profit for the industry. It is elected by us.
false appearances, It is paid by us. But it has sold us off to the industry. Government and its agen¬
by lies, particularly cies are on the payroll of the industry. The latter finances them and grants them
in passing himself rights of authority over the other players.

off for someone

Hidden behind yet another screen, this time the veil of government, are its
that he isn't. agencies, the insurance companies and the medical institutions.

# —
 Globally, they are called “the authorities” and they are revered. They are
accorded enormous power. This power, established by the industry, is referred
to as the “establishment”. Elected politicians and civil servants, whom they will
keep just as long as they follow the rules of the game dictated by their superiors,
the industry. Should they show the least sign of defiance or waver in their loyalty,
they will fall from grace and be cast out. Thanks to government, insurance com¬
panies control the money and the institutions, the practice of medicine.

TH€ 6STAGUSHM6NT
According to the dictionary, the establishment is “a powerful group of
well-placed individuals who defend their privileges: the established order”.

The established order versus the natural order

Why has an order been established? Wasn’t there one already? Does
nature really need to be told what to do? Do flowers wait to be computer-
programmed in order to know when they should bloom and wilt? Must we
instruct our stomach when to begin digesting food that we have eaten?
No. NATURE KNOWS. It follows an order. Its own, inner, natural order.

The natural order is inherent in every human being, plant or creature. It is

innate. We come into the world with it. Nature, whether it be a person, an animal,
or a plant, follows the natural order. And all goes well. It does not need to be
told what to do, and has even less need of having this imposed upon it. Flowers
grow in spring and die in the fall. Our organism functions harmoniously. The
captain of every human being is in command and steers in the right direction,
using the waves, wind, currents, as allies. There is peace and health aboard. It is
the order.

THE SOUL HAS PRIORITY OVER THE BODY

The established order has come to supplant the natural order. It is

acquired. It is imposed by force and violence. The established order puts its
pawns in place - the authorities - and gives them power over others, who in turn
have to obey.

It makes its own laws and imposes them through tribunals, the police, the
army. It goes contrary to nature and the natural law. It must therefore use force
to achieve it. It has taken over control from the captain. And so the wind, waves
and currents have become foes. And so it is war and sickness. It is Disorder.
THE BODY HAS PRIORITY OVER THE SOUL
THE OBSTACLE

Who has established the established order... and for whom?

- The establishment

And who profits from the established order?

- The privileged.

The natural order is innate, TIk established ordei replace; the

every person is his or her own innate \uthorin of each indhkiual
authority. Nobody can dominate through external authorities,
or exploit the other. Each is in which it names and impost's, is a
possession of the supreme result, it can lominate u d exploit
Authority. Each is sovereign and others. Each human It :ii g is
follows the divine Universal Law, subjected to. and forced to obey'
law which upholds the natural their laws, lavs which ensure the
established Disorder.
_

The pouuer of the privileged

The estabhshment is a parallel power, contrary to nature, established and
imposed by the privileged in order to maintain their privileges.

IT IS A MAFIA

The medical establishment is a parallel medical power, which goes contrary

to the power of natural healing. It is established and imposed by the privileged
to dominate and exploit the patients and, therefore, maintain the privileges of
the privileged.

IT IS THE MEDICAL MAFIA

Ufe-fHIn!
BBSS

I*tt
IV t
v* 4
^ ^ Natural order
The majority possesses
the majority of goods and pouuer.

The medical establishment and its associates

The establishment does not only exist in the medical world. It exists in all
systems. The political estabhshment, financial estabhshment, religious estabhsh¬
ment, university establishment, the communications estabhshment, agro-food
establishment, educational establishment, artistic establishment, sports esta¬
bhshment, and so on, and so on. Privileged people who band together to
maintain their privileges.
 The Medical Mafia

All these privileged people pull the strings. There is strength in unity. Make
no mistake. All, regardless of what profession or business they are in, are on
friendly terms. Even if they do argue sometimes. They help one another, they
combine their efforts for but one common objective. To dominate and exploit.
It is the alliance of power.
IT IS THE ALLIANCE OF MAFIAS

The world medical establishment

The establishment is not only national. Over and above the health system of
Murder by
each country, there exists a world health system. The World Health Organization Injection
(W.H.O.), which establishes world health policies. It imposes them progressively Custace Mullins
on the governments of all countries. It is the globalization of powers.
IT IS THE MAFIA OF MAFIAS

thc mmm squabc disncc 11

$ Louis

exploitation Domination

91
- #
The mafia
A mafia, by definition, is a parallel power, with its own laws, its own justice.
But parallel to what? Parallel to whom? Unquestionably, parallel to the official
government. But then why does the Mafia enjoy the protection of those in power,
the financial and political authorities?

Perhaps it is because the government is also a mafia. And that, as Olivia

Zemor reports in her book entitled The Mafia Above All Suspicion: “Between
honest people, there is always a way to get along.” The Mafia-government tandem
is as old as the world and it continues today.

The first wants money, the other power. So an exchange is worked out.
“You give me this, I’ll give you that. And everyone will be happy.” If not, it is war.
The weapon of government is the law. The weapon of the Mafia is money. Both
are based on force and fear. The government comes across as an angel, the
Mafia, the devil. Both usurp sovereign power. And they both know it.

If we reflect on what a government actually is, we quickly realize that it is

merely a small minority of privileged people who have appropriated the deci¬
sional, financial, and judiciary power of the majority. They have stolen our free¬
dom. With our consent, on top of everything else! They have done it with style by
making us believe that it was in our own best interest. For our own security and
protection. Protection from whom?

THE GOVERNMENT IS THE #1 MAFIA

We call that democracy. We firmly believe that we have the final decisional
power as a result of universal suffrage. It consists of putting an X every few years
beside one of the names already chosen by the establishment. Let us recognize
our tyrants for what they are and who they represent when we exercise our
democratic prerogative. Exploitation and domination of the majority by the
minority.
 The Medical Mafia

A f AMIIV PORTRAIT

Don Donna
Multinotionolio Gouvernmenta
-y ---

Collegio
THE OBSTACLE

TH€ M6DICRL MRFIR

Its composition*
* As in certain popular • The parents: A strong couple. Accomplices for a long time, they have one
films, our family goal: the total power of the Godfather.
members have - Don Multinationalio, the Godfather, the industry, the purveyor and
colourful names decision-maker.
too, which are in
- Donna Governmenta, the mother, the government. She is in charge of
no way intended to
the house. She establishes the rules and makes sure that everyone does
portray any person,
their homework. Everyone takes her for a saint. She obeys the Godfather
race, or country
and serves his interests.
whatsoever.
The parents sleep together. Donna Governmenta gave birth to a number of
children who the couple needs to run the many facets of the family business.
• The children: The TRIO.
- Insurancio, the accountant. He collects the money, public or private,
and channels it to the Godfather.
- Collegio, the lawyer. He makes the laws and makes sure they are
respected. He maintains the authority and privileges of the Godfather.
- Associo, the negotiator. He ensures the loyalty of the “employees”
to the parents.

The children, despite their frequent arguments, all have the same
allegiance: to the Godfather.

• Confidants: The duo which looks after the operations of the family’s
business.
- Propaganda, the informer. He ensures submission by gentle persuasion.
He controls all the brains, the conventions, courts, scientific publications,
publicity, etc.
- Gestapo, the enforcer. He ensures submission by force. He complements
Propaganda, with his judiciary machine, and his police, to crush any and
all dissenters.

Both answer directly to the parents and know only one master, the
Godfather. Their law is harsh: OMERTA, the code of silence.
• The employees: Those who faithfully execute all orders.
- Medico, the seller. He is well treated. His complicity is bought with money
and prestige. But at the same time, his power is regularly reduced in favour
of Civilservanto. He is totally controlled, locked up in an gilded cage.
- Civilservanto, the permanent representative. He is always well treated.
His complicity is bought with power - over Medico - hence their frequent
arguments. Their ongoing rivalry is encouraged.
 The Medical Mafia

- Scientifico, the researcher. He too is well treated. He collaborates

through fraud, conflicts of interest, compromise, political influence, falsi¬
fication of data. In exchange, he is furnished with laboratory equipment
and material, research funds, perks, trips and prestige.
• The products: Sold by the family.
- Medicamenta, for chronic and repetitive use.
- Surgerica, for immediate use. May be repeated if need be.
- Testa, for constant use. Before, during, and after the first two.
• The market: Targeted by the family.
- Patienta, the commodity to be exploited.
- Generosa, the charitable one. She is mandated to collect as much
money as possible from Patienta, to better exploit Patienta.
• The established rule: Enforced by the family.
- Omerta, code of silence. No silence, no Mafia.

Houu it Luorks
Under a health system, which seems incomprehensible because it is so
complicated, hides a hierarchy that is extremely simple and harsh. The
Godfather reigns supreme. Each family member has a specific function, defined
and commanded by the Godfather. Behind the veil of government, industry pulls
the strings for its own profit. If the industry were to openly control the medical
system, it would run into insurmountable opposition.

We have given up control over our health and our money in accepting to
delegate our sovereignty as patients to the authorities. Let us recognize that that,
in essence, is the grand art of the impostor on the part of the government and
usurpation on the part of industry.

The government

The great impostor. Some of its members realize it, others do not. But all
wish to hang on to their position of power. None of them will give up that power
lightly, without being forced to, or by becoming aware of the deadly conse¬
quences of the system of power.

...and its bodies

The tools of government. At the very top, sit those who ensure government
control over the entire health field. Legislative control, financial control, adminis¬
trative control. It is the State which decides in which major directions the
health field will go and what major orientations it will adopt. It controls
research and teaching. It decides who will do what, how, when, and where.
It controls health and sickness. It exercises its control through the TRIO OF
MEDICAL AUTHORITIES.
THE OBSTACLE

1) Insurancio: Health-insurance. It is the group which manages the

patients’ money:
Public, it is Medicare and Medicaid (USA), Health Insurance (Canada),
SECU (France). All report to government.
Private, comprise insurance companies, PPOs, HMOs. They are dependent
upon employers and unions. They are regulated by government.
2) Collegio: The Board/College of Physicians (L’Ordre des medecins -
France, The Board of Physicians - USA, The College of Physicians - Canada).
It is an organization of doctors, subsidized by doctors, to protect the public.
It is also dependent, in the last instance, upon government. It controls
teaching, and issues diplomas. It regulates the right of doctors to practice,
and all facets of the medical profession. It may rescind the right of doctors
to practice and bar them. It may pursue in court any
“non-doctor” who opens for business in the health field, citing the illegal
practice of medicine. And it is this organization that defines what is medical
and what is not! All the power it enjoys has been attributed to it in the name
of protecting the public. That is to say for our own good! In reality, it has
usurped our right to freedom of choice as sovereign patients, who alone
have the right to choose the medicine that best suits us.

3) Associo: Doctors’ Associations. These too are financed by doctors.

But, this time, to protect the interests of doctors. It is these associations that
represent doctors in their negotiations with insurance companies for the
attribution and allocation of the moneys for medical activities. They are the
official spokespersons for doctors. In France, they have very little power.
In Canada, not much either. But in the USA, they are very strong. The all-
powerful American Medical Association (AMA) that has enormous financial
and political clout. It is the second biggest lobbyist after the National Rifle
Association (NRA). It benefits from a long tradition of power which dates
back to the beginning of the century. And this power has remained very
strong ever since. As for France and Canada, it is the College of Physicians
and not the associations, which reigns supreme.

All the other medical institutions: control of medications, drugs and instru¬
ments (FDA in the United States, Health and Welfare in Canada, Controle des
medicaments in France); medical schools, research, hospitals, foundations,
hind-raising, etc., are dependent upon one or another of the TRIO of medical
authorities.

The TRIO

These three large institutions have interests that are very divergent. That is
reassuring. It means we can be assured that our interests will be well looked
after and defended. Officially, Medicare/Insurance companies assure our
interests, taxpayers and consumers. The College/Board defends our interests,
the public. The Medical Association defends their interests, the doctors. It is a
good war. Two institutions out of three watch over the health and finances of the
population. We are in good hands. We can sleep soundly at night.
 The Medical Mafia

Wake up! The three institutions are SIBLINGS, born of the same mother,
Donna Governmenta, under the control of the same father, the Godfather.
Officially, they are three separate entities each with their own address. In reality,
they are all fed by the same hand.

Insurancio, Collegio and Associo, while they do not share the same roof, all
eat at the same table. As is the case with any family, they argue frequently. More
often than not, two children gang up against the third. It is not always the same Tell me uuho
two. They barter and trade a lot. For example, you pass my law and I’ll put a pays you and
ceding on doctors’ biding rates. Why is it so? Because just like politicians and I uuill tell you
civd servants, doctors highly placed in these institutions are more concerned uuho you serve
with accumulating power than they are about serving other doctors or the
patient. And that, the industry has wed understood.

Using its dnancial power, industry ensures the authority of the government
which, in return, ensures its dnancial interests. I can see you grimacing. I know
just how you feel and I agree with you. It is very unsettdng to learn that one is
being betrayed by the very people in whom one placed ad one’s trust and confi-
dence. But do we want to keep sticking our head in the sand dke an ostrich?

— LAW
The family gam© of monopoly
The saga of acupuncture

In order to famibarize ourselves with the tactics of the Medical Mada, let
me recount the story of the family’s take-over practices in the case of one alter¬
native medicine. The birth, survival, and elimination of acupuncture* in the
Province of Quebec, Canada. A teldng example of what happens in every country
where the game is played.

As events unfold, we wdl be able to observe that the pattern is always the
same when it comes to something that could do us some good. Either it is sim¬
ply outlawed, or it is adowed to sdp quietly under the control of the authorities
to make it a tool of the medicine of sickness.

The fate of acupuncture is that of almost ad alternative medicines, of ad

natural therapies. It happens in the USA as elsewhere because we, patients, doc¬
tors and therapists always make the same mistake. By understanding the tactics
of the authorities, let us identify our mistakes, and make sure that we do not
make them again.

Let us watch the game unfold!

* Acupuncture is a medical treatment of Chinese origin which consists of using needles to stimulate

certain points of the body along vital energy lines. Acupuncture is part of health medicine. It treats the

invisible bodies. It re-establishes energy flow and improves health.

97
— m
THE OBSTACLE

DATES EVENTS

1951 Birth of acupuncture in Quebec with the arrival of Oscar Wexu, profes¬
sor of Chinese acupuncture.
Private practice, free of all control by the authorities:
• practitioners sell their services
• patients buy them
• without any law, nor government interference.

195M970 Growing popularity of acupuncture.

Proportionate growth in client satisfaction.
CTn
OO

Beginning of pressure against acupuncture practitioners by the CPMQ

(Corporationprofessionnelle desmedecins du Quebec). (College of
Physicians/Medical Board).
Accusation: acupuncturists are charlatans despite the fact clients
are very satisfied.

1970 Founding of a private acupuncture school, free of all controls

from the authorities.
• teachers sell their courses.
• students buy them.
• without any law, nor government interference.

1970-1977 Acupuncture continues to increase in popularity.

As does satisfaction on the part of patients.

1974 Creation of the Office of Professions by the government.

It is the new “head” for the “protection of the public”.
It defines the sector of activity of each profession.
It limits professional practice, until now unlimited.
It gives full powers to scientific medicine over the practice
of health, including childbirth (Article 31 of the Medical Law).
It also gives scientific medicine the exclusive right to open new
specialties in the health field (Article 94 of the Code of Professions).

1977 The CPMQ recognizes the effectiveness and validity of acupuncture

and thus takes over the control of acupuncture, despite the fact that
it knows almost next to nothing about it.

1977-1985 Acupuncture has never been more popular.

Patients, who have had access to it and benefited from its therapeutic
results, have never been more satisfied.
 The Medical Mafia

THE GAME THE SCORE

Patient Patients content *

Practitioner: acupuncturist
Practitioners happy / \
More patients
More practitioners
There are only two actors.

Don Multinationalio frowns. The patient-practitioner partnership

The authorities begin to be worried. works very well.

Don Multinationalio loses patience. The liberty of the practitioner

Collegio = CPMQ begins the witch-hunt. is threatened.
Abuse of power.
There is now 1 player of the Mafia.

Don Multinationalio is angry.

Donna Governmenta intervenes. Freedom of choice of the patient and

She establishes order through legislation. the practice of the practitioner limited
She usurps the rights of patients and by the laws and regulations of
practitioners. - Donna Governmenta
She collaborates with Collegio. - Collegio
to “protect the public”.
There are now 2 players of the Mafia. True acupuncturists number
approximately 800.

Collegio usurps the rights of acupunctur¬

ists to “protect the public”.

Don Multinationalio orders The patient-practitioner V

that it ceases. partnership is undermined.

99
■- #
THE OBSTACLE

DATE EVENTS

July 1985 The CPMQ exercises its control over acupuncture.

It passes a regulation that separates the doctor acupuncturists and the
“non-doctor” acupuncturists.

• Doctors who know nothing about philosophy and the practice of

acupuncture, who do not have a clue about energetic medicine, are
accorded unfair privileges.

• “Non-doctors” are threatened with prosecution, ordered to retake

courses, useless examinations under the control of doctors, and
made to incur unjustified expenses to update their skills in order to
continue to be allowed to practice.

All to discourage the true acupuncturists and cause them to give up

their profession.

DOCTORS NON-DOCTORS

Right to practice in acupuncture

Without training, except for After training of 1,000
300 hours attending hours, theory and practical,
passive theory. in a recognized school.

Inscription in the Registry of Acupuncturists of the CPMQ

Non-mandatory Mandatory and exacting: condi-
because already tional upon passing a written and
registered. oral exam determined by the CPMQ.
Costly: $425 + $200 for
each additional entry.

Rules regarding the practice of acupuncture

Exempted. Obligated to obtain a medical
certificate and provide a
treatment report.

1985 The CPMQ decides to recognize only one new experimental school of
acupuncture that is part of the public network that it controls. In doing
so, it eliminates the three experienced school of acupuncture, which are
forced to close.

1985-1987 The acupuncturists organize themselves, some in associations, others join a

union to defend themselves. They are accepted by private insurance companies
for the reimbursement of acupuncture treatments. But, on the recommenda¬
tion of the CPMQ the insurance companies only reimburse treatments dis¬
pensed by acupuncturists listed in the Registry, as “being in good standing”.
THE GAME THE SCORE

Collegio deploys his strong-arm tactics:

• divide to conquer
• abuse of power
• legislate outside his field of knowledge
• penalize the rebellious acupuncturists
• prevent patients from having access to
alternative medicines
• swing the practice to doctors Collegio increases his control to the
• ensure the interests of detriment of patient and practitioner. The
Don Multinationalio. patient-practitioner partnership is about
to disappear.

The doctor, who is the most uninformed Acupuncture is:

and the most ignorant about acupuncture, 1. in the hands of the authorities who
is favoured over the true acupuncture are interested in destroying and
practitioner. misrepresenting it.

The true acupuncturists are penalized and 2. practiced by greedy doctors who have
no other interest in acupuncture but
discouraged in their practice and must
to profit from it.
submit to all kinds of pressures.
3. taken from the hands of true
Patients who want true acupuncture are acupuncturists.
discouraged by first having to go and see 4. rendered inaccessible to patients by
a doctor, obtain a medical certificate, and red tape and added costs.
pay $20 to $100. They are also penalized
in this way. 5. changed. Its very essence is altered.

Collegio and Donna Governmenta Once again, acupuncture sees its quality
combine their efforts to take control over deteriorate and its essence undermined.
training in acupuncture. (See the Flexner The authorities want to replace acupunc¬
Report). ture with an acupunctural technique.

New decisions: Associo, a new player, positions The authorities increase their control to
himself between the acupuncturists and the
the detriment of patient and practitioner.
authorities. Insurancio, another new player,
places himself between the acupuncturists and the The patient-practitioner partnership
patients and collaborates with Collegio. is eliminated.
There are now 4 players of the Mafia.
THE OBSTACLE

DATES EVENTS

1985-1991 The acupuncturists, respecting their true practice, refuse to submit to

the medical authorities.
- they do not become listed in the Registry.
- they do not demand the mandatory medical certificate. And they con¬
tinue to treat their patients as before.
The CPMQ pursues them for “the illegal practice of medicine”. It sends
bogus patients to visit the insubordinate acupuncturists. Informants paid
to trump-up complaints. Because the “real” patients are happy and sat¬
isfied. They have no complaints. The acupuncturists have to defend
themselves on an individual basis at their own expense. They are forbid¬
den from joining in a class action.

May 1990 By decree, without any justification, the CPMQ lifts their demand that
patients should present a medical certificate.

1991 The CPMQ steps up and expands its pursuit against all therapists prac¬
ticing alternative medicines. The witch-hunt is in full swing.

November The CPMQ wins its court case against the insubordinate acupuncturists.
1991 They are found guilty for having refused to submit to medical domina¬
tion. As a result, the CPMQ, which knows nothing about acupuncture, is
now recognized by the governmental judiciary authorities as having con¬
trol over acupuncture.

December The CPMQ proposes and ratifies the signature of an agreement between
1991 a group of acupuncturists, their union, and the CPMQ.
The acupuncturists, discouraged and broken, accept the inevitable:
1) pleading guilty to having practiced acupuncture and renouncing
their right to practice.
2) abandoning their right to contest the unjustified lawsuit.
3) restricting the teaching of acupuncture to the only institution
designated, and controlled, by the government.
4) submitting to the medical domination and accepting to pass acupunc¬
ture exams organized by the CPMQ.
5) inscribing in the CPMQ Registry and paying the enormous costs
that this entails.
The CPMQ promises the acupuncturists:
1) amnesty from all accusations - except one - made unjustly against them
by the bogus patients.
2) its “support” in the setting up of their own Corporation, one that would
be autonomous and based on a format of their own choosing. The
acupuncturists, therefore, were hoping that they would at least be free,
once and for all, from the domination of medical authorities who knew
nothing about their field.
Yet the CPMQ had made promises to the acupuncturists that exceeded
their jurisdiction. Moreover, these promises so angered the president of
the Office of Professions and the responsible government minister.
The revenge was not long in coming.
THE GAME THE SCORE

Collegio decrees that the acupuncturists The acupuncturists are exhausted.

are guilty of “the illegal practice of medi¬ Physically, mentally, and financially.
cine” and pursues them in the courts.
Donna Governmenta places her
judiciary machine at the disposal of
Collegio to squelch the insubordinate
acupuncturists, and accepts the false
testimony of bogus witnesses in
denouncing the illegal practices.

Collegio changes the rules to suit his

own ends.

Collaboration between Collegio and The acupuncturists are deceived,

Donna Governmenta/Justicia to put harassed, and then crushed. They had
down and control the true acupuncturists believed in justice and democracy and
who work to improve health. they have been had.

Divide and conquer

Complicity between Collegio and

Associo to deceive the acupuncturists
and get them to sign a fraudulent agree¬
ment.

Complicity between Collegio and

Governmenta/Educatio to recuperate
university training in acupuncture for
their doctor members. The death of acupuncture

The acupuncturists are made to accept The acupuncturists are eliminated from
the arrival of a new player, The Office of the game. Only 200 survive.
Professions, an offspring of Donna
Governmenta, in order to obtain their Acupuncture is placed under medical
own Corporation and free themselves domination.
from the domination of Collegio.
The interest of patients is of no
There are now 7 players of the Mafia. importance whatsoever.
THE OBSTACLE

DATES EVENTS

March The president of the Office of Professions takes everyone by surprise by

1992 submitting a bill to Parliament on acupuncture. This document, written
in the heat of anger, intended to annul and reverse the promises made
by the CPMQ to acupuncturists.

Since The union, to which acupuncturists belong, continues to have its

March members believe that the terms of the agreement with the CPMQ
1992 (which it recommended) will eventually be respected by the Office
of Professions. Even though the union was aware that the president
of the Office of Professions had declared that no part of his proposed
bill was negotiable.

June 17, Bill 34 is passed.

1994 This “Law on Acupuncture” creates a Corporation of Acupuncture to
govern the practice of acupuncture for “non-doctor” acupuncturists.
It does not apply to doctor acupuncturists. In effect, Bill 34:

1) Makes acupuncture a practice of “needle-therapy”. It reduces the

true practice of acupuncture from one of holistic medicine to that of
a simple “pain-killer” technique.

2) Forces patients to first run the medical gauntlet before having access,
in the last instance, to acupuncture.

3) Transforms a medicine of health into a medicine of sickness.

4) Places “non-doctor” acupuncturists under government jurisdiction.

5) Favours inept doctors to practice acupuncture to the detriment of

those who are true acupuncturists.

6) Creates a number of different types of acupuncture, which does noth¬

ing but confuse the patients.
 The Medical Mafia

THE GAME THE SCORE

A cock fight between Collegio and Donna

Govemmenta/Office of Professions. Donna
Acupuncturists are now become mere
Govemmenta gets her revenge and has shown technicians performing “needle-therapy”.
her authority over Collegio to the detriment of
acupuncturists and, above all, over the public
who ends up the big loser.
The complicity continues between Collegio and
Associo to shut out the duped acupuncturists. Acupuncture is finally recuperated by the authorities:
The dice are cast. Donna Govemmenta and her - genuine acupuncture has been eliminated
children, Collegio, Insurancio, and Associo - true acupuncturists are handcuffed
return quietly home and tell Don Multinationalio - doctor acupuncturists are free to do as they wish
that the mission is accomplished. Acupuncture - new acupuncturists are “trained” in the science
can no longer threaten his pharmaceutical of acupuncture in the new schools set up by the
interests. Don Multinationalio congratulates authorities
them and promises not to forget them! - patients become more and more dissatisfied.

Don Multinationalio has won: Acupuncture is now a medicine of sick-

to all intents and purposes, acupuncture ness under the control of the authorities.
is under his control.
THE OBSTACLE

The tactics of the Mafia are always the same

1. Look after the interests of Don Multinationalio and do nothing as long
as he is not threatened.
2. Ban, any therapy, person, or product that threatens the profits of Don
Multinationalio, because it will improve health, in the name of charla¬
tanism, and “for the protection of the public”. Begin the witch-hunt. Don
Multinationalio adroitly manipulates the legal system by getting Donna
Governmenta to protect his interest with our money.
3. Recuperate, if these steps are not enough to stop competition, in order to
control. Charlatanism of yesterday becomes a blessing of today. Under the
protection of the Medical Mafia.
4. Push the therapy towards a more scientific technological bent by control¬
ling the training and the functioning of the practice. It also determines the
“official” remuneration.

The weapons of the Mafia are always the same

1. Divide to conquer. The end justifies the means.

2. Enact laws. They can always be amended, changed, or modified, according
to its needs.
3. Complicate the system and its vocabulary (technocratic jargon) so that the
public cannot understand anything. Complicate the means of access to the
therapy so as to discourage those who wish to benefit from it.
4. Crush the rebels by all methods possible. First, declare them illegal and
eliminate then. Then later, legalize them, integrate them, and control them.

The mistakes ofpractitioners are always the same

1. Competing with one another instead of working together. Judging other

practitioners and setting up self-serving groups and associations.
Encroaching on each other’s fields.
2. Fighting with the Mafia. Be it in attack, or defense, it is nothing but a war
game. It leads to a series of battles, primarily legal, in which the Medical
Mafia is always victorious. It controls the laws, as well as the judicial
machinery. It is always a no-win situation.
3. Asking to be recognized by the authorities. With diplomas, endorse¬
ments, approvals, professional corporations, associations, schools, etc. It is
giving someone else the power to judge. It is to give up power to others. It
is forgetting that

AUTHORITIES = MAFIA = ESTABLISHMENT

 Letting even one member of the Mafia come between the patient and the
practitioner, for whatever reason whatsoever, is always the beginning of the
end of a death knell to a sane patient-practitioner partnership.
4. Dealing with the Mafia: Associo, Collegio, Insurancio, Donna
Governmenta, and all their bodies. It is forgetting that they are all in the
pay of Don Multinationalio and that:
• the only masters to be served are the sovereign-patients.
• the only allies are the journalists. Inform them continuously.

The mistakes of the patients are always the same

1. Ensuring their protection by relying on the authorities’ seal of approval.

2. Ensuring their security by entrusting it to the insurance companies.
3. Believing in the authorities and following their directives.
4. Believing more in titles and diplomas rather than in their own sound
judgement. For example, believing that doctors are better than therapists is
forgetting that common sense is not learned in a classroom.

Let us team from our mistakes

1. By exercising our sovereignty as patients. Complete and exclusive

control over the practice of our health and its financing.
2. By establishing an exclusive patient-practitioner partnership.
One that is closely knit with nobody in between. Assure the practitioner of
our full support in the case of an attack by the Medical Mafia. And put it in
writing.

Let us join forces together as sovereigns

• Complementary patient-therapist-doctor groups sitting around the same
table for the management of our health.
• Patient-consumer-journalist groups for the realization of our health
rights and freedom of choice. Not falling into the same old trap of “putting
pressure on government to obtain these”. We have nothing to gain, even
less to demand, nor do we need their recognition. We have all the rights.
We are sovereign. Let us all recognize this and exercise these rights. And
watch out anyone who wants to prevent us from doing so!
• Patient-journalist-practitioner groups to gather and spread real and
truthful information, not that which is filtered down or biased. These
groups could organize medical conventions, financed and orchestrated by a
committee mandated by them.
• Patient-patient-practitioner groups for practicing together the art of
living and coming to the aid of those less fortunate. Helping to support
them morally and financially until they recover their health and prosperity.
THE OBSTACLE

Dear.,

I appreciate being able to count on you for my

health. Yet I am aware that this does represent
some risk to you and I thank you for doing it all the
same.

I want you to know that you can count on my

entire collaboration and support at any time. I am
at your disposal. You only have to call.

Your supporter
The couple
Don Multinotionolio-Donna Governmenici
The “industrial-governmental complex”
It is always present in whatever system one studies. Sometimes it is subtle.
Other times more obvious. The couple is the corner-stone of every Mafia. There
are no single-parent families in the Mafia. The Don provides the money to get
Donna elected. She, in turn, passes the laws necessary to ensure profits for the
Don. For centuries, money and power have always made for good bedfellows.
They are inexorably intertwined. Always close by the couple are the children and
other players, the accomplices necessary for the success of the operations. They
each specialize in a certain field of activities.
• In the MEDICAL field, Carter described it well in his book Racketeering
in Medicine. He calls it the “medico-pharmaceutico-industrial complex”.
It is organized medicine. Already, in 1984, Stanley Wohl warned us of an
unsuitable marriage in his book The Medical Industrial Complex.
• In the ARMAMENT field, Pierre Marion, former chief of the French Secret
Service, explains in detail the “militaro-industrial complex” in his book Le
pouvoir sans visage (The Faceless Power). He shows how private
interests decide the defense and armament policies of a country.
• In the field of AGRICULTURE, Brewster Kneen made the same “expose” in
From Land to Mouth . In France, Jean-Clair Dausnes shows how banks
and industry have assassinated agriculture.
• What can one say of the most lucrative industry of all, the DRUG industry? It
is thanks to the collaboration of government in all countries that the market
can flourish so well and make such huge profits. The book Dope Inc.,
teaches us all we need to know on this business that is controlled by some
of the most respected names in the world. There has never been any inten¬
tion of stopping this market. The so called War On Drugs is one big he, just
as big as that of the War On Cancer.
The situation is identical in all fields. You will find a list of books that might
interest you in this regard later in these pages.

In addition to the couple’s marriage, revealed in the above works, the liai¬
son is there to see with our very own eyes. For one even sees television cereal
ads sponsored jointly by a cereal maker and the Ministry of Health! Difficult to
miss. What else must they do to make us open our eyes?
UU.H.O. - The Donna of all Donnas
This same industry-government liaison is to be found at the world level. It is
the product of the world government, the United Nations. At this level we find
Don Financio, the world financier Godfather, who invests in the field of health,
among others, to make profit. His credo is the following:
THE MORE PATIENTS THERE ARE
THE MORE OFTEN THEY ARE SICK
THE LONGER THEY ARE SICK
THE MORE IT PAYS!

To achieve this even faster, he poisons foodstuffs (agro-food). And pollutes

the soil, the water, and the air (chemical industries).

W.H.O. (WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION)

She is the world’s Ministry of Health. She is married to Don Financio. Her
allegiance to him is unwavering. Like all good mothers, she passes for a good
person, concerned for the well-being of us all. She defines health as a “state of
physical, mental and social well-being.” She gives the impression of being above
all the pettiness and narrow-mindedness of national governments. She recog¬
nizes the importance of the mental and social aspects of health. She supports
alternative medicines. But, if we look really closely, we realize that health for all,
according to W.H.O., means medicalization and vaccinations for all. That is to
say, sickness for all.

Meet Mr. Smith

President Si C60 of a pharmaceutical multinational
We are accustomed to thinking that people think and act like us. Often this
perception has been proven to be wrong, and has cost us dearly. And yet we
continue to think this way.
If we were Mr. Smith, the first thing we would do on arriving at the office in
the morning would be to ask our employees about the improvement in health
we realized for our clients. We would be proud of the beneficial effects of our
products. But we are not Mr. Smith.

As for Mr. Smith, he works for a multinational belonging to financiers. For

them, only profits count. Mr. Smith graduated from business school with a
sound background in productivity, finance, efficiency, and marketing. The bot¬
tom-line is the only thing that matters to him. He knows how to exploit his com¬
modity: the public. His product: drugs. His evaluation criteria: the stock market.
If the value of the shares grows, he will keep his job and receive a big bonus. If
it dips, he will lose his job.

So what does Mr. Smith do when he arrives at the office in the morning. He
checks the stock market!
 The Medical Mafia

Therefore it becomes clear that Mr. Smith:

1. Must sell as many drugs as possible. In order to achieve this, anything

goes. Lies, fraud, concealing information, kickbacks, and so on. In the
name of product excellence, he will resort to any manner of tactic to
improve the firm’s financial performance. He will put children, women, and
men under medication, as well as the elderly. And he will vaccinate entire
populations. All this with the connivance of the authorities. Both medical
and governmental!

His marketing budget is 2 to 3 times that of research.

His principal salespeople are doctors. Mr. Smith trains them in medical
schools where he controls the curriculum. Then he cultivates them through con¬
ventions and scientific publications that he finances. He provides them with
information brochures for their waiting rooms. His staff monitors their billing
charts.

He rewards them with research grants, gifts and perks such as trips. And
entertains them lavishly.

His principal buyers are the public who he solicits directly via:
• magazines, “informative articles”.
• newspapers, focusing on the launch of “new products” so that people will
ask their doctors and pharmacists for them.
• foundations, which “inform” the public of the dangers of certain illnesses
and diseases, of the need to prevent them, and the importance of helping
those who have contracted the illness.
• public places like shopping centres and schools, where he presents infor¬
mation on sicknesses and their treatments.
• television, either directly in advertising his products, or indirectly in self-
serving ads about the pharmaceutical industry’s considerable research
efforts.

Recently, when I was giving a course, I ate in the university cafeteria.

To my surprise, I saw a table, complete with video, pamphlets, and sellers
busy informing the students of the dangers of hepatitis B, "AIDS WHICH CAN
BE BEATEN”, thanks to a vaccine which they were selling. Lies, manipula¬
tion, fear. Anything goes.

Understand well, however, that selling shoes or selling vaccines/medica¬

tions, it is selling!

How could these sellers be allowed or authorized to solicit the students?

And with the blessing of the university authorities?

That’s the establishment and its associates. You scratch my back, I’ll...
Let me sell... and I will give you your research project. All this dirty business
under the hypocritical guise of information and education. And with our
funds!

Ill
THE OBSTACLE

2. Makes sure that his products only alleviate problems but do not cure
them, thus ensuring the financial performance of sickness.
3. Doesn’t concern himself with the fact that his drugs make people ill. The
fact is their harmful effects are extremely frequent and lead to the taking of
still other drugs, which is simply good for business.
In January 1993, The Medical Information, a medical tabloid, reported
that the Ministry of Health of Ontario had recently signed an agreement
with the Burroughs Wellcome company to purchase zidovudine (Retrovir),
which is used to treat people infected with the HIV virus. This three year
agreement, engaged the Ministry to buy its stock of zidovudine from
Burroughs Wellcome. In exchange, the pharmaceutical company undertook
to invest $1.25 million annually into new social programs for those suffer¬
'Competition ingfrom AIDS or who are HTVpositive, as well as in research projects relat¬
is o sin. ing to the AIDS virus.
J.D. Rockefeller 4. Makes sure that his medications be imposed. He deals with bureaucrats
who determine health expenditures.
5. Eliminates competition. From the producers of affordable generic coun¬
terparts to manufacturers of natural remedies. He also makes every effort to
have the practice of alternative medicines banned. As he controls the med¬
ical and political authorities, this is not difficult.

In October 1994, on the NBC program Dateline, a doctor was asked

about an alternative treatment for youngsters suffering from a form of
epileptic seizures. The success of this treatment, a simple diet, has been
shown (by Johns Hopkins, no less) to far outperform that of the drugs that
were being generally prescribed. When asked why doctors did not promote
or suggest this treatment to parents of children suffering from such
seizures, he responded, rather sheepishly, that doctors did not because
‘There was no major drug company behind it”.

The parents featured in the story had taken the initiative to read up on
treatments for their child. All others hadfailed. They then followed through
despite the advice of their doctor. Their child is reportedly doing m uch bet¬
ter. They have since set up a foundation to inform others of the availability
of this treatment.
6. Seeks to control information, legislation, and the economic/financial deci¬
sions which impact upon his products. To achieve this, he sits on numerous
boards of directors, belongs to secret societies, secret commissions, and
leads a social active life geared to influence - peddling and lobbying.
7. Makes sure that scientific research is profitable. He ensures that his
research costs are minimal, are supported and subsidized by public funds,
are done in university facilities, and that they result in remedies that pay, for
which he has the exclusive patent.
8. Makes sure that his products sell at the highest price possible. To
achieve this, he patents them. The patent protects the monopoly of the
product and, as a result, its monopolistic sales price. Mr. Smith patents all
•#--
 The Medical Mafia

that is patentable, and all that is not. He doesn’t hesitate to have the U.N.
and its bodies declare that some medicinal plants are a “world heritage”. In
this way, he can appropriate the exclusivity, patent them, and sell them at
exorbitant prices, even to those who actually own them. Mr. Smith has even
gone as far as creating from nothing, despite the protestations of the people
concerned, the “RIGHTS OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OVER BIOLOGICAL
MATERIAL”.

Two years ago, in Canada, there was a big controversy surrounding the
extension of patents. The Canadian public learned what Free Trade was all
about. It was going to cost them billions of dollars a year, because the phar¬
maceutical multinationals, under the Free Trade Agreement, were now
demanding an extension of their patents from 17 to 20 years.

A patent is issued for an original medication that has been invented or

discovered for the first time. In order to enable the pharmaceutical compa¬
nies to recoup their research and marketing costs, they can apply for a
patent. During this time, the company holding the patent can sell the prod¬
uct at any price it wishes, without any restrictions. Nobody else could com¬
pete. When the patent expires, others can then copy the product. Then prices
invariably drop, generally speaking in the following proportions:

1 competitor, a drop of 20% from the original price

2 competitors, a drop of 40% from the original price
3 competitors, a drop of 80% from the original price

This is all to say that, even if the medication is sold only at 20% of
the original price, it still is very profitable. Hardly surprising that the
pharmaceutical multinationals’ profits far outweigh that of most other
manufacturers.

Beth Burrow reported in Boycott Quarterly : During an international

conference on the Future of Intellectual Property Protection for Biotechnology,
one of the panelists reported on the problems the industry was facing with
“environmentalists and those who would bring ethics and other irra¬
tional considerations to the table.” And nobody felt the need to contradict
this declaration!

The corporate philosophy

of the healthcare business
During a meeting which brought together 40 businessmen and women
from different fields of specialization and different parts of Canada, one of
the participants nonchalantly threw out the words “we, commodities” in
referring to the people in general. No sooner were the words out of her
mouth than half the people in the room were furious, outraged at being
called commodities. The other half asked what was bugging them. This
woman then proceeded to expound on the nature of corporate philosophy
andfound it quite normal to consider people as commodities.
 In the corporate philosophy, the word “commodity” applies to all which
can be exploited for maximum profit. That includes people, their health, their
organs, their blood, their life, etc. Nothing is spared, there are no limits.
The traffic in organs is a very lucrative industry in some countries. In
Mexico reportedly, they remove the eyes from perfectly healthy children to
sell them in the US. With the tacit complicity of the authorities.
The traffic in blood is also a paying business. The authorities have not
hesitated to authorize the use of contaminated blood to protect financial
business interests. Even more, they still protect these business people and
make us, the public, pay the costs of compensation. Costs that should be
borne entirely by those responsible. Those who profitedfrom thefraud.

The corporate philosophy of anything goes

This extends to schools, colleges, universities, where it is taught like a

religion. We make heroes out of people who succeed by this philosophy.
Success stories excite us all, and give us hope that we too can become like them.
In this way, the establishment is able to continue its domination and exploitation
for profit.
Even hospitals. Why are certain illnesses “welcome” in hospitals? Because
they make money Just as others are “refused”. Because they do not. One only
has to impose criteria of profitability on hospitals to determine which illnesses
are treated or not. Who is treated or not.
Speaking of profitability, regardless of the field, it entails putting profits
before the needs of clients. In medicine, this means sacrificing the health of
many to line the pockets of a selected few. That is why government wants to con¬
trol your health!

Some examples of “good business”

1. Obesity. As we know, obesity is more often than not the result of an under¬
lying emotional problem. But obesity pays. It generates vast sums of money
for industry. Keeping people in a state of submission and making them feel
abnormal and guilty is good business.
2. Sterility. This results in large part from pollution in the water, air, and
foods we eat. Yet this pollution makes money for industry. Therefore, they
don’t touch it. Moreover, sterility opens the door to quite another lucrative
business. That of in vitro fertilization.
3. Breast cancer. Cancer is the result of feelings of hopelessness and helpless¬
ness. Yet the authorities proclaim everywhere that one in 3...4...9 women
will have breast cancer. It is persistently impressed upon our minds so that
it will in fact happen. In addition, they push mammograms which create the
fear of cancer and precipitate it. Which is good business.
 4. Cholesterol. This is not a sickness. But a number. A number that sells us
pills which make us sick, which then sells more pills.

The higher the interest

of the establishment,
the lower our interest.
The more the authorities
recommend something,
the greater our health is at risk.

5. Depression. It is a normal state in our evolution. It is a valley between two

mountains. To have a depression is to descend one slope, to take stock,
before climbing another. The last thing one needs in order to be able to
climb out of it is drugs. They keep one in the valley, dependent on them. A
bonanza of profits.

We live in an era that is seeing great transformations of our level of

consciousness, which may be accompanied by bizarre physical and behav¬
ioral phenomena. Phenomena often inexplicable from a scientific view¬
point. Do not be worried. Live them. And above all, stop taking pills and
drugs that are turning us into zombies.

Corporate philosophy versus common sense

• Corporate philosophy is learned in school. It is a way of thinking that is
instilled in us by the authorities. It is external power.
• Common sense is not learned in school. On the contrary, it is suppressed.
Common sense is our conscience which tells us whether we are in harmony
with ourselves or not. It is our inner power which manifests itself. It is
innate.

THE LONGER WE GO TO SCHOOL

THE LESS COMMON SENSE WE HAVE
THE OBSTACLE

CORPORATE PHILOSOPHY COMMON SENSE

contrary to nature natural
1 111
•: . ■-. '■ " . -
acauired innate
felt
instilled by the authorities dictated by the conscience
external power inner power
Instituted (DIS)ORDER Natural ORDER

To rediscover your common sense, forget about reason and listen to

your heart, as you did when you were children. Have confidence in your¬
selves. You are divine.

The Trilogy of Lies

The lies of the authorities
For years, the authorities have been pulling the wool over our eyes. As we
believe in the authorities, we unquestionably believe the truths they promulgate.
It never occurs to us to doubt their sincerity. And yet...

Let us look closer at three of their lies.

116
* -■
 The Medical Mafia

The trilogy of lies

PART ON€:

Vaccines protect us

Do vaccines prevent illnesses...

or create them?

We are taught by the authorities that vaccines protect us against eventual

aggressive viruses and microbes and, therefore, prevent contagious illnesses and
epidemics.

The big lie

This big he has been perpetuated for 150 years despite the:
1. INEFFECTIVENESS of vaccines in protecting against illnesses:
• vaccination may provoke the illness which it is supposed to prevent.
• people who are vaccinated can transmit the illness, even if they are not ill
themselves.
• the vaccine can make the person more susceptible to the illness.

In 1905, the Philippines had a mortality rate of 10% due to smallpox. After “The vaccinated
a massive vaccination program, it reached epidemic proportions, killing 25% of child is a contam¬
the population, by now vaccinated. Despite this, the authorities stepped up the inated child"
vaccinations. In 1918, the worst epidemic killed 54% of the people there, at a Kalmar
time when 95% of the population had been vaccinated. Manila, the capital,
where everyone had been vaccinated or re-vaccinated, was the hardest hit with
65%. The Island of Mindanao, where the inhabitants had refused to be vaccinat¬
ed, was the least hit. Only 11%. Despite this evidence, anti-smallpox vaccinations
continued and, in 1966, the W.H.O. launched a world campaign which would
last 10 years, only to be abandoned because it proved to be ineffective.
2. USELESSNESS of certain vaccines, notably:
• Tuberculosis and tetanus to which one is never immune. The fact that
we have had tuberculosis does not prevent us from getting it again. On
the contrary, a first case of tuberculosis, sometimes caused by the vaccine
itself, renders one much more vulnerable to a second attack. And one
that can be fatal.
• German measles where 90% of women in a population are naturally
protected and where the risk of contracting the sickness is limited to the
first three months of pregnancy. Yet one vaccinates everybody.

117
■- #
THE OBSTACLE

• Diphtheria which is contracted by only 7% of children during the

biggest epidemics. Yet again, everyone is vaccinated. Moreover, children
and adults are vaccinated repeatedly, despite the fact that we are led to
believe that one single vaccine received in childhood ensures immunity
forever.
• Influenza and hepatitis B where the viruses rapidly become strongly
resistant to antibodies of the vaccines. These two vaccines are therefore
totally useless, in addition to being extremely dangerous.
"To vaccinate is The best immunity is natural immunity. It is normally found in 80% to 90%
to replace the of the population under the age of 15. Because the contamination of a person by
natural immunity an illness mobilizes all the body’s defense systems, natural immunization
uiith an artificial goes hand in hand with being sick. Contamination from vaccines, on the other
immunity” hand, short-circuits all the body’s first line of defenses. Artificial immuniza¬
Simone Delarue tion adds to the disorder. Hardly surprising that it requires to be repeated often.
It is just as useless as the vaccines themselves!
3. Innumerable COMPLICATIONS of vaccines which go from minor problems
(allergic, neurological) to death (sudden death of an infant) and which:
• are of short duration or permanent;
• immediately appear, later, much later;
• are short-lived or irreversible;
• are known and unknown.

Throughout my lectures and in discussions with people, I have made a list

of the complications of vaccines that were communicated to me over the years.
I relate these to you as such and have laid them out in the following table,
according to when the complications appeared after the vaccination:
- rapidly (1 day to 1 month) SHORT TERM
- slowly (a few months to a few years) MEDIUM TERM
- much later (a few years to a few generations) LONG TERM

Complications in the short and medium term are known and documented.
Complications in the long term are already evident in certain cases. But we do
not yet have living proof for all. But do we want to wait until we see chicken
wings appearing on our babies before we begin to ask questions?
 The Medical Mafia

A POT-POURRI OF COMPLICATIONS FROM VACCINATIONS

SHORTTERM MID TERM LONG TERM

The sickness itself or its Neurological disorders DEFINITE EFFECTS

atypical forms: 1) Unbalancing of our body
1) Autism
- whooping cough (individual ecology)
2) Cerebral damage
- paralysis (polio-like) 2) Weakening of our immune
- convulsions system (natural defenses)
Allergies
- hyperactive children 3) Upsetting the interior of our
- urticaria (giant)
- incessant crying cells: permanent alter¬
- eczema ation of chromosomes
- appetite problems
- exanthemes (rash) (DNA) (malformations)
(anorexia, bulimia)
- asthma - attack on cranial nerves
4) Introduction of foreign pro¬
teins transmissible to the
- discomfort and (blindness/deafness/
genetic code of a species
feeling faint dumb/dyslexia)
(new mutations)
- painful inflammations - hypotonia
RESULTS
- local reactions - delayed development
- multiple sclerosis
- swollen ganglions - cerebral palsy
- leukemia
- anaphylactic shock which 3) Mental problems
can result in death - cancer
- late mental development
- AIDS
Fever - behavioral problems
- congenital malformations
Renal attacks - personality problems
Sterility
Purpora - intellectual problems
- learning problems Chronic tiredness
Edema (swelling)
- hyper-sexuality
syndrome
Rheumatism
- emotional instability Epilepsy
Gastro-intestinal problems - juvenile delinquency Parkinson’s Disease
Unexpected infant death - sociopathic personality
1 to 3 weeks after vaccination
Cardio-vascular illnesses
- criminal behaviour
All acute illnesses of the Allergies +++
Child leukemias
nervous system: Degenerative illnesses
- serious to mild Repetitive infections
- Alzheimer’s
encephalitis Numerous allergies - Lupus
- pan-encephalitis
- Arthritis
(measles vaccine)
Re-appearance of old
- meningitis
illnesses that are resistant to
- irreversible neurological medications and drugs
attacks
Appearance of new unknown
- Guillain-Barre illnesses
- cerebral paralysis - Congenital malformations
- major cerebral damage - Hereditary genetic defects

“Vaccinal infarction” - Mutations of the human

(30- and 40-year-olds) species
A threat of extinction for
Hepatitis B
the human race
Change or death of
the fetus
THE OBSTACLE
People who work with children, even once in a while, are reluctant to be
vaccinated. I have a doctor friend who has always categorically refused to vacci¬
nate against whooping cough. She prefers to be reprimanded by the authorities
rather than having a death or an infirmity on her conscience. People who work
with autistic children and/or those with behavioral or learning problems also
know that there is nearly always a vaccination at the root of the problem.
Recently, someone working with elderly people told me that her patients were
sick for two or three months after they had received a vaccine against influenza
and that many even died during this period.
4. Numerous PROTESTATIONS and COMPLAINTS continually repeated by
specialists on the subject, conscientious doctors, and knowledgeable par¬
ents, or those who have children that are victims of vaccines. There are
many reports of all kinds that are tucked away in filing cabinets. Out of
sight, out of mind. The authorities have the information, but they hide it.
It took them 45 years to reveal that 175,000 to 600,000 American soldiers
were contaminated with hepatitis B when the virus was present in the
vaccine against yellow fever!
5. PARENT LEAGUES and ASSOCIATIONS, such as
Vaccination, • the Dissatisfied Parents Together (DPT) in the United States,
Social Violence
and Criminality • The National League for the Freedom of Vaccinations in France, which
- The Assault on has been operational for 40 years and which has a well documented
the American comprehensive library, has warned the authorities about the dangers
Arain of vaccinations and has claimed the right to freedom of choice for par¬
Harris Coulter ents in matters of vaccination.
6. LEGAL ACTIONS are so numerous that they have threatened the very liveli¬
hood of certain manufacturers of vaccines. Compensation hinds for vic¬
tims of vaccines have been established by governments. One example is the
National Childhood Vaccination Compensation Law, voted by Congress
in December 1986, that authorizes the payment by government - with our
dollars and not those of the responsible manufacturers - of damages to
children seriously handicapped by a vaccination.
7. Catastrophic and staggering consequences of EXTENSIVE NEUROLOGICAL
DEFICIENCY, which affects a great number of children, following on the
heels of vaccinations. In the United States, 20% of youngsters suffer from
developmental disabilities, as a result of encephalitis caused by vaccines.
This, in turn, has had a profound negative impact on the school
system, which is simply unable to accommodate so many children who
can neither read nor write. It has also contributed to the marked increase
in social violence and crimes committed by sociopathic personalities
created by vaccines.
8. FRIGHTENING AND UNFORESEEN EFFECTS:
• the creation of new uncontrollable illnesses such as AIDS and
• the permanent and hereditary changing of our genetic code, the
i esults of which we cannot even begin, or dare, to anticipate.
The following is a Government of Canada report entitled REPORT OF A
VACCINE-ASSOCIATED ADVERSE EVENT. It is distributed to medical institutions.
 In confidence to:
Il+I Health and Welfaie
Canada
Sante da Blen She social
Canada
Vaccine-Associated Adverse Events
Bureau of Communicable Disease
L.C.D.C., Tunney’s Pasture
REPORT OF A VACCINE-ASSOCIATED Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0L2
ADVERSE EVENT (613) 957-1340

/Identification
PATIENT PROVINCE/TERRITORY DATE OF Year Month Day SEX DATE OF Year Month Day
BIRTH I ] Male VACCINE

>!
VACCINES
1 ]1 1
□ Female
ADMINISTRATION
1 1 1
<
NUMBER INTERVAL BETWEEN VACCINE
VACCINE(S) GIVEN ROUTE DOSAGE MANUFACTURER LOT NUMBER
IN SERIES ADMINISTRATION AND ONSET OF EVENT(S)
(II more than one event reported below, record
[ J STANDARD time to onset ol the first event)
OR SPEC.
UNITS
. Minutes
J STANDARD or
on SPEC
UNITS
. Hours
or
Q] STANDARD

OR SPEC.
. Days
UNITS
\_
ADVERSE EVENT(S) (Report only events which cannot be attributed to co-existing conditions) <
NEUROLOGIC SYMPTOMS/DIAGNOSIS

□
FEVER

| | &40.5-C (105°F) SCREAMING EPISODE/PERSISTENT CRYING

Unconsolable tor 3 hours or more or quality o< cry definitely abnormal for child and not
previously heard by parents

□
| | 39.0-40.4<>C (102.2-104.9T)
CONVULSION/SEIZURE
I I TEMPERATURE NOT RECORDED Muscle contractions and decreased level of consciousness. May or may not be
'—' Believed to be very high AND presence ol other systemic symptoms associated with fever

LOCAL REACTION AT INJECTION SITE ENCEPHALOPATHY

| [ INFECTIVE ABSCESS
*□ Focal and diffuse neurologic signs; increased Intracranial pressure and/or changes
Positive gram stain or culture lasting at least 6 hours in level of consciousness, with/wlthoul convulsions

□ STERILE ABSCESS/NODULE/NECROSIS
No evidence of acute microbiological infection.
*| | MENINGITIS AND/OR ENCEPHALITIS

Drainage, and/or nodule persisting more than one month and larger than 2.5 cm In ANAESTHESIA/PARAESTHESIA
diameter' *□ Lasting over 24 hours

□ SEVERE PAIN AND/OR SEVERE SWELLING

Lasting 4 days or more or requiring hospitalization; swelling past nearest Joint as In arm
*| | PARALYSIS

past elbow
GUILLAIN-8ARRI; SYNDROME
*□ Progressive weakness ot more than one limb and generalized hypo/aretlexla

□
SYSTEMIC REACTION
ADENOPATHY
*| [ SUBACUTE SCLEROSING PANENCEPHALITIS (SSPE)
Severe or unusual enlargement or drainage of lymphatic nodes

□ ALLERGIC REACTION
Hives; wheezing; pultiness; generalized edema
MISCELLANEOUS

□ PAROTITIS

□
Swelling with pain and/or tenderness of parotid gland(s)

□
RASHES
Severe - lasting 4 days or more or requiring hospitalization ORCHITI8

□
Swelling with pain and/or tenderness of testicle(s)
ANAPHYLAXIS
Swelling of mouth/throat; difficulty breathing; shock; cardiovascular or respiratory collapse *| | THROMBOCYTOPENIA

□ HYPOTONIC - HYPORESPONSIVE EPISODE/EXCESSIVE SOMNOLENCE

Decrease/loss ot muscle tone; loss ol color/turning white or blue; decreased level/toss of
consciousness; prolonged sleeping with difficulty arousing; cardiovascular or respiratory
□ OTHER SEVERE OR UNUSUAL EVENTS
(Please describe)

arrest

□ ARTHRALGIA/ARTHRITIS
Lasting over 24 hours

□ SEVERE VOMITING AND/OR DIARRHEA

Must Interfere with daily routine MUST BE DIAGNOSED BY A PHYSICIAN (Please give details)

£ OUTCOME OF EVENT(S)
AT TIME OF REPORT
| | Patient
Recovered
PLEASE FORWARD ANY FOLLOW UP INFORMATION

| | Patient recovered with residual effects □ Pending □ Unknown □ Fatal

<

Year Month Day Date Year Month Day

HOSPITALIZED BECAUSE □ NO □ YES Date
” Admitted Discharged
OF EVENT(S)
1 1 L _1 L.
>REPORTERS NAME TELEPHONE NUMBER COMMENTS <
Area Code

ADDRESS (No.. Street, etc.)

City Province Postal Code

Year
■ i
Month
1 i
Day
i
SIGNATURE DATE

HPB 5127 (12 88)

THE OBSTACLE

"I obeyed the authorities"

 The Medical Mafia

New types of viruses are creating themselves, transforming themselves, mul¬

tiplying, and passing themselves on from one generation to another. They do so
through sperm or the egg, placenta, or a mother’s milk. Yet, several vaccines are
made with viruses from cells of animals that are themselves contaminated with
all sorts of viruses. And that is why we had some very unpleasant surprises:
• In I960, cultures from the renal cells of rhesus monkies used in the manu¬
facture of anti-polio vaccine were discovered to be infested with simian
virus 40 (SV 40). As a result, millions of children were contaminated with
this virus before it was detected. Today, however, we know that SV 40 causes
a deficiency in the immune system, congenital anomalies, forms of leukemia
(particularly in children aged two to four), as well as malignant illnesses.
• In 1973, researchers proved that the incidence of brain tumors was 13 times The ransom of
higher among children born of mothers who had been vaccinated against vaccinations
poliomyelitis during their pregnancy. f. and S. Dclarue
• In 1980, researchers found presence of SV 40 in human brain tumors. They
seemed to be present in 25% of cases.
• In 1987, it was confirmed that HTLV4 came from green African monkeys.
Yet the virus of human leukemia is HTLV1 and the virus of human AIDS is
HTLV3. It is the same for the fowl leukosis virus which contaminated the
yellow fever and measles vaccines until 1962. And then we ask WHY THERE
IS AN AIDS EPIDEMIC?

DESPITE ALL THAT, the authorities not only continue vaccinating our
children from the cradle to the classroom, but they extend the practice to adults.
Moreover, for the past 20 years, they have done so throughout the entire world.

Did you know that 45% of Unicef funds goes to vaccinating people in the
Third World, compared to only 17% for clean water and sanitation? This despite
the fact that, according to this same agency, one person in five in the world is
not always served by water and a reliable sanitation system. Youngsters in the
Third World need clean drinking water and food in their stomachs, not aggres¬
sive agents, which make them die like flies. Massive vaccinations in African
countries have decimated these populations as a result of their immediate
effects. And now as a result of AIDS. And yet we continue to vaccinate them
regardless.

Better still, the world authorities have launched the Expanded Program on
Immunization, the objective of which is to vaccinate all the children in the world
against six illnesses that are most common among youngsters. Poliomyelitis,
diphtheria, tetanus, measles, whooping cough, and tuberculosis.

Let us all realize that what the authorities are telling us is more often than
not far different from the reality.

The real epidemic is vaccination

THE OBSTACLE

The world authorities

The world government is the United Nations Organization, the U.N. Its
Ministry of Health is the World Health Organization, W.H.O. The world govern¬
ment is in the process of imposing itself everywhere on the globe,
THE NEW WORLD ORDER

An all-powerful global authority, the government of governments, said to

ensure peace in the world. With the purest of intentions, the U.N., through its
Ministry of Health, W.H.O., has succeeded in achieving the following:
• In 1974, W.H.O. launched a massive program to promote “Health for all in
the year 2000”. This program was the result of a long battle led by people
living in the Third World who finally convinced the organization that they
had their own special needs and that they wanted to be part of the decision¬
making process.
It was also the time of the canonisation of W.H.O. - Saint W.H.O. - conse¬
crated as the world authority in health matters. As a result, it would now assume
responsibility for directing the focus and orientation of health in the world,
overshadowing all national governments.
• In 1978, the Member States of W.H.O. met at Alma Ata to define a common
policy of primary healthcare in which all their respective country’s popula¬
tions would be democratically involved. So that they themselves would be
able to confront their own health problems. Yet we have seen earlier in this
The Rockefeller book, the Declaration of Alma Ata followed from the globalization of the
file recommendations of the Flexner Report. A report that imposed “scientific”
Gary Alien medicine (medicine of sickness) as the only valid one, and eliminated all
other medical practices. Let us not forget that this Report was financed by
the Carnegie Foundation, and its application by the Rockefeller Foundation.
The sponsors of the Alma Ata Conference included: the Rockefeller
Foundation, the World Bank, and Unicef. Financiers magnanimously spend¬
ing their money for the health of the world!
• In 1983, in order to achieve its praiseworthy objective of “health for all in
the year 2000”, Saint W.H.O. launched its Expanded Program on
Immunization. A committee to oversee the vaccination of the children of the
world against the six illnesses is established, comprising:
- Robert McNamara, former president of the World Bank, the official bank of
the world government, the U.N.
- Jonas Salk, director of the Salk Institute, manufacturer of vaccines and bio¬
logical reagents, most notably for the American army. The Salk Institute has
a department which works under contract with the Pentagon. (In 1988, The
Wall Street Journal reported that the Institute had concluded a $32 million
deal with the Army to produce vaccines and biological reagents.)
- Leopold Sedar Senghor, former president of Senegal.

124
 The Medical Mafia

- Van den Hoven, president of Unilever, the huge multinational with interests
in the Third World, whose speciality is to impose there the peanut mono¬
culture. Unilever is the most important manufacturer of margarine, oil, and
soap in the world.
Saint W.H.O., financiers, industrialists, and militarists come together
to save the children of the world. How touching!
• In 1984, in order to realize the pious wishes of Saint W.H.O., five
respectable institutions combined forces and founded the Intervention
Force for the Survival of Children, so as to continue and enlarge the vacci¬
nation program on a global scale: Saint W.H.O., Unicef, the World Bank, the
U.N. Development Program and the Rockefeller Foundation. Unicef is
encouraged in its noble venture by the Merieux Foundation, which has 30%
of the world’s vaccine manufacturing market, and the Pasteur Institute.
What generosity!
• In 1989, in order to impose immunization programs on children as fore¬
seen by the Expanded Program on Immunization, as well as beat the resis¬
tance and opposition put up by obstinate adults, Saint W.H.O. went in
search of a restraining tool. Always for the good of the children, of course.
It had the U.N. adopt the Convention of Rights of the Child to improve the
lot of children in the world. This convention unilaterally and arbitrarily
imposed fundamental changes in the structure of our society and our fami¬
ly. Without any discussion, representation or consultation with citizens
whatsoever!

In practice, this Convention:

a) establishes the concept of citizenship of the child.
b) replaces the right of authority of the parents with a duty to obey the
administrative authorities.
c) enables the authorities to separate the child from neglectful parents.
d) recognizes the child has freedom of choice, thought, expression, to practice
his, or her religion or convictions, association, and peaceful gatherings,
the only restrictions being those which are prescribed by law, or which
relate to health.
e) prescribes that all countries do all in their power to ensure the integral
realization of the right of the child to enjoy a better state of health and take
the appropriate measures to develop preventive healthcare, including
vaccination.

The Convention of Rights of the Child allows the authorities to impose by

force, against the wishes of the parents:
• blood transfusions to those who may oppose them.
• vaccines to those who oppose them.
• scientific medicine to those who may prefer alternative medicines.
• severe medical treatments to those who refuse them, such as AZT for AIDS.
THE OBSTACLE

Let us not lose sight of the fact that it is not

✓ children, nor parents,
✓ nor our children,
1/ nor we, the patients,
✓ nor our doctors,
✓ nor the authorities of our country,
but rather the world financiers who control our health, hidden behind
the respected Saint W.H.O.

Why this lethal relentlessness?

What is the objective of the world authorities in destroying people’s health,
both in industrialized countries and in the Third World? It is always diffi¬
cult to presume the intentions of others, particularly when one is not close to
them. And this is true in this instance. But there are certainly advantages for
someone, somewhere, to so doggedly keep-up the campaign for vaccinations, by
any and all means possible. They must profit someone, somewhere. One thing is
certain. It is not to our advantage. In order to determine what these advantages
are, and for whom, let us stop and look at the CONSEQUENCES of these massive
vaccination programs and draw our own conclusions.
1. Vaccination is expensive and represents a cost of one billion dollars
annually. It therefore benefits the industry, most notably, the multinational
manufacturers. One sells the vaccines. The other then provides the arsenal
of medications to respond to the numerous complications that follow. Their
profits increase while our expenses go through the roof. To the point where
we have simply had it up to here and are ready to accept the unacceptable,
such as socialized medicine in the United States, for example.
2. Vaccination stimulates the immune system, the body’s defense mechanism.
Repeated, vaccination exhausts the immune system. It gives a false sense of
security and, in doing so, it opens the door wide to all kinds of illnesses.
Notably, to those related to AIDS, which can only develop on ripe ground,
wheie the immune system has been disturbed. It causes AIDS to explode. It
ensures that the illness flourishes perpetually.
 The Medical Mafia

3. Vaccination leads to social violence and crime. What better way to destabi¬
lize a country than to disarm its inhabitants, and reinforce police and mil¬
itary control? The authorities subtly create situations of panic and fear
among the population which, in turn, necessitate the reinforcement of
“protection measures”, including forbidding citizens from owning
weapons. The authorities then come across as saviors and strengthen their
control. It is certain that, in order to impose a single world army, one must
first disarm the citizens of every country. One must therefore create vio¬
lence, if they are to achieve this disarmament, particularly in the United
States where the right to bear arms is guaranteed by the Constitution.
4. Vaccination encourages medical dependence and reinforces belief in the
inefficiency of the body. It creates people who need permanent assistance. It
replaces the confidence one has in oneself with a blind confidence in oth¬
ers, outside ourselves. It leads to loss of personal dignity, in addition to
making us financially dependent. It draws us into the vicious circle of sick¬
ness (fear - poverty - submission) and, in this way, ensures the submis¬
sion of the herd so as to better dominate and exploit it. And then lead
them to the abattoir. To slaughter.
Vaccination also encourages the moral and financial dependence of Third
World countries. It perpetuates the social and economic control of Western
countries over them.
5. Vaccination camouflages the real socio-political problems of poverty of
some due to exploitation by others, and results in techno-scientific pseudo¬ complexity
solutions that are so complicated and sophisticated that patients cannot
understand them. In addition, vaccination diverts funds which should be control
used to help improve living conditions, and channels them into the banks of
the multinationals. It widens the gap between the dominant rich and the
exploited poor.
6. Vaccination decimates populations. Drastically in Third World countries.
Chronically in industrialized countries. In this regard, the former President
of the World Bank, former Secretary of State in the United States, who
ordered massive bombing of Vietnam, and member of the Expanded
Program on Immunization, Robert McNamara, made some very interesting
remarks. As reported by a French publication, “J’ai tout compris”, he
was quoted as stating:
“One must take draconian measures of demographic reduction against the
will of the populations. Reducing the birth rate has proved to be impossible
or insufficient. One must therefore increase the mortality rate. How? By nat¬
ural means. Famine and sickness.” (Translation)
7. Vaccination enables the selection of populations to be decimated. It facili¬
tates targeted genocide. It permits one to kill people of a certain race, a
certain group, a certain country. And to leave others untouched. In the
name of health and well-being, of course.
Take Africa, for example. We have witnessed the almost total disappearance
of certain groups. Some 50% dead, estimate the most optimistic. Some 70%
dead, according to the less optimistic. As if by chance, many were in the same
region, such as Zaire, Uganda, the extreme south of the Sudan. In 1967, at
#
•- #
THE OBSTACLE
Marburg in Germany, seven researchers, working with green African monkeys,
died of an unknown hemorrhagic fever. In 1969, also by chance, the same sick¬
ness killed one thousand people in Uganda. In 1976, a new unknown hemor¬
rhagic fever killed in the south of Sudan. Then in Zaire.
It is noteworthy that sincel968, virologists (virus specialists) have installed
their sophisticated equipment in certain hospitals in Zaire.
At a CIA hearing, Dr. Gotlieb, a cancerologist, admitted having dispersed, in
I960, a large quantity of viruses in the Congo River (in Zaire) to pollute it and
contaminate all the people who used the river as their source of water. Dr. Gotlieb
was named to head up the National Cancer Institute!
A couple ofyears ago, Reuters reported: ‘An illness similar to AIDS has
killed 60,000 in the south ofSudan. They call the illness, the killer Families,
whole villages, have disappeared This illness, the Kala-azar, takes the form
of a fever and loss of weight. The symptoms are the same as those ofAIDS.
The immune system is deficient and one dies ofother infections. ”
"Is paranoia It is obvious that Africa, particularly those countries in the center and to the
a form of south, contain fabulous resources that have always incited westerners to crush
awareness?" their inhabitants to take over their riches. And beware anyone who stands in
Kerry Thornley their way. The colonies have disappeared. But not colonialism.
8. Vaccination serves as a form of experimentation, to test new products on
a great sampling of a population. Under the guise of health and the well¬
being of the population, people are vaccinated against a pseudo-epidemic
with products that one wants to study. The vaccine of hepatitis B seems to
be the choice of authorities to accomplish this goal. Yet, this vaccine is
manufactured by a process of genetic manipulation. And it is much more
dangerous than the traditional vaccine because it inoculates into the body
cells that are foreign to its genetic code. Moreover, this vaccine is produced
from virus cultivated on the ovaries of Chinese hamsters. One can only
imagine what future generations will look like! But there is more. It is also
reported to cause cancer of the liver. Despite all that, it enjoys great popu¬
experimentation larity among the authorities, who impose it first on all those who work in
the health field, and then on the rest of the population.
extermination • In 1986, the medical authorities administered the vaccine against hepatitis B
of bothersome to Native Indian children in Alaska, without any explanation or the consent
minorities of their parents. Many children fell ill. And several died. It seems there was
a virus called RSV (Rous Sarcoma Virus) in the vaccine.
American Indian tribes have been subjected to many vaccinations. Let us be
aware that they are difficult to beat into submission, and they own vast
tracts of land which the authorities would like to have for their own benefit.
Recently, when I met a group of Native women to chat about health
with them, the subject of vaccinations cropped up. I was giving them some
information on the topic when, suddenly, the group’s nurse confided in me
that the federal government had given her completefreedom in the manage¬
ment of their health, but on one strict condition. That every vaccination
had to be scrupulously applied to all The silence was deafening. We all
understood.
 The Medical Mafia

• In 1988, the Ambassador of Senegal gave a radio interview reporting on the

ravages of AIDS in his country where entire villages were being decimated.
A few years earlier, scientific and medical teams had come to vaccinate
their inhabitants against hepatitis B.
• In 1978, a new vaccine was tested on homosexuals in New York. And in
1980, on those in San Francisco, Los Angeles, Denver, Chicago, and St-Louis.
Officially, this “new vaccine” was against hepatitis B and, as we now know,
it caused many of them to die from AIDS. It sounded the “official” begin¬
ning of the AIDS epidemic in 1981.

The vaccination program of homosexuals against hepatitis B was led by

Saint W.H.O. and the National Institute ofHealth . There are reports of collab¬
oration between these two organizations in 1970 to study the consequences
of certain viruses and bacteria introduced to children during vaccination
campaigns. In 1972, they transformed this study to focus on the viruses which
provoked a drop in the immune mechanism.

Wolf Szmuness directed the anti-hepatitis B experiments undertaken in

New York. He had very close links with the Blood Centre where he had his labo¬
ratory, the National Institute of Health, the National Cancer Institute, the
F.D.A., the W.H.O., and the Schools of Public Health of Cornell, Yale, and
Harvard.

In 1994 a vast vaccination campaign against hepatitis B was undertaken in

Canada. It is both useless, dangerous and costly. And what for? Is there a hidden
agenda? I note that the Province of Quebec is a particular target, over the course
of three years.
- 1992: vaccination against meningitis
- 1993: re-vaccination against meningitis
- 1994: vaccination against hepatitis B.

I was there in 1993. It troubled me to see that it was aimed at a whole gen¬
eration (1 to 20 years), in only one province. Since when do viruses respect
borders, and specially provincial ones at that? The facts are:
- There was no epidemic, nor risk of one. Epidemiologists confirmed it.
- Not one but three different vaccines were administered, each in a desinated
area.
- Certain nurses were selected and trained to administer a special vaccine.
- All children were entered into a computerized data bank.
- The pressure to vaccinate the children was enormous. Schools were turned
into clinics. Those who did not want to be vaccinated were pointed out and
treated as social outcasts.
- Nurses chased down parents at home who did not want their pre-school
children vaccinated.
THE OBSTACLE
I had a direct account ofone of these kids. The mother did not want her
child vaccinated The nurse who came to the house made her believe that it
was compulsory. The mother gave in... The child is now handicapped: physi¬
cally and mentally (paralyzed\ spastic).
- The vaccination cost $30 million.
Why was there such a murderous will. Like Native peoples, the people of
Quebec are also a “bother”. They believe in their cultural identity and in sover¬
eignty. What is more, Quebec with its Native territories, encompasses huge
reservoirs of water which many a multinational have their eyes on. As an
acquaintance of mine who sits on the California water management board said,
“Water today is gold.” Could one think of a more appropriate biological weapon
to possibly remove any impediments to accessing that resource?
9. Vaccinations permit epidemiological studies of populations to collect
data on the resistance of different ethnic groups to different illnesses. It per¬
mits one to study the reactions of the immune systems of large numbers of
the population to an antigen (virus, microbe) injected by vaccination.
Should it be within the framework of the fight against an existing illness, or
one that has been provoked.
• In 1987, certain American laboratories and the Department of Biotechnology
of India signed an agreement authorizing the testing of genetically manufac¬
tured vaccines on the people of India. This agreement was met with fierce
opposition because it gave access to epidemiological and immunity profiles
of a population. This data is extremely important from a military standpoint.
It is even more valuable because India has never experienced yellow fever.
And, at time of writing this book, it had known only a handful case of AIDS.
Over and above all that, the private American laboratories proposed to test
products on the Indian population for which they had no right to test in the
United States! And the Indian authorities acquiesced!
10. Vaccination is a biological weapon at the service of biological warfare.
It permits the targeting of people of a certain race, and leaves the others
who are close by more or less untouched. It makes it possible to intervene
in the hereditary lineage of anyone selected. A new speciality is born.
Genetic engineering. It is flourishing, enjoys much prestige, and is
receiving substantial research funds. The challenge is staggering. To find a
vaccine which gives an illness against which we already have the vaccine! In
this way, we would be able to send in troops who have already been vacci¬
nated against the killer vaccine, which they would then spread among the
enemy. It is absolutely crazy and insane!

Meanwhile, industrial theft is in full swing. Captain and biologist of the US

Navy at Fort Detrick, Neil Levitt, reported the disappearance of 2.35 liters of an
experimental vaccine. A dose sufficient to contaminate the entire world. Fort
Dettick is a lesearch laboratory which manufactures vaccines. It is located quite
close to Washington, in Maryland, and it is attached to the National Cancer
Institute at Bethesda, a suburb of the capital.
 The Medical Mafia

It is hardly astonishing that, in every major vaccination campaign, one finds

the same tangled web. Government, the military, Saint W.H.O., financiers,
researchers, laboratories, universities, the CIA, and the World Bank.

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

In the name of the defense of our countries, we manufacture the most mur¬
derous of weapons. War, whether it be biological or not, is war. And weapons
kill. Biological warfare is a giant business, largely financed BY OUR FUNDS,
through the medium of the military, research, and our donations. It is also
financed, and without our knowledge, BY OUR LIYES. Those of our children
and of millions of innocents who have been sacrificed. It is we, those who live in
the Western world, who are responsible for all the illnesses and acts of genocide
in the world. By our acceptance of vaccinations, both at home and abroad.

Social marketing Manufacturing

Consent
MARKETING is a relatively recent “science” that encompasses several dis¬ Naom Chomski
ciplines, such as information, advertising, education, influence, lobbying, press
releases, messages, jingles, gadgets, and the like. It may be written, oral, silent,
subliminal. It may be open, subtle, or hidden. It is the science of manipulation.
It is taught at university. One hands out diplomas. One creates specialists.
Regardless of the nature of the actual product, the goal is to create a demand, or
a need, on the part of the “consumer”. To cause people to purchase products
that they might not normally buy. Because they don’t really want them or
because they don’t really need them.
SOCIAL MARKETING, also called social engineering, is identical to con¬
ventional marketing except for the product it promotes. It sells ideas, that is, it
gets people to accept the ideas of someone else and to make them their own.
Specially ideas that run contrary to their own or to their common sense.
The goal of social marketing is the submission of the conscience, to put the
conscience to sleep in order to lead us down a path. With our full consent. It
THE OBSTACLE
replaces conscience. And with it, undermines our power to choose. It is what
Beauvais and Joule call “submission freely consented to”. They add: “In the final
analysis, it allows one to think, decide, and conduct oneself in total freedom.
But differently from how one would do so spontaneously”.
MEDICAL SOCIAL MARKETING is the science of social marketing
applied to the field of health. It consists of SELLING SICKNESS TO PEOPLE WHO
WANT HEALTH.

The refrigerator SOCIAL MARKETING OF VACCINATION is to sell the idea of the necessi¬
has done more ty of vaccination to people who do not need, or want it. The target goal is to
Por health than submit 95% of the population to all vaccinations that the authorities decide they
open-heart should have. This involves three stages, which intensify according to the degree
surgery of resistance to the submission.
a) manipulation
b) organization
c) repression

Ist stage, manipulation: submission with full consent

It contaminates all fields:

"II is easier for • EDUCATION. The authorities have instilled in us the belief that vaccina¬
o man to split tions are effective and harmless. Whoever questions this doctrine, be they a
on atom than doctor or non-doctor, is a heretic. Yet we have come to learn that the reality
to break a is something else altogether. There is more. The authorities scrupulously
preconception" uphold another myth. Namely, that vaccinations have wiped out the major
R. €instein
epidemics. Yet these major epidemics had almost entirely disappeared
when the vaccines first came on the market. Books on vaccines, not written
by the establishment, are very eloquent on this subject and they substantiate
this fact as far as every one of the former major illnesses is concerned.
It is improvement in living conditions, and notably that of hygiene, that has
caused the progressive disappearance of illnesses that once were the
scourge of the planet. Ivan Illich also confirms this in his respected book,
Medical Nemisis. This brainwashing is called “sanitary education” or
“public hygiene”. Everyone working in the health field receives this
deceitful training regarding vaccination. They pass it on, without question¬
ing it. And in doing so, they transform vaccination into an aggression which
becomes normal. Just like violence and war on television.
• VOCABULARY. The authorities put words in our mouth which shape
our ideas and the way we behave. For example, winter is referred to as
the season of the common cold”. From this stems the concept of a
cold epidemic and the need for vaccination against it. And we’re hooked!
But social marketing goes further. It makes us believe that the elderly are
more vulnerable to illnesses, including colds in winter, and therefore of the
necessity to vaccinate them all. And, to provide them with even greater
protection, everyone involved in treating them must also be vaccinated! This
is what one calls “gerontocide”.
 The Medical Mafia

One of the initiators of the vaccine against the common coldfrequently

repeated to friends: “Ifyou want to inherit quickly; vaccinate your grand¬
mother against a cold!”
• EMOTIONS. Not just any. But fear. The very concept of vaccination rests on
the FEAR-PROTECTION TANDEM. They make us afraid so that we will
run after a savior to protect us. Are we so helpless and ill-equipped that we
have need of protection? Manipulation makes us believe that we do. We
allow ourselves to be taken care of by our protectors. Just like with the
Mafia. But protection does not come cheaply! So as to be even more effec¬
tive, social marketing plays upon another emotion. One that is even more
perverse. Guilt. “If I do not vaccinate my child and he becomes ill, I would
never forgive myself as long as I
live. And if he suddenly dies in
his crib, or gets leukemia at
three years old, or multiple
sclerosis when he is older,
because we did not have him
vaccinated, what will we give as
a reason?” Let us realize that
there is no end to it. Nor does it
make sense. Moreover, who are
we to take upon ourselves
responsibility for the death of
others?
• INFLUENCE. One must do like
the others. If everyone else does it, then it must be good. But have we for¬
gotten the Pied Piper of Hamlin? That is submission. And that is what it
leads to. We follow fashion fads in clothing, foods, music. And vaccinations.
Above all, don’t question. The authorities know better than us. And they tell
us that all is well. Who are we to dare think any differently? One calls that
social pressure. It is orchestrated by the establishment & associates:
financial, political, industrial, medical, insurance, religious, artistic, and
academic. It is disseminated by social marketing.
• MORALITY. The authorities speak of the “right to health for all”. Who
could put it better? Yet whoever speaks of a right speaks of a duty. And from
here stems the concept of a “social duty” to be vaccinated. To refuse to do
so would be to refuse health for all. What a lack of ethics and social con¬
science! And being a good citizen, we fulfill our duties and get vaccinated.
And social marketing has met its goal.
• INFORMATION. Medical or non-medical, information is in the hands of
the establishment to serve its own ends. It is the tool of broadcasting social
marketing. Many journalists transmit information which comes to them
from the authorities and simply reproduce it faithfully, without doubting
it for one minute. Particularly when it comes to the highly protected subject
of vaccination, they hesitate to stray from the beaten path and ask ques¬
tions. If they ask too many, their text is cut. Then their job. Be that as it may,
some have questioned. For example, in 1979, the CBS television program
11!
— *
THE OBSTACLE
“60 Minutes” presented an inquiry on the massive vaccination campaign
against swine fever in the United States in 1976. This vaccine created so many
complications, particularly neurological, resulting in death or paralysis, that
the manufacturers were inundated with massive legal actions and the vaccine
was suspended. This broadcast was the showcase of social marketing in all its
glory. All the elements are there. I strongly recommend that you get a copy
of the video or a transcript to see how one organizes a massive vaccination
campaign.

2nd stage, organization: submission with LESS consent

This ensures the effectiveness of the manipulation. It comprises a system of
control by computer index of the population and of doctors. All are tabulat¬
ed on a computer, which ensures that they can be tracked down. In this way, the
authorities ensure that every citizen regularly receives his or her vaccines and
that every doctor is involved. Lists are drawn up. Indexes tabulated. Vaccination
report cards issued. Nobody can escape. Those who are negligent are immedi¬
ately called to order and are brought in line. It is systematic regimentation. BIG
BROTHER is watching your health!

3rd stage, repression: submission with NO consent

It punishes insubordination. In order to ensure obedience, the authorities
make laws. Vaccines became obligatory at the very beginning of the century.
They still are in many countries. When people become aware of the reality of
vaccinations, the seeds of rebellion are sown. Whenever resistance becomes too
strong, the World Health Organization quietly passes new laws, such as the
Convention of Rights of the Child.
• Those who disobey are forbidden access to nurseries, schools, universities,
certain hospitals or clinics. They cannot travel abroad. They are forbidden
from practicing certain professions. They are continually harassed by the
medical, administrative, and school authorities. They are the black sheep in
the beautiful program of “health for all”.
• The very rebellious are hit with fines, lose their right to practice medicine,
are put in prison, or are vaccinated by force.

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

This hierarchal network is directed on a national scale by each country’s

ministry of health”, Donna Governmenta, herself under the directive of the
world “ministry of health”, Saint W.H.O.

In conclusion
The words of American doctor, Edward Kasse, who addressed the
Convention of Vienna on Infectious Diseases in 1983, in his role as president of
the Convention, speak for themselves:
 “The goal of epidemiologists should not be the irradication of infectious
diseases thanks to the massive use of vaccines and antibiotics, but rather the
control and improvement of the quality of life. One must admit that there exists a
certain number of cases of tuberculosis, polio or malaria and enter into a natur¬
al, ecological dynamic in making more effective the possibilities of our body’s
defenses, thanks to a health policy that is not contaminated by the interests of
pharmaceutical multinationals.”

In the final analysis, we find ourselves once again facing the following
dilemma. Obey the authorities or listen to our conscience. Give our power to
others or exercise it ourselves. Blame our governments or assume our own
responsibilities. It is a question of conscience. To this effect, there do exist
“clauses of conscience” which are recognized in certain American States for one
to refuse vaccination. In France, young people recruited into the army have the
same legal right. In Canada, vaccination is a matter of choice, but we are led to
believe that it is obligatory. The right to health is a legitimate, innate right of
every human being. No law can grant us that which we already have. And even
less, take it away from us. To obey the laws is to submit to legality, exterior
power. Listening to one’s conscience is to respect its legitimacy. Its inner
power of divine essence. Between legality and legitimacy, WE HAVE THE POWER
TO CHOOSE!

Itanco Saint -
Mondialo UIHO

Don Donno
Multlnotionolio Governmenta
The trilogy of lies
PAOT TWO:

RIDS is contagious

AIDS is caused only by the HIV virus

... or by the use of drugs, medications, vaccines?

UUhat is AIDS?
Acquired
I mmuno-
Deficiency
Syndrome
ACQUIRED, that is to say obtained, contrary to the natural, innate, heredi¬
tary. THEREFORE, the weakening of our defense system is acquired during the
course of our life. WHERE, WHEN, HOW? That is the question. And the enigma!
IMMUNO for immunity. This is the natural or acquired resistance of a living
organism to an infectious agent (microbe, virus) or to a toxic agent (venom,
toxins).

DEFICIENCY, that is to say organic or physical insufficiency. THEREFORE,

different illnesses have in common an immuno-deficiency. Namely, an insuffi¬
ciency on the part of the body to resist, a weakness of the body’s defense system.
From where it becomes easy to contract illnesses.

SYNDROME comes from Greek and means reunion. It is a clearly defined

combination of signs and symptoms which can be seen in many different illness¬
es and which does not allow one in and of itself to determine the cause and the
nature of the illness. Take, for example, the cold syndrome. The signs and symp¬
toms are well known. Discomfort, fever, cramps, tiredness, a runny nose, watery
eyes. We know that this involves a cold. But we cannot determine what kind of
cold we have, nor the cause of the cold. It is the same for AIDS.

It is a combination of signs and symptoms. Tiredness, weakness, loss of

appetite, fever, infections, loss of weight. The same that we find in many illness¬
es. It is not only one illness that can present these symptoms, but many different
illnesses. It remains to determine the cause of these illnesses.
 The Medical Mafia

Symptoms: -Tiredness
-fever
-Infections
-Anorexia
AIDS

-Submission
Causes of -fear
immuno¬ -Poverty
deficiency: -Drugs

We note that with the one definition of the letters A-I-D-S and based on our
common sense, we can arrive at an understandable definition of AIDS:
- AIDS IS A COMBINATION OF SYMPTOMS (the tip of the iceberg).
- PRESENT IN DIFFERENT ILLNESSES (the body of the iceberg)

WHICH HAVE IN COMMON A WEAKNESS OF THE DEFENSE SYSTEM.

- THE CAUSE OF THIS WEAKNESS IS ACQUIRED

SOMEWHERE IN THE COURSE OF OUR LIFE (the base of the iceberg).

Causes of AIDS
The entire question is there. Because a good diagnosis leads to a good
treatment. If the illnesses of AIDS have an immunitary weakness in common, it is
logical to direct our efforts towards the causes in order to cure the illness. And,
particularly, to prevent it. The most frequent CAUSES OF IMMUNITARY
WEAKNESS among people who are sick with one of the illnesses of AIDS are:
1. Indiscriminate use of illegal drugs. It seems to be the most devastating. To prevent is
One must not only stop the use of contaminated syringes, but the use of to ovoid having
drugs itself. to cure
2. Medications: antibiotics, anti-inflammatories, chemotherapy, transfusions,
blood derivatives. “We are an immune-depressed society”, states Dr. McKenna.
In the United States, for example, every year sees $30 billion in prescribed
medications and $50 billion in non-prescribed medications (over the
counter).
3. Vaccines. We know that vaccines depress the immune system. Children
receive some 20 vaccines before starting school. Then people of all ages are
submitted to annual vaccinations and, occasionally, to mass vaccinations.
4. Pollution of the air, water, foodstuffs. Countless industrial chemical
products pollute the water that we drink and the air which we breathe.
Moreover, our foodstuffs are filled with radioactivity, electromagnetic waves,
pesticides and chemical fertilizers. And that is not even including the
vaccines and hormones that are present in the meat we eat.
 5. Malnutrition. Whether it be by scarcity, dieting, excess, or alcoholism. It
goes hand in hand with infectious illnesses. It is particularly present in
Third World countries and among pregnant women.

6. Recurring infections of all kinds, acute or chronic.

7. Factors which affect a person’s soul. Hopelessness and helplessness. A
feeling that one’s life lacks any purpose or sense of direction. Submission to
fatal prognosis.

8. A libertine or unbalanced lifestyle.

9. Lack of love and caring support.

10. Fear which imprisons us. It is our worst enemy.

At the Convention of Copenhagen on AIDS, in May 1992, “surviving”

patients of AIDS all agreed. To live, one must correct the causes of the immuno¬
deficiency. And first and foremost, one must free oneself from fear. It kills us.
Other solutions proposed by scientific medicine are ineffective, particularly AZT.
None of their friends who had taken AZT, a strong immune depressant, had sur¬
vived. One survives AIDS. But one doesn’t survive AZT.

In summary
factors causing incapacity of the illnesses
a weakness ^ the body/organism |» of AIDS
of defenses to defend itself appear

In erasing the factors which cause immuno-deficiency, one prevents and/or

cures AIDS. All that seems logical and conforms to common sense. Why then are
the authorities upholding, strongly and exclusively, as they have done for the past
10 years, the following formula:

HIV + = AIDS = DEATH

In making the virus responsible for AIDS, the authorities condemn every
person who is seropositive (HIV+), in good health or not, to the diagnosis of
AIDS and, next, death. The word seropositive is synonymous with AIDS and it is
mixed in with the AIDS statistics. They also have the right to the same murderous
and ineffective treatment that is AZT.

While in reality, seropositive means nothing more than having come into
contact with the retrovirus HIV. Without immuno-deficiency, no AIDS. One can
be seropositive and not lose a wink of sleep!

What is more. This approach, that HIV = AIDS, kills people in good health
and prevents those who do have AIDS from recovering. For AIDS is pre¬
ventable and can be treated. But not with AZT. Common sense tells us that it
is NOT with immune-depressant medications, which weaken the defense system,
that we are going to reinforce the immune system.
 The Medical Mafia

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

We can choose to live or die. We only have to look at the two approaches of
treating AIDS and make a decision. The survivors of AIDS are witnesses to that.
Listen to them:
✓ treatment of the illness (war against the virus) with aggressive medications,
leads to death.
✓ treatment of the patient (peace of the bodies, soul, spirit) with a reinforce¬
ment of his or her immune system, maintains life.
The survivors’ recommendation is clear. Take charge of your health and of
your life. Consult, become informed, and make your OWN decision.

HIV+ DOES NOT SPELL AIDS

AIDS DOES NOT SPELL DEATH

Why this murderous relentlessness?

Why do the authorities impose by force this idea that:
• AIDS is one, single illness?
• caused by a single virus: the retrovirus HIV?
• is transmitted sexually?
• treated by anti-retroviral medications, powerful immuno-depressants, such
as AZT, which precipitate AIDS?
• prevented by practicing safe sex?
Why do the authorities continue to push and recognize only the theory of
“HIV alone” as the cause of AIDS? Despite strong opposition to this concept:
• many scientists, led by Peter Duesberg of the University of California,
Berkeley. One of the first virologists to study the retrovirus (HIV class). His
work resulted in him becoming an elected Member of the National
Academy of Sciences. His stance against the medical establishment caused
him to be discredited by his profession and lose his research funds.
• Luc Montagnier, of the Pasteur Institute, the official discoverer of the HIV
virus in 1983. Since 1990, he states that HIV alone is not sufficient to cause
AIDS.
• the evidence of many cases of AIDS without the HIV virus and the many
cases of HIV without AIDS.
• the impossibility of one virus being the sole cause, because there are many
types of HIV that are secondary to the mutation of the HIV virus.
• the impossibility of proving that the HIV virus causes AIDS. It is however a
basic rule of science, that one must establish a relationship of cause and
effect between two factors.
 • HIV is an inoffensive retrovirus. It can only be activated when the defense
system is weakened. In addition, it alone cannot destroy the immune
system. Duesberg calls it the pussy-cat. Montagnier says that it needs other
factors with it. It seems a far cry from the image of the big bad wolf that it
has been given.
• Lauritzen, an analyst in polling research and author of the book, Poison
By Prescription - The AIT Story , which exposed fraud relating to the
research, acceptation by the Food and Drug Administration, and the usage
of AZT. Which is medically ineffective and dangerous... and, which causes
cancer.
• the fierce denunciation of the lying and fraud in the official practice of AIDS
treatment. Patients, therapists and journalists angrily blamed the medical
establishment at the Convention of Amsterdam. The “survivors” claimed
their right to the truth and to life.

The scapegoat virus

As one cannot explain with any certainty the intentions of others, one
cannot answer the question: Why do the authorities insist upon killing people?
Be that as it may, one can, however, envisage the consequences of the “HIV
alone” theory.
1. One has finally found the perpetrator of AIDS. The HIV virus. It is much
more practical and makes more economic sense to make war against a
virus with medications than to tackle and resolve the socio-political prob¬
lems of drugs, malnutrition, submission, despair. And to stop vaccinations
and medications. Moreover, in giving the same name to the virus and the
illness, one has created total confusion. Allowing the indiscriminate use of
one for the other.
2. One has also found those responsible for the epidemic. Homosexuals.
Many still refer to it as the “gay epidemic”. It is easier to get away with than
calling it a “vaccine epidemic”. And so, nothing is said about the experi¬
mental anti-hepatitis B vaccines received by groups of homosexuals before
they had even contracted the illness. Also, the term AIDS has been reduced
to the vulgar acronym of STD, Sexually Transmitted Disease, when it is
really a question of several illnesses resulting from an immuno- deficiency.
3. One finds the treatment. Against a virus, one gives an anti-viral treatment,
AZT, which brings in hundreds of millions of dollars for its manufacturers.
Close to $700 million in 1991 alone.
4. One finds the means of prevention. Safe sex and condoms. One is pun¬
ished according to our sins. One’s morality is saved. And so are vaccines.
5. One finds the explanation for the disappearance of the peoples of Africa.
Promiscuity causes the sexual transmission of the virus which spreads
the illness and brings death to all. It is certainly a much easier answer
than saying that the World Bank impoverished them and Saint W.H.O.
vaccinated them.
 The Medical Mafia

6. One finds an extremely lucrative detection and screening test. It is so

lucrative in fact that protagonists from France and the United States have
been battling for some years now to determine which of the two will pick
up the royalties.
7. One finds a whole new subject of research, which soaks up millions of
dollars. But what is one in fact looking for? Imagine the reply. An ANTI-AIDS
VACCINE! A vaccine to fight the virus propagated by other vaccines!
8. One finds a new, extremely effective and subtle tool for population
control, particularly among the poor and non-whites. This policy is not
exclusive to the overpopulated countries of the Third World. It also applies
to industrialized countries. In its program Agenda for the Eighties.
The Trilateral Commission (world government) determined that the ideal,
desirable population for the United States would be 100 million people.
9. One finds a means to limit a person’s rights to a private life. In the
name of the rights of the public at large, one divulges the names of people
who are seropositive yet in good health. And the names of patients suffering
from one or more illnesses of AIDS, patients who are non-contagious. They
are pointed out, they are indexed, and what will we do with them? Studies
on “seroprevalence”, to use a word of epidemiologists, constitute the viola¬
tion of a person’s fundamental rights and open the door wide to another
form of genocide. Or the exclusion of “undesirables”. Is it by chance that
Blacks and the poor are those hardest hit!

The origin of the HIV retrovirus

HIV was officially “discovered” in 1983.

Yet some who have looked at this question, have made astonishing discov¬
eries that have led them to believe that HIV was purely a laboratory creation
and not the discovery of an already existing virus.
1. In 1982, Robert Harris and Jeremy Paxman published a book entitled
A Higher Form Of Killing : The Secret Story of Chemical And
Biological Warfare on the secrets of chemical and biological warfare.
They denounced secret experiments carried out on humans by the Army
and the CIA during the 1950s. They also reveal the work done by the Army’s
Department of Biological Warfare at Fort Detrick.
2. In 1985, Robert Strecker, a doctor in gastro-enterology and doctor of
pharmacology, concluded that AIDS had been deliberately provoked, be it
voluntarily or involuntarily, as a result of testing of the vaccination against
hepatitis B on homosexuals. He was also convinced that the African conti¬
nent had been contaminated in the same way. At the time of the vaccination
campaigns against smallpox to study certain effects of bacteria and viruses,
at the request of the World Health Organization. He explains that HIV can¬
not come from nature, as it is so radically different from all other known
viruses. It would be the result of a cloning of animal viruses, inoculated
into humans, which provoked a new illness. Strecker has published a book¬
let Bio-Attack and has made a video.

----3*
H
THE OBSTACLE
3. In 1987, Alan Cantwell Jr., doctor of dermatology and researcher, reached
basically the same conclusions in his book AIDS And The Doctors Of
Death.
4. In 1987, Rolande Girard, journalist, wrote of ethnic weapons in her book
Tristes chimeres.

IN 1987, THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION

OFFICIALLY DECLARED THAT
“HIV IS A NATURAL VIRUS OF UNKNOWN GEOGRAPHICAL ORIGIN".
5. In 1992, Eva Lee Snead, holistic doctor and researcher, wrote two books,
Some Call
Some Call it AIDS: I Call It Murder and the Connection Between
It AIDS:
I Call It Murder Cancer, AIDS, Immunizations, And Genocides. She stresses the sim¬
€vci Snead ilarity of clinical syndromes between HIV and SV 40, which is present in
African green monkeys. The only way that a human can catch SV 40 from a
monkey is through physical contact, eating its meat, or by receiving it by
inoculation at the same time as a vaccine. It is the same SV 40 that one
found in the vaccine Sabin against polio (“monkey soup” Sabin) which
was used to vaccinate millions of children over the years. Indeed, it has
been found that SV 40 causes congenital anomalies, leukemia, cancers, and
serious immuno-suppression. All symptoms similar to those of AIDS.
She establishes the relationships which exist between LEUKEMIA, SV 40,
AIDS. For her, AIDS is only another form of leukemia. She demonstrates the
responsibility of vaccines in the appearance of AIDS and in the increase of
forms of leukemia and cancers.

The saga of RIDS

To put our time-frame in perspective, here is a pot-pourri of dates.

1952: Meeting behind closed doors in Ottawa, Canada, of Canadian, American,
and British researchers studying retroviruses.
1959: The World Health Organization warns of the dangers of using vaccines
derived from monkeys.
I960: The World Health Organization announces the presence, in vaccines, of
unexpected and undesirable viruses.
I960: The presence of virus SV 40 is found in the cell cultures of the African
green monkey and one learns that SV 40 WAS PRESENT IN THE
MAJORITY OF ANTI-POLIO VACCINES MANUFACTURED FROM LIVING
VIRUSES BEFORE THIS DATE.
1961: Vaccination by living viruses begins.
1963. One learns of a tumoregenic virus, which causes tumors, originating
from a monkey.
1963. It is leported that the number of cases of leukemia has increased in
States wheie the anti-polio vaccine containing SV 40 was administered.

142
 The Medical Mafia

1963: A biological research program is launched under the auspices of

the Central Intelligence Agency and the US Army at Fort Detrick,
in Maryland. It is attached to the National Cancer Institute.
1964: The presence of the virus SV 40 is discovered in children vaccinated
against polio with Sabin vaccine.
1964: It is found that viruses of vaccines (living viruses) give malignant
illnesses. THE FOLLOWING PROBLEMS OCCUR MORE AND MORE
FREQUENTLY AMONG THE GENERAL POPULATION:
a) deficiencies in the immune system
b) congenital anomalies
c) different forms of leukemia
d) malignant illnesses among young children.
1968: American virologists set up their sophisticated equipment in Zaire.
1969: President Nixon announces his intention to suspend the manufacture
of biological weapons and to destroy existing stockpiles.
1969: The beginning of another strong push on cancer research.
Retroviruses are in the spotlight because it is known that they cause
cancer in animals. Why not also in humans? One quickly succeeds in
cultivating these retroviruses on the human cell. One knows how to
cancerize human cells. One learns how to manufacture cancer.
1970: The World Health Organization and the National Institute of Health
decide to inject the virus and the bacteria into children, during
vaccination campaigns, so as to conduct a study.
1971: It is proven that SV 40 cancerizes the cells of mice.
1972: The World Health Organization transforms the 1970 study into
one focussing on virus which weaken the immune function.
1973: Berg and other leaders in biochemistry reveal the general principles
of a new science. Genetic engineering is born.
1973: A new retrovirus is isolated: BW (bovine visna virus).
1974: The hereditary transmission of a foreign gene is a success.
1975: Gallo, an American researcher, announces the discovery of HTLV and
states that this virus gives leukemia to certain population groups.
1977: First case of immuno-deficiency. Acquired by a young African woman
doctor. Followed by many cases among Blacks, drug users and
hemophiliacs.
1978: Vaccination against hepatitis B of homosexuals in New York.
1980: Vaccination against hepatitis B of homosexuals in five American cities.
1980: The appearance of more and more cases of immuno-deficiency which
fall into no formerly known categories.
1981: The official debut of the AIDS epidemic.
1983: Official discovery of a retrovirus, which is held responsible for AIDS.
It is given the same name as the illness HIV.

— •
THE OBSTACLE
1992: “DESPITE 10 YEARS OF THE MOST INTENSIVE AND COSTLY
RESEARCH EVER CONDUCTED ON THE SAME ILLNESS, WE ARE ONLY
BEGINNING TO REALIZE HOW LITTLE WE KNOW ABOUT AIDS.
THE MOST DISTURBING ASPECT OF THIS OBSERVATION IS THE
POSSIBILITY THAT OUR IGNORANCE RESULTS IN LARGE PART FROM
THE GREAT FAITH THAT WE PLACED IN THE HIV THEORY.
AS WELL AS THE LITTLE CONFIDENCE SHOWN IN ITS CRITICS.
MOREOVER, EVERY YEAR HAS SERVED TO REINFORCE THE CAUSE OF
THOSE WHO PROCLAIM THAT THERE IS MORE TO AIDS THAN HIV.
AND THAT, AS A RESULT, THERE ARE BETTER WAYS OF CONTROLLING
AIDS THAN VACCINES, MEDICATIONS, AND PUBLIC POLICIES
REGARDING HIV.”
Robert Root-Bernstein
Biochemist and immunologist
Professor of physiology
University of Michigan
 The Medical Mafia

The trilogy of lies

PART THR€€:

Cancer is a mystery

It is an illness of unknown causes

...or one of the illnesses ofAIDS

R sad statement of account after forty years

After decades of an intensive war against cancer, the situation is the follow¬
ing in industrialized countries:
1. The mortality rate from cancer has increased. More and more people are
dying from cancer. Tangible proof that its prevention and treatment are not
succeeding.
2. Billions upon billions of dollars have been spent to no avail. “Cancer costs "The cancer
Americans over $100 billion dollars each year... for treatments that are both cure cover-up
ineffective and inhumane”, reports Frank Wiewel, director of People is America's
Against Cancer. holocaust."
3. The number of deaths continues to grow. Some 500,000 (half a million) Barry Lines
Americans die of cancer every year.
4. Millions of people have been tortured. Maiming is commonplace. Nobody
escapes it. Patients have to choose between one or more forms of mutilation:
• amputation = surgery [~—]^T\
• burning = radiotherapy —. (fili

• poisoning = chemotherapy. Jjjj*

All these treatments are extremely aggressive. They destabilize the body’s
organic balance. And seriously damage the immune system.
5. The existence of alternative remedies is either hidden from the public or
access to them forbidden. Remedies that are effective, safe and inexpensive.
Those who promote them are hunted down. It is like the witch-hunt of the
Middle Ages.
6. The rights to freedom of medical choice are undermined. Our rights to
decide for ourselves, and to determine what we will, or will not do, with
our own bodies, have been taken from us.
7. Our immune system has systematically been destroyed by the presence of
many carcinogenic products, such as pesticides, vaccines, radiations, med¬
ications in the water, air, foodstuffs, and elsewhere in the environment.
THE OBSTACLE

Effective treatments since sixty years

On one hand, the authorities continue to have us believe that cancer is an
illness that is just as mysterious as it is deadly. And that we must combat it with
violence. On the other hand, we know that effective treatments do exist.
These treatments have existed for sixty years. Could it be that those close to us
might still be alive today?

In 1934, in the United States,

Royal Rife and a group of doctors, under the auspices of the University of
Southern California, revealed their clinical successes. They had succeeded in
The Concer Cure
destroying the micro-organism responsible for cancer by means of a precise
That Ularked:
Fifty Vears electro-magnetic wavelength. In the years that would follow, the technique of
Of Suppression treating cancer using electro-magnetic waves would spread. And many doctors
Barry Lines would use it successfully. But not for long.
When Morris Fishbein, director of the American Medical Association
(AMA), heard talk of this cancer treatment, he demanded that he be given a part
of the action. He was refused. The result of this refusal was not long in coming.
Doctors were forced to abandon the new technique. All articles on the treatment
in medical journals were forbidden by the AMA. Results of this technique
obtained by government laboratories were lost. Researchers who supported the
treatment, as well as the principles upon which it was based, fell into disgrace
and were treated as cheats and liars. The author of the article explaining the
technique, published by the Smithsonian Institute, died in a car accident.

Who then was responsible for such a decision? Already, at this time, medi¬
cine was for the most part in the hands of financiers. The principal actors
defended private interests.
• The all-powerful American Medical Association, which issued “seals of
approval” on products and medications, in return for remuneration.
"Competition • The Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, established in 1902. In
is a sin." 1928, it had already received $65,000,000 in funds from John D. Rockefeller.

J. D. Rockefeller • The “king” of microbiology, at this time, was Thomas Rivers, a doctor at the
Rockefeller Institute, who in 1926 decreed that viruses and bacteria were
two distinct things. He was later director of the Rockefeller Hospital from
1937 to 1955 and vice-president of the Rockefeller Institute from 1953
until his death. His influence on cancer research was significant.
• The Sloan-Kettering Memorial Cancer Center in New York, was the first
cancer hospital in the United States. It was the medication test centre for
large pharmaceutical companies between 1940 and 1955. Interestingly
enough, Cornelius Rhoads, after several years at the Rockefeller Institute,
was named director of the Center in 1939. He remained there up until his
death in 1959. He was the biggest defender of chemotherapy in the country.
 The Medical Mafia

• The American Cancer Society, founded in 1913 by John D. Rockefeller Jr.

and his associates, received tons of public money and used it to finance
research projects approved by the authorities. Those positions with any
decisional powers were held by financial interests.

In the 1950s, in France,

Gaston Naessens, biologist, developed a series of effective anti-cancer

products. First GN-24 and then Anablast enjoyed an enormous success, which The Persecution
alerted the authorities. The latter instituted legal procedures. He had to stop And TrioS Of
Gciston Naessens
treating his patients despite the extraordinary results. In 1964, he emigrated to
Christopher Bird
Canada. There, he developed a new remedy against cancer, 714-X. Again a new
success. And a new headline-making trial in 1989. Patients flocked from around
the world, all bearing witness to the success of his treatment. The authorities
could not condemn him.
Whatever the country, the players in the medical system, and their tactics,
are the same, to suppress treatments that are effective against cancer. The world
financiers and their multinationals are stateless. They have no allegiance. And
they exploit all. It is they who control the Medical Mafia in every country. Donna
Governmenta and her children see to it, on their behalf, that we continue to
buy and consume those products which guarantee their profits.

What is cancer?
Cancer is one of the illnesses of AIDS, characterized by disordinate multipli¬
cation of cells, which form a tumor. Cancer presents the same symptoms as
AIDS: weakness, loss of weight, loss of appetite and fever, caused by a deficiency
of the immune system.
Factors causing Incapacity of Cancer
a weakness the body to defend ^ occurs
of the body’s itself
defenses

feeling of helplessness Symptoms: -Tiredness

and despair.
-Fever
-Infections
-Anorexia
CANCCft

-Submission
Causes of -Fear
immuno¬ -Poverty
deficiency: -Drugs
THE OBSTACLE
Every day, we create a little cancer. Every day, our defense system defeats
the tumor. But if our defense system comes to be deficient, it no longer defeats
the cancer. It grows and becomes a tumor. This is the pre-cancerous phase.
The tumor, in turn, secretes a hormone which destroys the immune system.
It wipes it out completely. This is the cancerous phase.

What is the cause of the deficiency of the immune system?

The same causes as those for illnesses of AIDS. We saw them in the previ¬
ous chapter. It is said of cancer that it is sickness of the soul. In fact it is very
strongly linked to the emotions. Cancer is often preceded by a depression. The
most frequent symptoms are despair and a feeling of helplessness, which reflect
the state of our soul. Moreover, patients who come out best, regardless of the
treatment, are the fighters, the rebels. Those who refuse to give up.
Bernie Siegel calls them his “Exceptional Cancer Patients” in his mar¬
velous book Love, Medicine And Miracles .
The greatest sickness of the soul continues to be submission. To others.
To their ideas, their pressures, their fear, their expectations, their laws, their
statistics, their treatments.

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

✓ cancer is an illness which is treatable and preventable.
\/ the principal cause of cancer is to be found in the soul.
s/ there is rarely an emergency involved in treating cancer.
We should take the time to inform ourselves.
>/ chemotherapy weakens our immune system.
t/ preventing cancer implies reinforcing our immune system.
*/ refusing to submit is a plus for a healthy recovery.
1/ prognostic are for books, not for human beings.
1/ cancer is a wake-up call that we give ourselves.
Our body is telling us to take the weight off our feet, re-establish contact
with ourselves, and re-orient our life. It is a chance that it is giving us.

The scapegoat gene

As for AIDS, the whole question is in the cause of cancer. Because a good
diagnosis leads to a good treatment. As long as one cannot find the cause of the
illness, one cannot cure it. Even less, prevent it. Since the beginning of the
century, the authorities have persistently led us to believe that cancer is an
illness that we cannot master. Despite all the evidence, despite all the proof to
the contrary, despite all the “spontaneous remissions”, despite all the useless
deaths, despite...
 The Medical Mafia

• In 1974, Norman Zinder, doctor at the Rockefeller University, stated: “We

do not know how to attack cancer, even less how to conquer it, because we
do not know enough about how it works.”
• In 1975, the Sloan-KetteringMemorial Cancer Center discovered different
types of virus-bacteria in the blood of all its patients. But they burned the
laboratory results.
Despite everything, the authorities maintain that cancer is due to a
defective chromosome, the cause of which we do not know. It supports
research along this false track. And causes us to hope for the discovery of
- what? - a vaccine against cancer!
All this time, people are dying, being assassinated with chemotherapy,
radiotherapy, surgery, medications.
And we are being vaccinated in droves.
Better still, we are told of new discoveries about nasty genes and incited to
TIM€
test our genes and submit to early operations to prevent the illness.
HOP€ IN TH€
• In April 1994, Time Magazine ran a cover page headline: HOPE IN THE mm AGAINST
WAR AGAINST CANCER. In an in-depth, rather complex and cleverly illus¬ CANC€A
trated article, it praised the virtues of new treatments. For one, a synthetic
vaccine. For another, a detection and screening test for inherited genetic
defects, which makes us “persons at risk”. As such, we have the good
fortune of being able to have the operation before the illness appears. And
why don’t we have both breasts removed right away?

That would be real prevention? WHAT MADNESS!

• Lance Liotta, the number one expert in metastase at the National Cancer
Institute, states: ‘After all, we don’t cure diseases like diabetes
and hypertension. We control them. Why can’t we look at cancer
that way?”
• Ann Fagan, 37, having submitted to an ileostomy for a colo-rectai cancer
(a bag for cancer of the rectum), and a mother of two girls, is happy
for them: “They will have surgical options not available to me. For that
reason, I decided they should be tested. I’m a real advocate for early
detection.”

The reality is that the authorities hidfrom Ann Fagan the fact that:
✓ Her cancer could have been treated differently, without having to resort to a
bag. No more than her children will in the future.
"AIDS
^ That there are a lot of other treatments for cancer apart from surgery and is cancer,
chemotherapy. They are much more effective and they have no secondary and cancer
effects.
is AIDS."
1/ Cancer is not hereditary. The genetic fault inherited by her daughters
Rian Cantuuell
probably came from vaccinations.
Cancer is an illness which often disappears without surgery, or
chemotherapy, or radiotherapy.
149
■- i
THE OBSTACLE
✓ Cancer is one of the illnesses of AIDS. That is to say, the result of an
immuno-deficiency. Those affected with AIDS often die of cancer.
Causes of the deficiency of the immune system are known and are
treatable, as is cancer.
✓ The only possible prevention of cancer, is to maintain the immune
system in a healthy state. All aggression, most notably the fear of cancer,
is a impediment to that state.

Fatality vs spontaneous remission

The diagnosis of cancer is synonymous with fatality. That is if it is not treated.
We are led to believe that it is an EMERGENCY and rush us to have their mutilat¬
ing treatments. And yet there is no emergency.
Cancer is not an Indeed, one should be aware that some patients do not follow the treatments
CM6RGCNCV of scientific medicine. And they don’t die. More than that, many are cured
completely without any chemotherapy, radiotherapy, or surgery whatsoever.
The tumor just simply disappears. The experts and specialists are then dumb¬
founded. For it does not conform to their statistics or knowledge. They therefore
conclude that there was a mistake in the diagnosis. “So then why did you
propose that I undergo chemotherapy?” asked one patient. No reply.

War on cancer
To confront the plague of cancer, the authorities decided to go all out. In
1971, President Nixon signed the National Cancer Act. It was a declaration of
war on cancer.
Waging war is to destroy in the hope that, in the destruction, one also
destroys the enemy.
• One thing is certain. One destroys oneself and one’s environment.
• One thing is uncertain. The destruction of the enemy.

Who is the enemy?

"Our decodes We are searching for it still! After 40 years of intensive and horribly costly
ef war against research. Because we have not yet found it. It must surely be well hidden.
cancer have
been a qualified Without knowing the enemy, after more than four decades of trying, the
failure." authorities continue to look in the wrong direction. It is a lot like looking
foi a rabbit on the same path, day after day, week after week, year after year,
John Bailor
decade after decade. Our common sense will tell us that, after a few days, it
would be better to look elsewhere if one wants to find rabbits.
But in medicine, science and common sense just somehow do not go
together. Nevertheless, certain experts are now beginning to ask questions of
themselves.

150
 “We must rethink our basic strategy in the matter of research and ask our¬
selves whether a new strategy7 would not be more desirable... if a major re-ori¬
entation would not be more advantageous to the public.” stated John Bailar 111. A
doctor, professor of epidemiology and biostatistics at McGill University,
Montreal, Canada, and scientific advisor to the US Department of Health and
Human Resources in Washington, D.C., he was speaking at the Convention of
the FORCTC in 1992 on the epidemiology of cancer.
After 40 years of dismal failures hunting down an unkown enemy, the
authorities continue to strike out in the same manner. One mercilessly
shoots at anything that moves. And with machine guns at that. One amputates,
burns, poisons. One destroys everything. Anything goes, in times of war.
Fight fire with fire. Anything goes. The enemy must be destroyed. Even if they are
still in their cots and have not yet learned to walk. They could grow up to be
dangerous. They must be detected early and nipped in the bud. In the name of
prevention.

TH€ RADICAL PA€V€NTION Of RRCAST CANCCA

"3 out of 10
Ulomen will hove \ Family clinic ~\
breast cancer."

PAV FOR 1,TH€ 2"* IS FR€€.

MOTHCR-DAUGHTCR SPCCIAL
GUARANTCCD FOR IIF€.
THE OBSTACLE
John Bailar went on to add: “I am going to show that this insistence on the
progress of treatment represents largely a defeat, and that it is time to seriously
consider prevention.”

Prevention or early war

Are there two definitions of the word PREVENTION?
To prevent, according to the dictionary, means to make impossible, to keep
To prevent is a thing from happening. In medical parlance, to prevent means to stop the ill-
to ovoid having ness from occurrjng And to do it in such a way that it never appears,
to cure.
The authorities, however, use the word prevention in terms of treating the
illness as soon as possible. Quite a different usage from the true meaning of the
word. When the illness occurs, one treats it. One does not prevent it. As a result,
what they call prevention, is nothing more than early detection. The illness is
discovered as soon as possible, in order to treat it as soon as possible. This is
not to prevent. It is to try to cure it after the fact. As such, it is false representa¬
tion!
I have a good friend who every year, as a matter of course, goes for a
mammogram. Because her doctor recommended that she does so. Two years
ago, a suspect test was diagnosed. In addition to having a swollen and very
painful breast for the next six months following the examination, she was
terribly afraid. Her doctor suggested to her that she participate in a blind
test study involving two groups. One that would take a medication. And
another that would not. She was so afraid of having cancer, she accepted.
She was included in the group which took the medication. You can imagine
the rest. She became illfor real!

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

^ tests called prevention tests are done so as to treat the illness
as early as possible.
%/ the equipment is not infallible and often gives false results.
✓ early treatment is to obey the statistics.
1/ passing prevention tests is to bring the sickness upon us.
s/ medicine said to be preventive, more often than not provokes
the illness which it tries to avoid.
✓ the only real prevention, is health and peace.
IF YOU WISH PEACE, PREPARE FOR PEACE...
AND NOT WAR.
 The Medical Mafia

Cui Bono? The arms merchants

Whenever we do not understand certain policies, which do not seem to
make any sense whatsoever, we invariably ask ourselves: “6V// bono?” This is the
question posed by Ralph Moss in his book, The Cancer Industry. This
extremely well documented book gives a detailed breakdown of the industry-
government liaison, its activities, and what it all means to us.
In English, Cui bono? means who stands to gain? When we know who
profits from a situation, then we known who has created, and who maintains,
that situation.
When it comes to war, there is no question that it is the arms merchants
who gain. It is they who profit. In medicine, these arms merchants, are the man¬
ufacturers of weapons used in the war against cancer. Those of chemotherapy,
radiotherapy, surgery, and all the hospital industry infrastructure that use and
support these weapons. Fraud, lies, conflict of interest, theft, propaganda, con¬
trol, power play, misinformation. These are but some of the means they use,
with no scruples whatsoever, to serve their interests. Even the highly respected
cancer societies, such as the American Cancer Society in the United States, the
Canadian Cancer Society, and the ARC in France) are part of the plot and con¬
tinue to get money from us even after we are dead! In making genes the scape¬
goats for cancer, the establishment of Cancer & Associates:
1. make us believe in the fatality of cancer, in our helplessness in the face of
the illness, in our dependence on the authorities and their treatments.
2. distract us from the real causes of the illness. Pollution, poverty,
medications, vaccines.
3. deflect all funds for research, treatment, and medications to their own
profits.
4. eliminate all competition which could threaten to destroy their
financial interests.
And we foot the bill.
But we know that many alternatives do exist to the draconian solutions that
are proposed to us by the authorities. Ralph Moss opens our eyes to them in his
book, Cancer Therapy - the independent consumer’s guide to non¬
toxic treatment & prevention. It makes for fascinating reading.

Cancer Therapy
The Cancer Industry - The independent
- fl classic expose on the consumer's guide to non
cancer establishment. - toxic treatment &
Ralph Moss prevention.
Ralph Moss

153
- ^
THE OBSTACLE

...and how about making peace!

"Cither war Congratulations to all those who have cancer. You are treating yourself to a
is obsolete luxury. You are giving yourself the most beautiful gift possible. For that is the
or men are." reality. When we say that someone has or is suffering from cancer, we are living
an illusion. That illusion is that it implies a sickness, suffering, aging, death. This
Buckminster Fuller
is not true. In any case, let us take our time. There is no great rush to die as
Sandra Ray tells us in her beautiful book How To Be Chic, Fabulous And
Live Forever.
We have lost FAITH IN OURSELVES. It is to rediscover this faith, that we give
ourselves cancer. A marvelous illness, if ever there was one. It causes us to con¬
front death and rediscover our true path in life. At the same time, it affords us
the time to make peace with:
* ourselves
Houi To be Chic,
Fabulous find it our family
live Forever. * those around us.
Sandra Ray
Let us profit from it to rediscover life, health, and peace.

MEDICINE OF PEACE
****.***

If you want peace 4SI If you want peace,

mmp
make peace.
health/youth/life
reality
nature is divine
E-E Tandem
Education-Empowerment
faith in oneself
peace and ecological harmony
reinforces gradually
COMMON SENSE and ORDER
--——

ml1 mtMttmm.n... ■ .. ^
economical
painless
obeying one’s conscience
mu'
WITH NATURE
: .v;
 The Medical Mafia

PRST6UR... OR I36CHRMP?
Tuuo theories

As we can see, there exists two diametrically opposed positions at the core
of the medical body. As different as fire and water.
1) Defended by the medicine of sickness, claims that one unique agent The germ causes
causes the illness to occur. That agent is an external enemy of the body the illness.
organism. It attacks us and threatens our health.

It is the GERM THEORY. This germ has only one form. And it is always the
same. Hence, what is called the monomorphism of the germ, mono meaning
one, and morphism meaning form. As a result, the same illness is always
caused by the same external agent. And this exterior agent always has the same
form. This theory, therefore, in the case of illness, stems from research of the
external agent (the enemy) and making all-out war on it. It goes even further.
It goes to confront the enemy and makes small wars so as to train its troops.
Namely, vaccination-prevention. Or to outwit the enemy, surgery-prevention.

2) Defended by the medicine of health, claims that it is the body organism The illness causes
itself that manufactures, inside the cell, the different agents that cause the germ.
the illness to occur. The agent is an interior friend of the body organism.
It tends to re-establish the balance of our ecological system.
• If its natural environment is disturbed, then it becomes morbid (abnormal,
unhealthy) and the illness appears.
• If its natural environment is re-established, it returns to its normal state and
the illness automatically disappears.

This is the CELLULAR THEORY. A germ may have many forms, depending
upon the body organism’s state of health. Hence, the polymorphism of the
germ, poly meaning many, and morphism meaning forms. As a result, the
illness is caused by internal agents of various forms, which become aggressive in
certain states of poor health.

Therefore, this theory, in the case of illness, seeks to re-establish good

health by all means possible in order to return the germ to its normal state.
It re-establishes balance and maintains peace between the different elements of
the body organism. Health is the prevention of the illness.

155
— *
Two men
This duality of positions has existed for 150 years. It goes back to the time
of Pasteur. And of Bechamp. Both conducted extensive biological research. Only
one made the headlines, Pasteur. His name is known worldwide. He symbolizes
victory over germs. “Pasteurization” of milk and cheese is an everyday expres¬
sion. Many hospitals and institutes bear his name. He is famous.
Pasteur is the great defender of monomorphism. One germ gives one
illness. The result of monomorphism is important. It identifies one unique
EXTERNAL agent and makes war on it, even if that war depletes the health of the
body organism. The germ is eliminated and the illness disappears.
As for Bechamp, he worked in obscurity, little concerned about his reputa¬
tion. He was not known then. And he isn’t today. Neither is his name nor his
work. No school bears his name. Yet he had an extraordinary microscope which
enabled him to identify extremely small corpuscles, even smaller than cells.
These are known as microzymes and they are at the very origin of life.
They can be found in humans, animals, insects, plants, and micro-organisms.
In humans, their form varies according to the person’s state of health. They
take different forms according to the general condition of the cell in which they
live and on which they feed. Illness follows when there is an imbalance in the
normal functioning of the microzymes. When the state of health is poor (malnu¬
trition, intoxication, physical or mental stress), the microzyme is transformed
into a pathogenic germ which fights the imbalance brought about by the poor
state of health.

For Bechamp, the same germ may take many forms, depending upon the
environment in which it lives. But his theory of polymorphism was not endorsed
and accepted. The result of polymorphism is important. It is sufficient to
reinforce a person’s health, for the INTERNAL germs to change back into
their microzyme form and reassume their peaceful, protective function. And the
illness disappears.

Two systems of values

With Pasteur and Bechamp, it is not only a matter of two different theories.
They had two different systems of values. They personify the two fundamental
options of our existence on earth:
• external matter or inner spirit
• the enemy germ or microzyme friend
• external power or inner power
• punishment or encouragement
• confrontation or collaboration
• war or peace
• established (dis)order or innate natural order.
 The Medical Mafia

Who was right? Ethyl Douglas Hume asked the question and made an
in-depth study of the two men. For years, she sifted through the archives and Immunization
gathered information. Then she published her report in 1947 in a book entitled - The reality
behind the myth
Bechamp or Pasteur? - a lost chapter in the history of biology. In it
UUalene James
she takes us back to the time of the two men and goes on...

To about 1850, scientists were speculating about the origin and nature of
living matter, and were questioning why milk turned sour, meat rotted, and wine
fermented. Where did this phenomenon originate?

The majority of them thought that the “thing” - the living matter - which
caused these phenomena came from nowhere. It was the theory of “sponta¬
neous generation”, very much in fashion at the time. Scientists who adhered to
this theory were known as “spontepratists”. Pasteur, a chemist, was one of them.

At the same time, another scientist was bent over his microscope studying
living blood. He proved that fermentation resulted from small organisms,
called microzymes, which could be found within the cell as well as outside the
body. This man was a chemist, doctor, naturalist, and biologist. It was Bechamp.
Pasteur was ambitious, an opportunist. He was also a genius in the art of
promoting himself. And he plagiarized, and then vulgarized, the work of
Bechamp. He stole the idea of small organisms being responsible, but he only
revealed a small part of Bechamp’s discoveries. Pasteur proclaimed that these
small organisms only came from the outside. He forgot to mention that, once
exposed to air, germs and other morbid (abnormal) microzymes lose their viru¬
lence very rapidly. And this deceit has been perpetuated ever since.

Pasteur’s fame is particularly linked to his vaccine for rabies. History would
have us believe that Pasteur ridded us of this terrible affliction. Yet we know two
things.
1. The miracle cure of little Joseph Meister, who was “saved” by Pasteur’s
vaccine, had nothing to do with being a miracle. It later came out that
nobody died, neither the dog who was supposedly infected, nor its bitten
master. People who were bitten, and who were not vaccinated, did not die.
Those who were not bitten, but who were vaccinated, died from paralysis
and not from spasms which are symptomatic of rabies.
2. Rabies, it seems, does not exist. It appears to be an imaginary illness.
Dr. Millicent Morden compiled statements by veterinarians and kennel
owners in a booklet, The Fraud of Rabies, distributed by California
Animal Defense and Anti-Vivisection League. According to them, rabies
consists of an acute hysterical nervous breakdown. This state is exacerbated
by the simple mention of the word rabies, which scares the living daylights
out of everyone, specially the one who is sick. Moreover, these “enraged”
animals often suffer from hunger and misery. What is certain, however, is
that the Pasteur vaccine against rabies produces a state of delirium. What is
known as “Korsakoff psychosis,” for up to twenty (20) years after the vac¬
cine has been administered.
THE OBSTACLE
Pasteur was also famous for the pasteurization of milk. This consists of
heating it to high temperatures so as to kill the pathogenic bacteria, which cause
illnesses, and retard the development of other bacteria. Yet we know that:
1. The temperature is not high enough. It requires much higher tempera¬
tures to kill the bacteria that give typhoid, cob bacillus and tuberculosis.
Some salmonella epidemics have been reported to have come from
pasteurized milk. But very high temperatures damage the milk.
2. The temperature is too high. It kills the lactic acid which prevents the
putrefaction effect of the bacteria. The pasteurization destroys the milk’s
intrinsic germicidal properties, that is to say its ability to kill germs in the
milk. As a result, bacteria multiply much faster in pasteurized milk than
they do in non-pasteurized milk. Moreover, pasteurization has a consider¬
able effect on the milk’s nutritional value. In this regard, it destroys the
enzymes, the principal role of which is to free the nutrients in the food that
we eat. For example, almost 50% of calcium contained in milk is not used
by our body, if the milk is pasteurized. Despite all this knowledge, however,
the authorities continue to pasteurize milk and cheese.
The most recent great assault that the authorities have mounted on our
food, and our health, despite widespread public protest, is that of permitting
foodstuffs to be irradiated. An updated version of pasteurization, this
time by X-Rays. It destroys the microzymes themselves, the source of life.
Eating irradiated foodstuffs, is eating death!
On his death-bed, Pasteur purportedly stated: “Claude Bernard (biologist)
was right. THE GERM IS NOTHING. THE ENVIRONMENT IS EVERYTHING.’’
Unfortunately, there were no journalists there at the time to record his words!

But not tuuo truths

These two theories are diametrically opposed. For Pasteur, it is the germ
that gives the illness. For Bechamp, it is the illness which gives the germ. Who is
right? Only one. The other is wrong. For there cannot be two truths.

The truth is always in the same place - in common sense. Regardless of the
beauty of the theory, it must adapt to reality. And it is that reality that guides us.
One only has to see where the theory leads us to determine whether it is true or
false. Results do not he. If they are good, that is good enough for Dr. COMMON
SENSE, who we are, to formulate an opinion.

The results of applying PASTEUR’S theory are disastrous. Cancer continues

on the rise unabated. It is killing more and more people. AIDS is spreading
everywhere. New auto-immune illnesses are constantly appearing. Infectious dis¬
eases are coming back with new vehemence. Our health and our money are dis¬
appearing before our very eyes. Pasteur’s theory leads to war with mutilations of
all kinds. Amputations, burning and poisoning associated with vomiting, infec¬
tions, weakness, hair loss, new illnesses, mutations, and ecological imbalance...
DISORDER, SICKNESS, DEATH.
 The Medical Mafia

The results of applying BECHAMP’S theory are marvelous. People re¬

establish the overall state of their health and reinforce their immune system.
Their microzymes return to their natural habitat and resume their normal func¬
tions of collaboration. Health returns. Whether it is a question of cancer, AIDS,
infectious or auto-immune illnesses, all are curable simply by re-establishing the
balance at the very core of the body organism. Bechamp’s theory ensures peace,
with the re-establishment of inner power and harmony in the organism...
ORDER, HEALTH, LIFE.

There is no need of degrees or impressive diplomas and certificates to

make a decision. Dr. COMMON SENSE knows that the good theory gives good
results. But the GREAT Dr. DOGMA blindly obeys the laws that are taught, despite
the evidence. He continues to wage war without respite.

Why this murderous relentlessness?

In order to exploit and dominate.

The decision to continue pasteurizing medicine was taken at a global level,

by Saint W.H.O. In order to dominate, submission must be maintained.

Applying the Pasteur theory maintains a practice of medicine of sick¬

ness, and generates in us feelings of:
• helplessness vis-a-vis external forces
• dependence vis-a-vis external authorities
• being a victim of other people and events.

There is no domination without submission! Domination allows for

exploitation. To the submission, one must also add a little or a lot of fear,
according to the degree of hypocrisy, in order to get the victims on the Fear-
Protection Tandem. And then lead them as we wish.

ILLNESS PAYS LARGE DIVIDENDS TO THEM

"I've caught a cold. I am a victim "I gave myself a cold. I am responsible,
of a virus. I need medication" I must take care of myself."
THE OBSTACLE
Applying the Bechamp theory introduces a medicine of health and gen¬
erates within us feelings of:
• inner power
• sovereignty. We are the authority capable of healing ourselves
• responsibility (control) for what happens to us.
In addition, treatment of the environment improves not only the health of
the individual, but also that of society as a whole. It re-establishes the natural
order and with it:
• real equality between individuals.
• equity founded not on laws established by the privileged, but on the legiti¬
macy of the divine right of each and every person
• collaboration
• unconditional love
• prosperity.
HEALTH PAYS DIVIDENDS FOR US ALL

From Bechamp to Naessens

"In ci world The followers of Bechamp have been many. Indeed, history will remember
where everyone those who have tried to publicly promote his theory. They have all been con¬
cheats, il is the demned to silence, either by persuasion, or by force. And since alternative medi¬
honest man who cines are founded on the cell theory of Bechamp, they too have all but been
hcis the look eliminated and those who practice them ostracized.
of ci charlatan."
For 150 years, the authorities have succeeded, and they are still succeeding,
Andre Gide in imposing the pasteurization of medicine. Against all common sense and
even nature itself. But nature will always have the last word. And woe betide
anyone who forgets this!

Throughout my research, a name kept cropping up time and time again.

That of GASTON NAESSENS. I soon learned that he was one of the most boy¬
cotted scientist of our time. I therefore concluded that he must have been one of
the best. For the simple reason that the more one does well, the more one is
boycotted by the authorities.

Taking up the work of Bechamp, Naessens pushed it even further. He

invented an extremely accurate microscope that enabled him to clearly view not
only the small particles, the microzymes described by Bechamp, but also all
the different forms that they may take. He is able to conclude that illnesses pre¬
sent follow the forms present. He is able to evaluate the state of the cell and
correct its deficiencies to ensure that the illness does not appear. Real preven¬
tion. For cases where the illness was already present, he invented a remedy
which can te-establish the immune system’s good health, allow the germs to
come back to normal, and the patient to be healthy once again. Is it any wonder
why the authorities boycotted him!
 The Medical Mafia

A true answer: the somatidian theory

To the eternal question, “where does matter come from?”, the answer is:
from the somatid, the microzyme of Bechamp.
The somatid is the smallest particle of living matter. It is at the origin of
living matter. It is to be found in everything, whether it be animal, vegetable, or
human. It can take whatever form, be it spore, bacteria, bacillus. The somatid is
the precursor of DNA, therefore of genes. If its capsule is damaged or removed,
it is a virus.
The somatid lives unto itself. Placed in a closed jar, without any culture being
present, and in total darkness, it grows. It is life. The somatid is immortal. It
is virtually indestructible. As Christopher Bird explains in his book about
Naessens: they (somatids) have resisted exposure to carbonization temperatures
of 200 degrees Centigrade and more. They have survived exposure to 50,000
rems of nuclear radiation, far more enough to kill any living thing. They have
been totally unaffected by any acid.
Upon our death, it becomes bacteria and ensures the decomposition of our
organism and its basic components. Namely, oxygen, hydrogen and carbon.
Once its job is finished, the bacteria once again becomes a somatid and returns
to nature. Naessens told Bird that he would hke to examine a sample of moon
rock, if only he could, to see if here too somatid forms could be found.
The somatid is an energy condenser. It condenses cosmic energy
(Universal, from the Divine Source) and transmits it to matter. It is the link
between the spirit (cosmos) and matter. Is that not the definition of SOUL?

A true diagnostic test: the somatoscope

The somatoscope is a microscope which enables ANYONE to see somatids
and all their different forms. It is used to look at fresh blood. Blood that is
alive. It is important to realize that all high magnitude microscopes - electronic
microscopes - look at coloured blood. But blood that is dead. They are there¬
fore unable to see somatids moving. Thanks to his famous microscope,
Naessens was able to describe the complete cycle of a somatid:
• in a healthy environment: somatid spore, double spore, then return
to somatid. A three - cycle forms.
• in an environment in poor health: the somatid does not change back into
a somatid after the double spore phase. It enters into a cycle of sixteen
different forms.

What does that mean in practical terms?

It means that each individual can sit by their practitioner’s side and watch
their living blood under the somatoscope or on a linked-up television screen.
Each person can see with their very own eyes the state of their immune
system and determine their own state of health. We have this power today. And it
is light years away from what is being done today. We are not involved. We do
not participate. The state of our health is evaluated by proxy. Figures are provided
to us by machines, and transmitted to us by an anonymous voice over the
telephone.
4<?>
*
 With this power, we become our own doctor. We become conscious of, and
control, our own state of health. It can be seen. It can be evaluated. We can
change’it. We can follow its evolution. What’s more, every practitioner who
knows how to operate a microscope is able to see the somatid in action. All
that is required is the addition of a condenser, designed for this purpose, and
manufactured so that it can be installed on ordinary microscopes. It is really as
simple as that.

A true prevention: improving health

In observing our blood under the somatoscope, we are able to conclude
one of three possibilities.
1. our somatid is in a very good state = good health.
2. our somatid presents some anomalies = poor health
3. our somatid presents several forms = illness installed
At stage 2, the illness is not yet installed. If we correct the causes of our poor
state of health, we will prevent it and it will not appear. That is true prevention!
Let us take the case of cancer, for example. One or two years before the tumor
appears, the somatid begins to present anomalies, without always changing
form. The tumor has not yet appeared. It is the pre-cancerous stage.
• If we re-establish our health at this moment, the tumor will not appear.
If we do not, the tumor will.
It is the cancerous stage. The somatid has entered into its cycle of 16 differ¬
ent forms. The illness is installed. But this is not a sentence of death.

fl true treatment: re-establishing health

Once the cancer is established, all is not lost. If one is able to give oneself
cancer, one is able to remove it. This is self-healing. One must research and
determine the causes of our poor health. With the help of our practitioner, we
will analyze different facets of our life on the physical, emotional, mental and
spiritual levels. We will correct those that are deficient and lacking. In doing so,
we will improve them all. Self-healing is to correct the cause of the illness.
This in-depth process may take some time. During this time, we can
rebuild our state of health and re-establish the good state of our immune
system. In order to do this, Naessens perfected a remedy called 714-X. This is
injected into the lymph gland and we can learn how to do this ourselves.
There are no side effects. The 714-X does not cure the illness, be it cancer
or others. Only we are capable of healing ourselves. But it does rebuild our state
of health. Our appetite will improve. And we will regain the strength and energy
that we have lost. We are therefore able to correct the very causes of our illness
and cure ourselves. If we do not do this, the illness will remain.
The effects of 714-X on one's state of health are easy to see under the
somatoscope. Very quickly, after a treatment of three weeks (for cancer), one
will already see that the somatid has returned virtually to its normal form. We
are therefore able to follow the evolution of our state of health on a regular
basis, during and after the treatment.
 The Medical Mafia

Choosing between Pasteur and Bechamp

As human beings, we have the power to choose. It is that which distin¬
guishes us from animals. The ability to choose is a fundamental right of all. It is
also a duty. If we do not exercise our right to choose, we choose not to choose.
We choose to let the authorities choose for us.

Let us not lose sight of the fact that the authorities'

choice is motivated by:
%/ the profits of the multinationals
the performance of the financiers' investment portfolios

%/ reducing the world's population

✓ eliminating those who do not toe the line

%/ eliminating any undesirables (groups or races).

To choose is to take a decision today:

• Continue to leave control of our health to the GREAT Dr. DOGMA

• Or take back control of our health and have confidence in Dr. COMMON
SENSE, who we all are.

THE GREAT Dr. DOGMA Dr. COMMON SENSE

Every sick person is a God/Goddess
who doesn't know it.

medical totalitarianism individual sovereignty

the germ gives the illness the illness gives the germ

the powers that he (power OVER) the power within (power OF)

war on the enemy germ peace with the microzyme friend

destroy to heal reinforce to care

NONSENSE and (dis)ORDER COMMON SENSE and ORDER

;' sicknessMeath : ^ S&S health/life

wtim/submissiM* responsible/all-powerful

react to fear act with wisdom

established medicine Mother Nature

PASTEUR BECHAMP

Choosing between Pasteur and Bechamp is much more than a choice of

health. It is a choice of life. It is to reply to the fundamental question of our
existence:

WHO IS AT THE SERVICE OF WHOM?

To choose Pasteur is to give priority to appearance over essence, to having

over being, to matter over spirit. To choose Bechamp is to give priority to
essence over appearance, to being over having, to spirit over matter.
163
------———-———. #
THE OBSTACLE

Conclusion: do I stop, or go on reoding?

THE GOVERNMENT
IS

We continue to believe that The system was at the service

government, its institutions and the of the patient.
entire medical establishment, are
The system was directed towards
concerned for our well-being. health.
A Mafia cannot exist in the health
system because we would have known The patient was the beneficiary.
about it long before now and the
The patient was master.
authorities would have intervened.
We cannot doubt or question our Doctors controlled medicine.
leaders. Who would we believe?
They may not be perfect, but what Government served us.
would we do without them? Alone,
Multinationals were under the control
we can do nothing and we would be
of the government.
courting disaster. There is an ehte,
it is they who have the right to govern Laws protected us.
and rule. Let us continue to have faith
in the authorities. They know better Insurance companies guaranteed our
than we do what is good for us. security.
Man is weak and needs to be told
The authorities saw to our well-being.
what to do. For our own good, let us
obey government directives. Because We were free.

CLOSE THE BOOK

(but do not put it away too far,
because we have to get back to it,
sooner or later)
 The Medical Mafia

THE GOVERNMENT IS
OUR ENEMY

The patient is at the service of Just like Colonel “Bo” Gritz of the
the system. American Army, we notice that the
enemy is not outside, but within our
The system is directed towards illness. border. A sad observation! We have
been betrayed. We are angry and we
Industry is the beneficiary. want to cry. But on the other hand, we
are glad to finally see the system for
The patient is exploited, dominated. what it really is, one which is physical¬
ly and financially ruining us. Let's stop
Doctors have no power of decision
having confidence in this impostor,
over the practice of medicine.
government, which, under the guise of
being a good provider, has betrayed
Government serves the financiers.
us in favour of the multinationals and
world financiers. Let’s no longer ask
Government is under the control of
for help, assistance, laws, etc., from
the multinationals.
our enemy. Today, we will adopt an
Laws control us. attitude of automatically being
suspicious of all proposals, decisions
Insurance companies guarantee or gifts coming from government.
nothing but illness and death. Always look this gift horse in the
mouth. If it suggests that we go right,
Authorities he to us and dispossess us. we will go left. Even if we do not know
why, we will always make the right
We are slaves. decision. Because

GOVERNMENT
WORKS AGAINST US

CONTINUE
READING
 The Medical Mafia

The realization:
self-health
THE REALIZATION

TO LIVE OR DIE?
TO IKCM>ITUIAT€: before moving on to the realization of our ideal system of
health, let us recapitulate what we have seen so far:
1. The SYMPTOMS: the medical system:
• is becoming more and more expensive and is leading to the bankruptcy of coun¬
tries, regardless of the system and regardless of the country,
• doesn't suit anyone. Everyone is dissatisfied. Patients and practitioners alike.

2. The SIGNS: we note that:

• all the money goes to sickness, not health,
• the patient is becoming poorer, while the industry is becoming richer.

3. The DIAGNOSIS: the system of health has flipped over:

• from a system of health, to one of sickness,
• while conceived for the benefit of the patient, it has become one
which benefits industry.

MAKING A CHOICE?
Realizing our ideal system of health involves three stages:
1. The CAUSE: finding out why the medical system has overturned
• the submission to authorities
• power OVER = external

2. The TREATMENT: redressing the medical system

• individual Sovereignty
• power OF = inner

3. The HEALING: ensuring unlimited, definitive health of the system

• universal solidarity
• power WITH = fusion

In this way, we will re-establish natural order and harmony.

THE REALIZATION

It is often said that "poverty is the mother

of oil misfortune."
WHO TH€N IS TH€ GRANDMOTH€R ?
For the answer, you will hove
to turn the booh upside doom.

MU*AO

iii**
 The Medical Mafia

•ure8n ‘qooq d\\\ lum oj 9Anq piAV noA ‘jS9J oqi joj

•sopnjsqo
Aire 8uppjjs jnoqpAV snos oqj uo Apnponod pun Ajojns pns uo uoqj uiojj pun
poq jno iqSu U9qj uno 9^ AjJ9Aod jo pip piAV sn ‘jnoddnsp) piA\ uopnpojdxg
jo dp 9ip ‘ojqp Aq 9|pn Mopoj Apopmuopn piAV uopnuuuop jo Supjoui 9qx
uoissiuiqns aqi jpui oj spojj9 jno pn oqun sn pj ‘sup §uimoux

•99T9d UI 9re§IATU 0} 9[qn 9q 0] J9pjO III ApOUIOJ

jsnui 9M pqj ‘ounyojsuu pn jo joqjouipunjg 9qj ‘uoissiuiqns jouui sip 'Z

• (UI9JSAs |U9tp9lU)
poq jno guizisdno jo 9snno oqj opuiuipo Appjduioo oj jopjo ui >pnpn fsnui
9M pqj q jou si p ‘outpjojspu pn jo joqjoui 9qj si Ay9Aod juuajuui 9ju{^ j
:9Jopj9i|x

3M0LH03SIW TIV 30 H3HXOWONVHO 3HX SI M0ISSM93S

•uoissuuqns poqqA\ uopnuuuop ou si 9J9qx
uoissiuiqns jo qnsaj aqj si uoijuuiuioq g
•uopnuiuiop poqjiAV uopnqojdxo ou si 9J9qx
•uopnuiuiop jo qnsaj oqj si uopnqojdxa ‘z

•uopnqojdxo poqqAv Ay9Aod ou si 9J9qx

uoqupoidxa jo qnsoj oqj si Ajjoaoj j
:reqi 9zpn9J uoip 9p\

• (ojqisiA) sdp posodxo 9ip unqj juny oduq ojoui qonui si (ojqisiAui)
ynd uoppuj oqj pqx 9§nq si §J9q99i 9qj jo osnq oqj pqj 99pou osjn 9^
•j9ipo 9qi spopn Aqnopniuopn ‘9uo spojjn
pq^ ugqjo 9qj poqqAV jsix9 jou pjnoo 9uo jSaaqoDi oures 9qj 9JU Aaqx ‘99i
jo ureqinoui oures 9ip jo sqn9d uiap 9jn ‘uopnqojdxo pun AyoAod ‘9Aoqn uiojj
A\ns 9ja pqj s§J9q99i oqj jo sdp oap oqj pqj 99s uno 9A\ avou puy *J9pAU9pun
si pnoq jno avo^ poumyoAO si pun guiqpuios sgqjjjs poq jno Ajuoppns

uoipqojdx9 ‘joqjo oqj jou pun ‘AyoAod ‘9uo

jo AjnA\ 9jn 9^v ’sSjoqooi pupsip oap sn sn oj jnoddn Aoqx uoquj!0|dx9 ‘joqjo
9qx 'AjJ9Aod poureu si §J9q99i 9U0 'qpou jnj oq) jo SJ9PAV 9qi ui s§J9q99i
oap u99AV}9q §upres si (uiopAs poipoui 9qj) poq jno pqj 9ui§nuii sn pq

uoissiuiqns
:j9A\suy
THE REALIZATION

S61F-H6AITH
Self-health is personal management of health. In order to do this, we must
take back complete control of the financing of our health. We must also recog¬
nize our total responsibility in the face of whatever happens to us. Self-health
is not possible without self-sickness. We alone are responsible for the
present state of the system. We alone can put it right.
The taking back of control over our health will automatically also free
practitioners from the shackles of the present system. This will allow them to
practice the medicine of health that they judge to be the best and, in doing so,
better serve their patients.
TH€ CRUS6 Of TH€ CRPSIZING:
SUBMISSION
In order to realize what we have to do, we must first know the root of the
problem. The cause of the overturning of our system of health is our SUBMIS¬
SION. Whether patients or practitioners, we have all abandoned our sovereignty.
We have given it to the authorities and are submissive to them. We must now be
obedient and loyal to them. We have traded our inner power for illusions.
Namely, security and protection.
As we have seen at the beginning of this book, submission is the primary
cause of all sickness. It is the sickness of the soul. It affects all the bodies. It is at
the origin and root of the vicious circle of sickness. It engenders fear, obliterates
the conscience, and creates poverty.

Tn accept submissioi is hi To exercise one's

x:x:x :x x-x x-: yXyXxyy. ; :/X:x:x:::x;.:v;..y;:.:.;.;. x/:x>y:y:y; y; xxxxxx xyxxxxvx xvxx
sovereignty is to
• choose freedom and life
accept sicki ess and death • rediscover health
* accept the priority of the body • re-establish the priority of the
over the soul soul over the body
• accept that the spirit is at die • choose that matter is at the
service of matter service of the spirit
• accept an overturned system • right the system

Scientific medicine, the tool of submission

As we have noted, illnesses are first and foremost social in nature. But scien¬
tific medicine has made us believe otherwise. But how?
Medicine said to be “scientific” has its origins in SCIENTISM. This doctrine
consists of only recognizing that which can be measured and evaluated in numer¬
ical terms. It denies anything that is invisible, including thoughts, emotions, inten¬
tions. It limits the Universe to the visible world. And its functioning to that of
physico-chemical reactions. That which it cannot see and measure simply does
not exist. Figures are everything.
• The human body becomes equated with a machine, different parts of which
may be treated independently without affecting the body as a whole.
• Human beings become entities with no relation to their physical, psychologi¬
cal and social environment.
• Practitioners become technocrats who use statistics learned by rote, and
apply them to the letter.
THE REALIZATION
In this way, the social context of problems becomes irrelevant. Once the
social context is set aside, then everything may be quantified in terms of figures,
norms and statistics. One can treat the figures. Common sense and initiative are
no longer prerequisites for technocrats. They are replaced by bureaucrats and
computers. The machines decide.
The advantage of this scientific doctrine, as Berliner so aptly explained in
1975, is that it transforms problems of a social origin, for which the solution is
political, into “scientific’’ problems, for which the solution is technological. For
example, violence which stems directly from social injustice. Violence begets
violence’’. The problem is social. Yet to master it, scientific justice increases its
electronic controls and the efficiency of its police. And everyone is reassured,
while the violence continues and our dollars disappear. This is how scientism
has avoided the embarrassing social problem created by exploitation and has
substituted a technological solution.
SCIENTIFIC MEDICINE was inspired by this doctrine to apply the same
criteria to medicine. In this way, it can reject the social causes of illness. And
avoid treating poverty, the mother of all misfortune.
Every social problem has been replaced by a scientific illness with a techno¬
logical solution. For example, poverty causes underweight babies to be bom.
Scientific medicine provides these babies with a scientific solution, involving
incubators, medications, etc. It has even created a special discipline in this
regard called neonatality. It can therefore avoid the real problem, which is
poverty. Why is there still poverty in our country of such abundance?
Even hygiene, and we know how important that is to health, has quietly
taken a back-seat to the profitability of vaccines. Every illness has its own vaccine!
Even research neglects the importance of social factors which contribute to
sickness. For years they have been searching, and we are still all impatiently
waiting, for a vaccine against cancer and another against AIDS. When we know
that it is vaccines themselves that cause these illnesses!
Scientific medicine is not scientific

In order to impose scientific medicine, one has established a doctrinal

system. And everyone is forced to adhere to its tenets:
• Medical students are selected based on their scientific performance,
as well as their loyalty and blind submission to the goals and ideals of
scientific medicine.
• University education, the stage prior to medical school, teaches that
science is limited to the concrete (that which can be seen and touched)
and denies the abstract (that which cannot be seen or touched).
• Authorities impose by force, that is to say by obligatory scientific proof,
the scientific practice of medicine. And they forbid all other practices,
particularly that of alternative medicines.
 The Medical Mafia

Yet scientific medicine has not been proven scientifically!

• In 1978, the Office of Technology Assessment conducted a major study on
scientific medicine and presented its results to the Congress. It concluded
that 80% to 90% of treatments used in scientific medicine have not been
proven by clinically-controlled studies. In other words, they were being
used and taught extensively despite the fact that they were not scientifically
proven.
• In 1985, the National Academy ofScience repeated the same study.
With the same results.

It is a simple matter of arithmetic to determine that no more than 10% to

20% of all treatments used in scientific medicine - make that said to be scientific
- have been proven by clinically-controlled tests. This means that the vast
majority of medical treatments have no scientific basis whatsoever!

Scientific medicine is a system of belief

• Either one believes in it and is on the right path,
• or one doesn't believe in it and is a heretic.

Like a religion, it establishes its arbitrary doctrine and demands blind

obedience. As in all systems of belief, those who contest it are declared to be
heretics. The “non believer” doctor is accused of practicing a medicine that has
not been proven scientifically. Therapists are accused of illegally practicing
medicine. In one case or the other, the result is the same. Beat the insubordi¬
nates into submission or suppress them so that the privileged may main¬
tain their privileges.

Scientific medicine makes one ill

It causes iatrogenic illnesses. These are illnesses created by medical inter¬

vention. For anyone who would like to read a well-documented study of the pre¬
sent system of health, I highly recommend Medical Nemesis by Ivan Illich.
It is a small, inexpensive book that is easy to read. In it, he describes, among
others, three types of iatrogenic illnesses:
• clinical: illnesses caused by the doctor
• social: illnesses created deliberately by the machinations of
the medical-industrial complex
• cultural: illnesses of stress which sap the will of patients to survive.
Scientific medicine alienates patients.
THE REALIZATION
Scientific medicine is in the pay of the financiers

Let us not lose sight of the fact that:

1. Scientific medicine was established by financiers. The Flexner Report was
financed by the Carnegie and Rockefeller Foundations.
2. It was spread by them. Abraham Flexner was hired as Secretary of the
Board of Directors on Education of the Rockefeller Foundation to imple¬
ment the recommendations of his report everywhere.
3. The Declaration of Alma Ata, which consecrated the “world ministry of
health” of Saint W.H.O., was co-sponsored by the World Bank and the
Rockefeller Foundation.
Tell me who pays
you and I will 4. Foundations of all kinds continue to support medicine. Financing from
tell you who you foundations consists of combining their money (that of our exploitation, as
serve... well as their tax evasion) with public funds (our taxes) for projects of a
humanitarian nature. Projects determined by the foundations themselves to
serve their own goals. The bottom line is that we finance projects serving
the interests of financiers. While they reap the benefits and all the prestige.
5. The financiers are owners of pharmaceutical and technological industries
which supply scientific medicine. All have a vested interest in us being sick
"Profit
and that we take drugs.
X
philanthropy 6. The financiers control the governments of countries and, by the same
token, the laws and the finances of their health systems. With no obstacles
control." at all in those countries where health systems are socialized.
Gory Alien 7. The financiers are responsible for social injustice, poverty, violence and the
illnesses that result. It is in their interest to see that social sicknesses are
replaced by scientific sicknesses with technological solutions.
This is why the medicine of sickness continues to ravage populations of the
world. This despite its exorbitant cost and widespread discontentment.

The punishment for insubordination

It has been true throughout the ages. Refusing to submit to the authorities,
"If the uiorld insubordination, has been severely punished. Most of us only have to go back to
con be saved, it our school days to know that it was always the rebellious ones who were on the
will only be by receiving end of the stick.
the rebellious."
Just try to go against the flow, the established order, in any profession.
Andre Gide
There is a high price to pay by those who disobey the authorities and their laws.
The same is true in medicine. Doctors and therapists who propose or recom¬
mend to their patients different approaches, therapies or solutions, other than
those imposed by the authorities are punished. It’s totally immaterial if these:
• have helped us: they are punished
• comply with our request: they are punished
• avoid us complications: they are punished
• have improved our health: they are punished.
176
 The Medical Mafia

Who punishes?
The authorities. The Medical Mafia. Either directly, or through the interme¬
diary of family members. They work very closely together. This is why one often
finds them working as a team on the same “case”, comprising medical, fiscal,
judicial, law enforcement members. It is difficult to escape their inquest. Once
they cast their net, the catch is guaranteed.

Why do they punish?

To defend the interests of the multinationals. That is to say to ensure the
sale of the greatest possible number of vaccines, drugs and technological equip¬
ment. In order to do so, they must encourage and create illness everywhere and
for everyone. Faithful to this directive, our medical and political authorities
make sure that it is applied on a national scale. The W.H.O. and the multination¬
als do this on a global scale. Beware all those who oppose them! The entire
Medical Mafia will combine forces to make sure that they understand and
“come to their senses”.

How do they punish?

The same as they did during the Inquisition in the Middle Ages. With a good
old-fashioned witch-hunt.
• they hunt down the quarry
• they dispossess it of its belongings and rights
• they torture it and, finally
• they sacrifice it.

Just like during the Inquisition, the sooner the victims give up, the sooner
the torture ends.

Hunting down the quarry

1. Fear, the silent threat.
It is the weapon “of choice” to prevent insubordination. We only have to
know what awaits us, and what has happened to others, for the authorities
to keep us obedient and docile. Fear ensures ’omerta’, the code of silence.
You think that your doctors are strong and brave? They are human beings
just like you. They are just as much afraid of the authorities as you are, if
not more so. I have seen doctors working in the top ranks of the medical
hierarchy kowtow to their superiors. A title or diploma does not necessarily
instill valor.
2. Intimidation, the threat of a threat.
The authorities operate in a decorum of power and secrecy. They write
letters menacing their very bosses, the “guilty” doctors and admonish them
from their lofty perch. Everything they do is designed to make the quarry
feel small and guilty, without them ever knowing what ultimate fate awaits
them.
3. Harassment, the ongoing threat.
if the quarry hasn’t yet given up, harassment is used to make it understand
the error of its ways. From simple reprimands to formal warnings. They
are dragged from one committee to another. From one court to another.
They had better wise up and act accordingly. Or else! The objective of this
technique is to wear them down, both physically, morally and financially.
4. Shame, the open threat.
The shame felt by a practitioner being pursued by the authorities is similar
to that felt by a victim of aggression. It is the victim who feels ashamed,
while it should be the aggressor. To increase the pressure, the authorities
point the finger of shame through the media.
5. Ridicule which, as one proverb says, kills.
The authorities know this full well and do not hesitate to use it to their own
ends. One only has to ridicule a treatment technique, a simple phrase or
act, or even a physical characteristic of a person, to rob it of all value.

Such was the case, for example, with Jacques Benveniste, a doctor
researcher recognized at VINSERM in France. He was visited by a team
of observers when he was conducting a scientific study of his famous
discovery of the memory of water. This study shows beyond all doubt the
effectiveness of homeopathy. So that no one would miss the point of the
visiting team's bias, they brought along a magician!
6. Doubt, which saps credibility.
It is a very subtle art which causes us to abandon our powers of reasoning
and common sense when confronted by someone or something. One only
has to sow the seed of any kind of lie, without exactly spelling it out in
words, for some people to lose faith in their own opinion. And, in doing so,
come to accept that of the authorities.
7. Diversion, sowing confusion.
This too is a subtle weapon often used to confuse the quarry. It distracts its
attention from the authorities1 main objective. For example, how doctors fill
out their medical files has become an often-used ploy when the authorities
cannot find anything more serious to go after. As if the way a file is filled out
influences the practice of medicine or the well-being of the patient!
8. Labeling, closing the mind.
The label that is most often used to punish medical insubordinates is that of
charlatan. As soon as we hear the word charlatan, we freeze. Our mind
snaps shut like a giant clam. And we just don’t want to hear anything more
about it. This is the very purpose of labeling. To shut down the conscience
and prevent valuable information from reaching it. The word placebo has
exactly the same effect. It too saps the marvelous effects of homeopathic
remedies.
9. Defamation and slander, the shotgun approach.
This is the big gun in the punishment arsenal. The entire Mafia is on the
alert and lashes out in all directions. It is used in cases of extreme defiance
where it is necessary to completely destroy the quarry, quickly and by any
means possible. The threat is too great to allow for the sport of a good
hunt. Few can stand up to this sort of punishment. Those who do resist pay
dearly.

The quarry is dispossessed of its rights and belongings

10. Dispossession of its rights.
The most frequent example is that of the right to practice. It is either with¬
drawn or suspended. Sometimes, this is even followed up by the disposses¬
sion of another basic right. That of freedom. The quarry is carted off to
prison. All this is done according to the rules of the art. Arrest by the police,
search and seizure, a trial, defamation in the newspapers, prison. The route
is all mapped out.
The most commonly used accusation varies according to who is being
hunted down.
• If it is a doctor, he or she is accused of practicing a medicine, which is “not
based on scientific proof’. Bear in mind the reports which found that
only 10% to 20% of all scientific medicine treatments were proven to be
scientifically effective.
• If it is a therapist, he or she is accused of “illegally practicing medicine”.
Yet these are not strictly medical treatments, because one also condemns
doctors for practicing these same so called NON-medical treatments. Go
figure...
The authorities will not let anything deter them from their goal.
No absurdity, he, or any other craziness.
In losing their right to practice, practitioners also lose their clientele,
their livelihood, and their reputation. Their careers are ruined.
11. Dispossession of its belongings.
In general, a fine is imposed. But the financial penalty can also take quite
another form. And here again, the Mafia connivance between the medical
establishments and its associates is very evident. The weapon is fiscal
control.
The tax “man” suddenly shows up. Can you imagine a more effective means
than that of an audit? Resulting, as always, in a loss of time, energy and
money for the unfortunate victim.
It is such an effective weapon that the medical authorities have adopted it
with another slant. The health insurance companies “check” doctors’ past
billings. The fate of the victims is then placed in the hands of a committee
which arbitrarily sanctions the terms of the reprimand and the amount to
be repaid. It is often too expensive to appeal the decision before the courts
as the victims have to pay their lawyers from their own pockets, unlike the
authorities who use our tax money to do so.
THE REALIZATION

One tortures the quarry

12. Violence.
For those who have not yet “cried uncle", there are other more drastic
means in store. Their laboratories, or their research funds, are taken away.

Such was the case of Duesberg, au American doctor and eminent

researcher in immunology, for having stated, andfor continuing to do so to
this day, that the HIV virus is not responsiblefor AIDS.
And as if that wasn’t enough, their laboratories and products are destroyed.
The sale of their remedies or equipment is forbidden, by having them declared
as illegal.
This was the case with Rife, a biologist who invented a piece of
equipment to treat cancer, and who refused to hand over a financial share
in the discovery to the then president of the American Medical Association.
In response to that refusal, the latter forbade all doctors from using this
marvelous invention. If they did so, they would lose their right to practice.

The quarry is sacrificed

13. Putting it to death.
Alive or dead, the quarry has been bagged. It can no longer be a nuisance
to the interests of the multinationals. In general, by this time, it is totally
exhausted. If not, it will be given the coup de grace. The authorities will
stop at nothing to hammer the insubordinate into submission. Remember,
these are the same authorities that killed thousands during the Opium
Wars, in order to ensure the sale of their drug. Today, it is still a question of
drug sales. Even if they are legalized, they are no less deadly. And they are
still very profitable.

In conclusion, let us not lose sight of the fact that:

those who only wish us well are condemned as charlatans.
\/ the real charlatans, the mafiosi of health, enjoy their freedom
and privileges.
the lack of concern on the part of patients, doctors, journalists,
jurists kills us and impoverishes us all.

LET US APPLAUD ALL THOSE WHO THE AUTHORITIES CONDEMN

Racketeering in Medicine
- The suppression
of alternatives
James Carter
The story of the cot and the mouse
Recently, I was reading about James Carter, M.D., Dr. P.H., who had
exposed details of this situation in his book entitled Racketeering in
Medicine - The suppression of alternatives . Despite the horror stories
that he described in his book, I couldn’t help but smile. It reminded me of my
childhood when the family cat would stalk and catch a mouse and then eat it in
front of my grandmother. My poor grandmother just couldn’t stand it. She found
the scene simply horrific and would always shudder. Much to the amusement of
we children.

The cat chases the mice, catches them, plays with them for as long as it
amuses it, and then invariably ends up eating it. It is exactly the same scenario
in medicine. The cat always wins. The mouse always loses. It is medical
terrorism on the part of the cat. Perhaps it is time that we changed the story.
Shortly after reading Carter’s book, a group of practitioners invited me to
speak to them about fear. Notably the fear of harassment and of reprisals by the
medical authorities against practitioners of holistic medicine. My story of the cat
and the mouse came back to me. I related it to them and, together, we set out in
search of creative solutions to put an end to the despotic rule of the cat.

The cat’s offensive

Q. Who are the mice?
A. Every doctor, therapist, healer, or healthcare worker who practices a medi¬
cine other than the scientific medicine, sanctioned by the authorities.
Q. Who is the cat?
A. Scientific medicine. Carter calls it “organized medicine”. Would this be
that organized by the Medical Mafia? He calls it the medico-pharmaceutico-
industrial complex, which he defines as a “vast mosaic of special interest
groups which exercise a disproportionate influence to maximize profit and
perpetuate the status quo in the fields of medicine.” It is precisely the
Medical Mafia.
Q. Why does the cat eat the mice?
Because it is hungry? Because of voracity?. Because they taste good?
Because that is all they know?
If it is because of hunger, let’s simply feed it.
If it is because of the taste, let’s simply manufacture synthetic mice that
smell and taste just like the real thing.
If it is because it doesn’t know any better, let’s educate it.
A. It is voracity. The cat’s insatiable need for power, money and prestige,
constantly commands it to eat mice. It is power crazy!
THE REALIZATION

Q. How many mice can a cat eat at once?

One at a time? Several? All at once?
If it is one at a time, let’s choose the toughest.
If it is several at a time, let’s give it indigestion.
A. One at a time. Two at the most. It derives just as much pleasure from tortur-
ing the mouse as it does from eating it. It is in no hurry to end the torture.
That is part of the fun of it. It also instills fear in the other mice to keep the
others in line. Each mouse tries to be as discreet and invisible as possible
so as not to draw the attention to itself and end up as the next snack.
Q. How can the cat succeed in eating all the mice?
A. The cat is intelligent and lazy. It is therefore cunning. It knows how to
divide and conquer. It has learned that if it is going to dispose of all the
mice, then it must do so progressively, let them fight among each other, and
then simply finish off those who are left over. The really big ones.
• It gets all the big mice (medical experts, specialists, professors) on its side
and gives them privileges, power and prestige, to dispose of the smaller
mice. The poor things don’t realize that one day they too will just be anoth¬
er snack.
• It manages and controls the medium-sized ones (doctors) by giving them
advantages that other mice do not have. Better hours, better meals, better
living conditions, better terms, better insurance. They are very afraid of the
big mice and so they obey. The poor things do not realize that they too are
on the menu!
• It leaves the little mice (therapists) to their fate and the greed of the other
mice. It encourages the medium-sized mice to invade their territory, pick
from their dish, and take the food from their mouths.
Whatever their size, the mice don’t realize that all will be eaten, sooner
or later. They do not see the cat’s strategy and they fall into its trap.

The defense of the mice

Faced with the threat of imminent extinction, the mice band together and
draw up a strategy of survival.
1. Stop being afraid. Fear paralyses the conscience and prevents the mice
from seeing what is actually happening, thinking and acting. It is the worst
adviser of all. The mice must always remember that cats which use fear are
the very ones that are most vulnerable to fear.
2. Rid the cat of its appetite for mice. Steps that make eating mice a most
unpleasant experience include:
• Attack the cat with an army of mice ready to bite on all sides whenever it
begins to threaten any mouse. In order to achieve this, the mice must stop
w aging war between themselves, become organized, draw up their plans in
advance, and stick together no matter what happens. They must be ready to
intervene in strength at the very first sign of aggression.
 • Give the cat indigestion. Put pressure upon it from all sides. From citi¬
zen’s committees for freedom of choice in terms of therapies, newspapers,
other doctors, politicians, lawyers. Everyone should be made to understand
why the mice are savagely attacked. And why the cat must be stopped.
• Make sure that eating mice leaves a very bad taste in the cat’s mouth.
The cat always uses intimidation and makes the mice feel ashamed so as to
weaken them before it strikes. If that is to stop, the mice must turn the
tables. They must denounce in a loud and clear voice the abusive power of
the cat.
To better understand shame, put yourself in the position of a woman
who has been battered by her husband. She feels shame and suffers in
silence. But the day she speaks out and denounces what is happening, she
gives this shame back to her husband. It is now he who becomes ashamed,
as it should be.
• The mice must make it known publicly that only they serve the truth and
freedom of choice while the cat serves a system that is entirely based on
secrecy. That 80% to 90% of the so-called “scientific” medicine imposed by
the cat is not scientific at all. The mice must also show that what the cat is
doing goes against all scientific principles and is harming patients.
3. Hold the cat at bay. Team up and make an alliance with a large watch-dog
(the media). Work closely together. By informing it of the cat’s antics, it can
alert the public of the danger. The cat will never dare indiscriminately
attack a mouse again in the presence of a dog with teeth.

General peace - the end of the story

The mice put up such a co-ordinated and effective defense that they beat the
cat. The cat leaves home. The mice throw a great party and celebrate. They have
won the battle. But, unfortunately, not the war.
The very next day, however, another cat shows up. Even more fierce than
the one that has just left. Only then do the mice realize that cats are in the pay of
an invisible master. They also realize that fighting is not the solution.

For several days, the mice scamper about the house searching in vain.
They do not find whoever is responsible for giving the cats their orders. He
remains hidden away in his headquarters somewhere else in the world. He is
unreachable. He is a member of a worldwide organization dedicated to the
extermination of mice.

Suddenly, a mouse cries out. It has just found a bound and gagged lady
in a closet. The mice all rush and free her. They ask her: “Who are you?”
“The mistress of the house”, she replies.

The mice tell her of their misfortune. She listens to them attentively and
comes to understand that they, and she herself, have been victimized by
the same invisible impostor. He had imprisoned her, passing himself off as
the master of the house. And in this way, he was able to establish his rule.
And create war and disorder in the very heart of the home.
 She explained to the mice that her name was “Patient”. And that she was
the sovereign of the house. Now that she was free, she would reassume the
control that she once had and re-establish order. And so she did.
The mice came to understand that only the “Patient” had the power to
re-establish order. And from now on, they would work together to protect
forever “her” sovereignty. And order and peace returned to the household.
From that day on, all lived in peace and harmony under the very same roof.

The moral of this story

The first lesson to be learned is that patients are the true sovereigns of
the health system. Only they have the power to remedy it. Not doctors and
certainly not government.
The second lesson is that the false and bogus masters of the medical system
are hidden far away from us. These are the inaccessible world bankers who
control through their go-betweens, the authorities do their beckoning.
The third lesson is that the authorities are afraid of journalists and that
journalists are looking for true and valid information and news. Let us give it to
them. The authorities get away with any lies they wish to plant with the media.
Journalists will not know the truth if we do not give it to them. Let us establish
close and permanent ties with journalists in all facets of the media, both
print and electronic.
The fourth lesson is that practitioners should stick together. There should
be no hierarchal distinction between surgeons, specialists and general practi¬
tioners. Also between doctors and non-doctors, either working in hospitals or
anywhere else. Let us replace competition by collaboration. And let us stop
stealing from one another’s plate. Particularly when one already has more than
one’s fair share.

The fifth lesson is that only love can lead to peace and life. Any kind of bat¬
tle, whether offensive or counter-offensive, automatically leads to war and
inevitable death. Let us end our submission to fear and exercise our individual,
all-powerful sovereignty of Love and prosperity.
 The Medical Mafia

Power OV€R, power Of

Power is the fact of being able to. That is to say of HAVING the ability,
the right, the strength to act. TO BE in a state of, TO BE capable of, to have the
faculty, the possibility of doing.

Power may be exercised over others:

• It is the power OVER their destiny
• It is HAVING power over others
• It is dominating and exploiting
• It is a win-lose game.

The power OVER is based on illusion. Those who play it are like those who
play “Monopoly”. But around a board that is on a world scale. And like those
who forget that it is more than just a game. That the pieces, houses, hotels, dice
and money are nothing more than an illusion. They fight all out, to the death as
it were, just to win. Just for the sake of winning, for the money is not real. Their
power OVER others is dependent upon others whom they must control in order
for they themselves to be powerful. They know only victory and defeat. Sooner
or later, they will succumb to the game.

Power may be exercised over oneself:

• It is the power OF one’s destiny.
• It is the power of BEING oneself.
• It is creating equality and equity.
• It is a win-win game in which everyone

The power OF is based on reality. It is innate. Everyone has it. Everyone is a

winner. It does not depend upon others. It is sovereign. All-powerful. Eternal. It
is of divine nature.
THE REALIZATION

POWER OF
■■MW
Power that is inherent to each
individual to realize their destiny
Mother-Nature
..
innate
ii 111 mi I.II i MU i ■ *... mil III 11 lilt

inside oneself

......
iiliiia:: iinii unlimited
| ... I *fn'"..l I ..-I r~-,+r-~~
universal-cosmic-divine
divine Universal Right
... .....HHI.».«♦ >I<♦ Wylt.t»,II.I.II.I.I»1!.'i.'.M■
:
:

based on legitimacy
iilif

-• *

reahzed voluntarily
>♦«».< 111III ■ ■■■ ... < I H > i< >M.I I ■ ■ M I III.. I llillllllHnWnWHIIW

promoted by dignity
leads to autonomy
...... <♦»)»»>>♦«

favors responsibility
:

helps others and shares

SOVEREIGNTY of the individual
.............

it is freedom
NATURAL order

SOVEREIGNTY
viwsx;
iiliiii
_
 The Medical Mafia

Being power crazy: the control syndrome

Once again, I am going to make an abstraction from our normal way of
thinking and walk in the shoes of those in power. For us, power means the abili¬
ty to do something. To accomplish a task. To overcome a challenge. That is the
POWER OF

For the Godfather, power consists of controlling others, imposing his law,
and dominating them. That is the POWER OVER. In order to achieve this, he
must have more money than the others. He must always have the advantage. The
edge. He will never have enough because someone may always have more than
him. In order to keep potential rivals in fine, and under his control, he will give
them control over others. And they, in turn, will do the same to others. This is
the pyramid of power. Everyone strives to reach the next rung of the ladder and,
in doing so, have the greatest possible power over others. Those who are still
climbing. It is an insatiable game. It is crazy. As is being power crazy.

People who are afflicted with this sickness are insecure. They hide their
insecurity by exercising control over others. The more they are insecure, the
more despotic, the more tyrannical, they become. The higher they climb on the
ladder of power, the more dissatisfied they become. They spend half of their life
accumulating money and power. And the rest hanging on to it. Protecting it, so
as not to lose it. What a miserable way to five! Control or
• Such people know only war. Control or be controlled. Win or lose. Of the controlled
two options, their choice is understandable. They always want to win. And
to win more and more. If they are to achieve this, they must always control.
More and more people. It is a vicious circle. Whenever one plays the role of
torturer one day, one cannot forget that one will be a victim the next. The
two roles alternate.
• Such people do not know peace. Paradise on earth for all. They don’t even
know that it exists. They are prisoners of their thoughts and of their fears.
They cannot even peek through the gate of their prison to see the shining
light behind. They have submitted to fear and are prisoners of it.

Anyone who fives in submission of fear and of preconceived ideas is like

them. Like them, believes in elitism. In maintaining the social hierarchy. And in
preserving the concept of domination and exploitation.

We are all sometimes, in our own way, controllers or someone who is con¬
trolled. We are all torturers or victims. The only thing that differentiates us from
them is our degree of craziness. They believe that they have power over us. We
believe that they have power over us. We are both crazy. They because they are
prepared to sell their family, their children, their loved ones, their soul, to win
the game. And we because we dedicate all our energy to defending ourselves
against them. Whether attacking, or defending, it is game of war. And a deadly
one at that!

Are we all crazy without knowing it? And could those who are said to be
crazy because they refuse to join our craziness really be sane?

— •
THE REALIZATION
Medical control
The same hierarchy of craziness rules the medical field. Government has
usurped the power of patients in promising them security. The patients believed
it and entrusted their money to government not knowing that it would be given
to industry. This is a very poor beginning. How do we get out of the trap?

... BY BECOMING AWARE:

• of the patriarchal, social hierarchy in which we live. It is a system that is
supported and maintained by a minority in order to control the majority. By
making us argue and fight between ourselves. “Divide and conquer!" Stop
being used like this. Let us replace competition with collaboration.
• that by giving up our financial power (for our security) and our medical
power (for our protection), we lose our rights. Our supreme power.
Nobody has the right to decide for us. Let us replace submission to the
“authorities” with our sovereignty as clients and employers.
• of our non-caring attitude and of our inertia (transfer of responsibilities)
To dominate is when confronting everyday problems that have allowed the authorities to
to accept to wedge themselves between doctors and their clients. We are all responsible
be dominated for ensuring that the system works well and that it is accessible to all. Let
us replace irresponsibility with responsibility.
• that uncertainty drives us even further apart and gives rise to poverty and
violence. Let us replace possession with sharing.
• that elitism is an exploitation tool of the privileged that serves to let them
control the majority. Let us replace our so-called leaders with our
own inner power, our sovereignty.
• that any law, whatever it may be, is an infringement on our freedom.
Everyone is bom sovereign with all inherent rights. It is the unlimited legiti¬
macy of Universal Rights. The privileged have created legality, their own law,
which they impose upon us to eliminate our legitimacy. Let us replace
legality with legitimacy.
• that silence is golden only for the authorities who exploit it, and us, with
our tacit consent. Let us replace that silence with our voices.
• that secrecy, whether it be professional, diplomatic or political exercised by
services, lodges, associations, or sects, is the hiding place of truth.
Tolerating it is to he. Let us replace the secrecy with openness.
• that giving priority to titles is belittling the human values of respect, sharing,
helping one another, and creativity. Let us replace appearances with
essence.
• that fear is the death of conscience. Letting it kill us is to accept that some¬
one else, who makes us afraid, controls our destiny. Let us replace fear
with willpower.
• that in negating the sovereignty of the clients and in abusing our authority
as doctors, we deny our own sovereignty and accept the authority of
another over us. Let us replace the power OVER with the power OF.
w
* -■
 The Medical Mafia

TH€ TR€RTM€NT: SOV6R6IGNTV

Righting the system
The dispossession of the power of patients and doctors is achieved thanks
to an all-powerful hoax. Namely, so-called “scientific” medicine. The two-step
righting of the system consists of:

Step One: Re-establishing the sovereignty of the patient/client

From the very moment that patients take back their power and exercise
their sovereignty and decisional power, they take back control of their money
and health. They stop feeding the system of sickness, “scientific” medicine. For
lack of food, the system dies. It disappears of its own accord. Without money,
there is no longer a system. Can you imagine civil servants continuing to work
without being paid?
No bloodshed. No revolution. But rather a change of power achieved quietly
and calmly. Noblesse oblige!

This first step is fundamental and has never been done. All sorts of beauti¬
ful projects in the past failed because the first step was omitted. Only someone
who is sovereign can exercise his power without being dominated and exploited.
As soon as patients exercise their sovereignty as clients and employers, the
authorities disappear. Both they and their established system. There is no longer
any reason for them to exist.

Step Two: Forming a patient/doctor partnership

Plugging the breach between patient and doctor, a breach which has
allowed the authorities to infiltrate between the two. This means that doctors
must also become aware of the illusion of “scientific” medicine and see it for
what it really is. In addition, they must recognize the true sovereign of the med¬
ical system, the all-powerful patients, and put their skills at their service, their
clients, their employers.

This second step is achieved automatically, once the first step is concluded.
Because people who are equal always understand each other and get along. As
nobody is trying to dominate the other. A win-win partnership is born.
THE REALIZATION
STOPPING the social hierarchy
Based on inequality and inequity, the social hierarchy is man-made. It is a
creation of human beings designed to exploit human beings. It is a creation of
the privileged to maintain their privileges. They take for themselves the usurped
rights of individuals and parcel them out. Some to the next less-privileged along
the chain who, in mm, part some on to others who are even less-privileged. And
so on and so on. That is how the hierarchy is created.
This authority exists only because we believe in it. It is nothing more than
an illusion. What authority do we have over someone who does not wish to
obey? None. We can always beat them, even kill them. But they will only obey if
they decide to. We have only the authority that others wish to give us. Let us stop
playing this game of power OVER others and apply ourselves to acquiring the
power OF.

/Is patients, let us put ourfoot down!

Let us regain our rightful place in the social hierarchy. If we have lost it, and
we have for centuries, it is because we ourselves have let it be taken from us.
We have believed that others could heal us better than ourselves. That they were
better equipped to make decisions for us than we were ourselves. That they
were more competent than us, etc.
Medicine is first and foremost an affair of the heart. Who better than we to
decide that which suits us best? In any case, it is our health and it is we who will
live the results of our choice. Better that we make that choice ourselves. If we
accept to have our child vaccinated because the doctor says we should, and if
our child becomes paralyzed as a result, it is not the doctor who is going to
come and take care of him or her every day. It is we who will have to do that. If
we are going to have to suffer the consequences of a decision, let it be ours. The
soul of the medical system, the essence, the reason for being, is us. Let us be
aware of this and act accordingly.
Ruthoritq is We are going to run into resistance, particularly on the part of those who
for those uuho have been sitting on the thrones that we should have been occupying for all
believe in it these years. We should always remember that the last thing the privileged are
going to give up are their privileges. They will feel very threatened and will try to
intimidate us and make us afraid. We should only listen to what our heart tells
us. We will not go wrong. Let us begin by practicing it today. Let us no longer
give our doctor the title “Doctor1. Let us address him or her as we would
address someone who is at our service. Mr. or Mrs. XYZ. Or even by their first
name. Whatever we think best. And stop letting ourselves be called patients. We
are clients of a counselor whose services we have retained and whom we pay
from oiu own pocket. If we act in such a manner, we will be recognized accord-
ingiy. Doctors are not imbeciles. When they see that they are losing clients,
they will adjust. It is we the clients, therefore, who must take the initiative and
educate our doctors. If they are too stubborn and thick headed, go ahead and
see another who is more open-minded.
 IN THE SAME WAY THAT CHILDREN
EDUCATE THEIR PARENTS
WHEN THEY ARE GROWING UP,
CLIENTS EDUCATE THEIR DOCTORS.
IT IS THE NORMAL BALANCE OF NATURE.

Doctors, come back down to earth!

Ever since we began studying medicine, we have been taught to believe in
Off
our superiority over patients. Let us realize that if the authorities have given us the Pedestal
power over others, it is their way of having power over us. We all lose in this Michael Greenberg
game.
“Let us come down from our pedestal”, urges our colleague Michael
Greenberg in his marvelous book entitled Off the Pedestal.
As long as we maintain a hierarchal rift between we doctors, between our¬
selves and patients, between ourselves and hospital personnel, between our¬
selves and nurses, between ourselves and therapists, we will also be victims of
this hierarchy. To play an authoritative role is to accept the authority of someone
else over oneself.
We should remember that our patients can live without us. But we cannot
live without them. Let us recognize that and let us tell it to them. Let us call them
our employers. Let us use all our talent to help them. Even if we do not always
agree with their opinions. Let us admit that their opinion is just as valid as ours.
Have we never been wrong? After all, it is really a matter of their health, not
ours.
Let us realize that we have only learned one sound of the bell toll in medi¬
cine, the ding. But a bell cannot peal without a dong. Yet we do not know about
the dong. Let us recognize our limitations and learn more about alternatives to
conventional treatments. Always with an open mind. In doing so, we will be able
to offer a better range of solutions to our patients for their well-being.

Let us realize our helplessness in the face of the health system in which we
operate. Let us share our fears and our concerns with patients. Let us realize
that it is they who can free us from our golden prison. Only our lack of confi¬
dence and insecurity can make us act with authority. Let us not fear our patients.
They are just as worried as we are. Let us make them our accomplices, our part¬
ners, rather than our adversaries. We will both be winners in the process.

Starting today, let us remove our masks and drop our facades. Let us
become the uncomplicated people that we once were when we chose a profes¬
sion of helping and devotion. Let us call ourselves by our names, without hiding
behind the title. Let us also call our patients by their true name, our clients.
THE REALIZATION

The authorities: an unnecessary evil

Like a broken record, we keep repeating that “Government is a necessary
evil”. And we believe it. We are so molded by the patriarchal system based on
hierarchy and the leadership of the elite that we find it difficult to believe other¬
wise. We are afraid of disorder, abuse, anarchy.
Are we so irresponsible, so uncertain, and so incapable, that we must
always have someone else judging us and directing our lives? And punishing us
whenever they wish just like children? Even children do not need to be scolded
or punished after a while. They begin to practice self-discipline. Why should it
be any different with us adults?
Who are these people who purport to be our superiors? What gives them
the right to call themselves authorities and appoint others to decide for us that
which is good for us? Nobody. Absolutely nobody has the right to decide for us,
nor judge us. We should not let anyone usurp our fundamental right of
managing our own lives and our freedom to choose. Nobody. We allow
people to usurp our power because we believe that we are unequal and that
some people have more worth than others.
By putting our individual authority in the hands of others (power OVER) we
have created the governmental monstrosities that we must deal with today,
where technocrats who know only statistics and doctrines make all decisions
regarding our health. We could not do worse than that. And they know it. In
order to preserve their power, they cause us to argue between ourselves. They
are not lacking in imagination!

And we dance to their tune without ever saying a word. While we are so
busy arguing between ourselves, they continue to play with our health and our
money. And we suffer in silence. And we foot the bill.

For our security

Security and Can having our health money managed by a technocrat be any better than
protection ore how we could do it ourselves? Who are they to tell us who, or what, is good and
illusions who, or what, is not? We can do that. Moreover, we pay for the service. There
are good and bad professionals in every field, regardless of their degree of edu¬
cation. Sure, there must be a minimum of study. But it is not in school that we
perfect our common sense. It is up to us to check out a professional’s qualifica¬
tions when we consult him or her, or even before. Then we can make up our
own mind and trust our feelings and the comments of others who have used
their services.

192
 The Medical Mafia

For our protection

The Medical Board (College of Physicians) is said to be for the protection

of the public. Yet each time that the public needs its services, they run into a
brick wall. Their file is passed from one committee to another, so that the issue
is lost in paperwork. Or, it simply refuses to give out information. It is because
of these failings that different groups have been created for patients with com¬
plaints. We have already seen this with vaccines. For those who have been sexu¬
ally abused. There are independent groups which put out brochures and pro¬
vide support committees. As for victims of plastic surgery, let’s not even talk
about that. The scandal of breast implants has proven that the authorities have
known of the dangers of such implants for years. And yet they continued to
authorize them.

Following the incompetence and ineffectiveness of the authorities to inform

and protect us, one woman took the initiative. She created an agency providing
information on esthetic surgery and those surgeons practicing it. It provides
information on the types of surgery available, as well as the results, good or bad,
of those surgeons who are practicing it. The data bank is based on the results of
those operated on. Isn’t that individual authority? It is a thousand times more
effective than what the established authorities can, or would even want to offer us.

There are many examples that we can indeed do much better for our health
and our wallet than the authorities!

Another trap that we should beware of, is that of recuperation. In France,

for example, when it became impossible to forbid acupuncture and homeopathy
because they were so popular with patients, the Board/College had no choice
but to take them “under its wing”. Since then, only doctors have the right to
practice these disciplines. Taken over by the medical establishment.

We are making the same mistake when we want the authorities to recognize
midwives. We should simply consult them and have them help us give birth at
home. Period!
THE REALIZATION

Employer-employee relationship
• The employer is the one who pays the salary of someone, either directly or
indirectly The patient is the employer.
• The employee is the one who is paid for doing a job. The doctor is the
employee.
We are the employers of the medical and political authorities. Yet
our employees make us call them “Doctor”, “The Honourable”, “Your Honor”,
“Your Majesty”, and on and on...
In addition, they:
• ordain respect for their status
• decide without consulting us
• spend without counting
• steal our money against our will
• make laws to control us
• impose electronic systems to keep track of us
• train controllers to catch us
• pay judges to condemn us
• pay the police to punish us
• pay the soldiers to subdue us
• set their own salaries, pay increases and pensions
• and on and on it goes...
And all that with our money! We would never tolerate such behavior in our
own company. But we do it in the two biggest companies. Health and society.
WHO IS AT THE SERVICE OF WHOM?
In medicine, as elsewhere, the employer is at the service of the employee.
The system is upside down! It is because we have abdicated our individual
rights, our sovereignty, that the authorities have taken it over.

/ will never forget the face of a client who told me one day: Doctor,
I am sorry for taking up your time again, but I have another question to ask
you. And I said to her: Madame, please continue to take up my time
because, if you don’t, I will find myself on welfare. “She looked at me
flabbergasted. ’’After a few seconds of silence, she said: “But its true, you’re
right. To which I replied: “I know that it is true. Without you, I wouldn’t
have ajob. It is you who is allowing me to make a living. ”

OFFICIALLY ■ PRACTICE
The employee is at the service
ot the employer
Let us resume our real roles
In practice, this means that the patient, the client, and the doctor resume
their real respective role of employer and employee.

The client employer

The patients will take their rightful place, exercise their power, take back
their sovereignty. This means that we as clients:
• Regain control of our money, never again doing business with intermedi¬
aries that are imposed upon us, private or public insurance companies.
• Pay cash without a receipt for services rendered.
• Stop the electronic control of information by the authorities. Stop using
any form of health card. Keep our own data on our state of health, that is,
keep our files with us.
• Stop signing any form of document relating to consenting to treatment,
confirming the refusal of a treatment or of being vaccinated, etc. We alone
are responsible for our health. Nobody else is.
• Ensure that all have access to healthcare, rich or poor. It is because of
this lack that government has promised security for all and has established
its control over health. Universality of healthcare, yes. But by government,
no.
• Give donations at a local level, to those in need in the community. Never
give or bequeath money to societies or other foundations for illnesses.
These bodies support the establishment and are in the pay of the Medical
Mafia.
• Change our own sense of values. Opt for sharing instead of possessing.
For helping others instead of always thinking of ourselves.
• Take responsibility for our own health and for that of our communi¬
ties. Also for the cost that this entails. And hold ourselves totally responsible
for whatever happens to us.
• Completely control the medical system, medical schools, hospitals, etc.
Organize medical conventions, and choose the subjects and the guests to be
invited.
• Take remedies that are locally made. And made by people whom we know.
Also keep a close eye on the intentions of the industry. Is it to provide a
vahd service or solely to make a profit?

A major reputable manufacturer ofhomeopathic products hasjust been

bought out by a giant car manufacturer...
• Stop taking legal actions. Become informed before consulting. Make a clear
decision.
• Realize that we have the cure in us and that we alone can cure ourselves.
• Do not ask the practitioner for a prognosis of the illness. How the illness
evolves depends entirely upon us. We alone create its future.
 • Demand that our doctors and therapists work together and that we make
the final decision.
• Change practitioners if we are not well served. And explain why.
• Inform and educate our doctors and all medical personnel.
• Judge the quality of the office, reception, services, and let our feelings be
known.
• Pay more for consultation than for treatment.
• Pay quickly and well, but never before having received a service.
• Pay for those who do not have, on a pro-rata basis, according to their means.
• Carefully screen and scrutinize any and all medical booklets talking about
vaccination, medications, etc.
• Stop being duped by scaremongering in the media.
• Follow a normal pregnancy, without automatically resorting to a doctor,
echography, tests. The experience of birth is a determining factor on the
future psyche of the child. Giving birth at home with the help of a midwife is
much less traumatizing.
• Take time to reflect and listen to our conscience.

The employee doctor

As doctors, we will reassume our rightful place and act as advisers.
Come down from the pedestal and begin serving our clients. This means that we,
doctors:
• No longer acts like gods or gurus, but as human beings equal in every way.
• Take the time needed to listen to, and examine our clients and make a
clinical diagnosis.
• Charge more for the consultation than for the treatment or test.
• Reduce work hours and adjust lifestyles accordingly.
• Conduct ourselves in a professional manner, defend our opinions and stop
practicing defensive medicine.
• Cancel our responsibility insurance and inform our clients that they alone
are responsible.
• Establish a reasonable hourly rate and make the terms of payment easier, if
necessary.
• Practice a medicine of health and shun all tests or medications that are not
absolutely necessary.
• Respect the clients and treat them as we ourselves would wish to be treated.
• Use common sense and compassion.
• Stick to medicine and eliminate bureaucracy. Treat human beings and
not files.
Respect the decisions of the clients and work with them in their choice of
therapy, even if it is not our own.
 The Medical Mafia

• Give the clients their diagnosis and hand over the files to them.
• Put the well-being of clients before all else.
• Never tolerate in silence any dangerous medicine being practiced by a
colleague. No more “omerta” - code of silence.
• Do not make clients sign any document. There must be complete
confidence. The clients must know that they alone are responsible for their
health and the decisions they make.
• Become more open-minded and learn more about alternative medicines, as
well as collaborate with therapists as equals, including midwives and healers.
• Learn more about medicine in books written by non-doctors so as to obtain
information that is not controlled by the medical establishment.
• Never again accept a single favor, regardless of what it is, from the industry, To dominate is
particularly the pharmaceutical industry. Realize that even research that is to accept to
subsidized by the industry in unacceptable. And that is not even talking be dominated
about conventions, magazines, newspapers, perks, apprenticeships, trips,
etc.
• Stop feeling elitist. Remember that having authority over someone is to
accept that someone has authority over us.
• Stop paying membership fees to the authorities, such as Collegio,
Insurancio, and Associo. Stop belonging to associations and cancel sub¬
scriptions to medical magazines.
• Become involved in society, in neighborhood activities. Become part of the
community.
• Drop prejudices. Clients are not “difficult”, they are simply worried. They
only need to be comforted and reassured.

As a rule, clients who at first seem to be difficult end up being the best \
partners. I remember one who had come a long way to see me after having
consulted several doctors, none of whom she was pleased with. As she
entered my office, she took a notebook from her purse. It contained several
pages of questions. I had already seen others with their list of questions.
What I had never seen, however, was blank space immediately following the
question, so that they could write down the answer. Right away, I knew why
she had not gottten along with all the other doctors she had visited. I there¬
fore decided to remain calm and not lose my patience. I replied to all the
questions and waited while she wrote the answer to every one. That took
some time, as you can imagine. But it was the best lesson of my life,
because there seemed to be such a feeling of confidence and complicity
between us, that all the subsequent treatments went as smooth as silk. To
the satisfaction of us both. I learned that day how important it was to
respect her concerns and wishes, and way ofproceeding.
THE REALIZATION
• Welcome clients into a nice but not ostentatious office with an open
reception area and friendly reception. Just imagine how you feel when you
must knock on a little window, which is opened by someone who obviously
wishes they were somewhere else, and which is then closed again. Just like
in a prison.
• Visit clients at home. Spend some quality time with them. You will find
answers to lots of their problems.
• Do not look upon clients as adversaries, but as partners.
• Establish a pool for those who do not have the means to pay. And encour¬
age those who are better off to participate. Contribute your time.
• Say thank you, for the confidence that a client has placed in you.
• Write the medical file, simplified to the maximum, so that the client can
read it.
• Never vaccinate again without putting the client fully in the picture. Do not
prescribe medication of which you know nothing about.

Legal actions on trial

lese-mcijeste Legal actions are crimes of lese-majeste. They deprive and constrain the
rights of a person to their very core. Let me explain.
to undermine
A sovereign is the person who holds the supreme power of decision. A sov¬
the majesty of
ereign is the supreme judge. Yet a legal action consists of asking someone else
the sovereign
to assume that role of judge and decide in their place. Therefore, anyone who
launches a legal action renounces their sovereign status, their fundamental right
of being the supreme judge.

A legal action is legalized violence. The very same justice imposes a

stronger right. It dispossesses individuals of their legitimate rights. It is based on
a spirit of vengeance. It is revenge of the oppressed against the oppressor. Of the
exploited against the exploiter. Of the dominated against the dominant. And the
dominant, in the case of the patient-doctor relationship, is the doctor.

Hardly surprising that the patient seeks revenge against the violence of
domination/exploitation by responding with violence. In this case, a legal action.
Violence begets violence. Many doctors end up paying for the abuse of power by
their entire profession and by the entire system. It is the revenge of frustrated
patients. And not without reason.
R responsible A trial is a game of football with two players on the field. The lawyers and
person is the a referee, the judge, who decides the fate of the patient by applying the rules of
one uuho pays the game. Rules that have been established by the authorities and which have
the bill. nothing to do with justice. In this macabre game, the patients are the indispens¬
able object. The ball. Attacker and defender (the one who initiated the case and
the one who is charged) are sometimes kicked in every direction so that the
lawyers can earn their living playing the game. And it is we who pay for the
admission fee.

198
 Let us look at the intention behind a legal action. The goal of a legal action
is to take money from someone by force. Against his or her wish. It is an act of
legalized violence. It is resorting to an act of force to impose the will of someone
on someone else. That of both the pursuer and the pursued. Rather than assume
responsibility for whatever happens to us, we blast off against someone else.
Making them the guilty party. And making them pay for our problems.

Yet, money never brings back health, and vengeance makes it worse.
Therefore, the only way to be cured is to take responsibility (and that does not
mean guilt) for our acts and for whatever happens to us. And to make an ally of
our misfortunes. Lacking in wisdom, we learn by suffering. And in learning, we
do not repeat the same mistakes. Let us at least afford ourselves the luxury of
making new mistakes!

Who wins in a legal action?

Officially, the patient.
In practice, everybody, except the patient.
1. Lawyers who charge exorbitant professional fees, plus various costs relat¬
ed to specific areas of expertise, without counting the fact that they often
take a percentage of the damages awarded by the court. When lawyers work
strictly on such a percentage basis, for what is known as a contingency fee,
they tend to make a deal with the opposite party’s lawyer, whether the
patient likes it or not. This, just before going into court, so as to avoid court
costs which can be quite steep for them.
2. Insurance companies which make cases drag on for years so that the
patient becomes worn out, discouraged, and gives up on a claim, or settles
for very little. They also forbid doctors from doing anything that might bring
their innocence into question. Failure to do so will mean that their insur¬
ance company will cancel their policies. There are many doctors who
would have made fair reparations or paid reasonable damages, if they had
not had lawyers and insurance companies come between them and their
patients. When a lawyer opens a file, it is war. Just as doctors know only
illness, lawyers know only litigation.

Better still, in order to keep the industry’s mind at peace, as well as that of
its accomplices, and allow them to continue their crimes without a worry in the
world, the authorities have created “compensation funds” for automatic pay¬
ment to future victims. Such is the case with vaccines.
Today, French and Canadian hemophihacs, who became seropositive fol¬
lowing a contaminated blood transfusion, are still impatiently waiting for their
compensation. However, they have to realize that:
• They are not ill. Because seropositive does not mean AIDS. People who are
seropositive are not ill. Unless they take AZT.
• In order to camouflage an enormous political scandal, they are being “paid
off”. They are protecting the giant financial interests of those engaged in the
world-wide business of blood.
 • They are in effect stealing from their fellow-citizens. I was even told by one
French doctor that some of them, upon the advice of their lawyer, stopped
receiving treatments that would otherwise have so improved their health
that they would not be eligible for compensation.
Whenever they must pay, insurance companies readjust the premiums for
responsibility insurance of doctors in light of damages they have had to pay out
in the past, and those they expect to have to pay out in the future. To achieve
this, they call upon the services of an actuary, whom they pay very generously to
ensure that it will be just as profitable for them in the future as it was in the past.
Unfortunately for us, they are very good at it. Doctors’ insurance premiums go
through the roof and, they in turn, pass the higher costs on to their patients. It is
we, the patients, at the end of the line, who always end up paying. Even when the
system is socialized.
We should remember that insurance companies are financial concerns cre¬
ated with the sole purpose of making profits and not rendering service. Once
again, the patient is at the service of industry. And not industry at the service of
the patient.
3. Industry, which makes us pay for its mistakes. When there are so many
legal actions being taken out that the company could face bankruptcy, and
the government was party to the hoax, the claimants are brought together in
a “class action”. They are led to believe that there is strength in numbers.
Also that it will not cost them so much as they can share the legal fees.
It is an illusion. It merely results in an agreement settlement for the victims
paid by the government. In other words, it is we who pay, with our taxes, for
the criminal mistakes made by manufacturers and their accomplices in
authority. The silence of claimants is bought with their own money, that as
taxpayers.
4. The authorities, medical and non-medical, who are delighted to see us
arguing among ourselves as patients and doctors. Divide and conquer, such
is their tool of domination. While we devote all our energy to fighting
between ourselves, they do whatever they want. And in their own interests.
Understandably, the authorities do nothing to stop this plague of legal
actions in the field of medicine. On the contrary. They encourage it.

Who loses in a legal action?

Officially, the doctor.

In practice, all patients.
1. The patients who win money are not satisfied. They must spend months,
and more often years, of waiting and frustration of all kinds before having
then day in court. Here they will realize that it is only a pretext for a chess
game. The outcome will be decided of its own accord. Whether it be right
or wrong. If they do not get as far as the court, it is because lawyers, theirs
and those of the insurance company, will have arrived at a settlement and
will have strongly urged them to accept it. Money doesn’t buy happiness.
And victory does not rectify the mistakes.
 / have been called as an expert witness on behalf of a patient who had
been seriously injured by a medical treatment. The judicial process dragged
on so long that, during this time, her husband left her and she had no
means of supporting herself because she could no longer work. Nor had she
yet received any compensation. I learned one day that she had committed
suicide.
2. The doctors being prosecuted are, first and foremost, the big losers.
Some live a nightmare which runs the full gamut. A feeling of defeat in the
eyes of their peers. A feeling of being rejected by their patients. The fear of
being reprimanded by the authorities, distrusted by their fellow-doctors,
and being financially ruined by the lawyers. They are ashamed. They don’t
sleep. It also nourishes hatred against those they believe to be responsible
for their misfortune. The lawyers. The patients. They then protect them¬
selves by practicing defensive medicine. They will compensate by increasing
their professional fees in proportion to the new insurance premiums that
they will have to pay. And who do you think will pay this new bill?
3. All patients are the big losers in a legal action, on all fronts. Medical,
financial, and moral.
- On the medical level, they are served defensive medicine. They are
treated like illnesses and not like sick people. The doctors no longer take
any initiative for fear of being put on trial. They no longer treat patients,
but files.

Because, on these files will focus the attention in a legal action. Since only
that which is written counts, that’s one rule of the legal game, doctors are going
to fill out a lot of paper. And as only tests are credible, that’s also a rule of the
medical game, doctors are going to order a lot of tests. They do so simply
because they are afraid of being accused of not having done enough. Tests sub¬
stitute for comprehensive medical examinations. Silence for dialogue. Figures
for common sense. Suspicion for complicity. That is what we, as patients, reap
from our legal actions.

On the moral level, we act like victims. Incapable of taking charge of our
life and how we five it. We become passive and obedient.

On the financial level, we pay needlessly for an excessive number of

tests, visits, medications, hospitalizations that are not necessary. The big
winners, at the end of the fine, are the technological, pharmaceutical and other
industries. It is therefore easy to understand why the authorities are in favor of
maintaining legal actions.

Always remember that each time that we give our power to someone other
than ourselves, we are victims, irrespective of whether we are the patient or the
doctor.
THE REALIZATION

So what are we to do?

It's your health,

First of all, take your own reciprocal responsibilities.
so take charge
Then, create a client-doctor partnership.

(Center for Once the system is back on its feet, we can be assured that it will never be
Self-governance) turned upside-down again. Let us replace the gap that exits between patient and
doctor with a close relationship. Let us rid ourselves of the intermediaries who
separate us.

TH€ CUR6: SOLIDARITY

The cure, or healing, is the complete and definitive disappearance of the ill¬
The only real ness. To cure implies eliminating sickness everywhere and forever:
doctor is oneself • the cause of the illness: submission, and replacing it with sovereignty;
• the tool of the illness: the hierarchal pyramid of domination and exploitation.
On account of our submission and the hierarchal pyramid of power of some
OVER others, the medical system knew illness and disorder before becoming
overturned completely.
We have therefore corrected these two problems:
• the submission of the patient has given way to sovereignty and the system
has righted itself.
• the adversity that divided patient and doctor has given way to the partnership
which unites them.

The patient-doctor partnership leads to the crumbling of the hierarchal

pyramid of power of some OVER others. Indeed, this pyramid is like a house of
cards. Take away a single card and it will collapse. Take away a single block of
the pyramid and it will come toppling down. Take away a single level of domina¬
tion, and the social hierarchy is no more. Whenever two people who are sover¬
eign come into contact with one another, there is fusion, resulting in a sphere
of power. That is solidarity.
Medical solidarity
Medical solidarity is the concrete result of the successive fusion of four
groups of the medical system. It is accomplished in three steps.

1st step: the patient-doctorfusion

The sovereign patient initiates the first fusion, the patient-doctor partner¬
ship. The doctors cannot prevent it, whether they wish to or not.

2nd step: successive fusions

• The doctor-services fusion
The doctors initiate the second fusion, the doctors-laboratories-hospitals-
clinics-pharmacies partnership. In order to achieve this, the doctors will
have first fused with therapists and healers. The doctors will also have come
together among themselves. In other words, they will have eliminated their
medical hierarchy of surgeons, specialists, and general practitioners.
• The services-industry fusion
The services initiate the third fusion, the services-industry partnership. In
order to achieve this, the services will have fused together by having
replaced competition with collaboration. Industry follows their example.

3rd step: total fusion: medical solidarity

All the members of the medical system are working together, on an equal
footing, for good health and the prosperity of all. Patients and those who look
after their medical interests. It is the fusion of the bodies and the soul of the
medical system. The medical system is definitively healed and cured.

Potient-Doctor Medical
partnership solidarity
THE REALIZATION

Universal solidarity
A partnership, whether it encompasses two or a thousand people, demands
that each of the individuals involved recognize his or her own sovereignty and
that of others. The power games of some OVER others is automatically eliminat¬
ed. Everyone is equal. Domination, exploitation, possession, is finished.
NO PARTNERSHIP WITHOUT SOVEREIGNTY

One can see how the fusion of two blocks of the pyramid gives rise to the
progressive fusion of other blocks of the pyramid and the collapse of the entire
pyramid.
1. Sovereign patients recognize the sovereignty of their partners in life and
of their children. The conjugal and family partnership replaces the power
games between the parents and the parental authority over the children.
The same type of relationships are established at work and at school. And
the fusion grows.
2. Sovereign doctors recognize the sovereignty of patients, other doctors,
specialists and general practitioners, therapists using alternative medicines,
healers, nurses, and everyone involved in health. Partnerships multiply at
all levels. Doctors recognize that everyone is equal to them, regardless of
whether or not they have a diploma. All have the same importance and right
to the same considerations. The same types of relationships are established
in the home, with neighbors, and in the community. And the fusion grows.
3. Universal solidarity follows this progressive fusion. Ever more closely, all
of the blocks of the pyramid fuse together and we find ourselves in another
social structure altogether. A world where everyone is interdependent. One
relying on the other. The health of each depends upon the health of all. And
the health of all is reflected upon the health of each individual. It is the
power of one WITH others.

We will then witness the coming together of all human beings within them¬
selves, between each other, and with all the inhabitants of the planet. We are all
fused together, with the Source of Universal Energy. We are the Creative
Universal Energy.

Successive fusions among patients and doctors.

solidarity
WHO IS GOING TO INITIRTG
TH6 R€M€DVING OF TH€ SVST€M?
We are kept people. We are waiting for government to provide the solution
and bring about the necessary changes.

Yet we have seen that government is the very tool that was used to overturn
the system in the first place and that it maintains it so today. Government is
never going to make the changes that are required. Who is going to do it then?
To determine which person is the best qualified to initiate the remedying of the
medical system, let us look in a little more detail the function of each of the
CO-llaborators in the Medical Mafia.

The 4 COs of the Mafia

If the Medical Mafia, or any other Mafia for that matter, remains in existence,
it is because it can count on a whole hierarchal network, which serves it at all
levels. From the top down, In order, there are 4 Collaborators of the Mafia.

Conspiracy

A conspiracy is a plot. That is to say a secret plan. If the element of secrecy is

missing, there is no conspiracy. The medical conspiracy consists of reducing the
patient and the doctor to a state of slavery at the service of the multinationals.
It also strips everyone’s control over their health by a single centralized world
control, of which the representative is the World Health Organization. An organi¬
zation that is itself largely infiltrated by pharmaceutical multinationals and world
bankers.

Corruption
Corruption is the act of corrupting, causing someone to act contrary to
their duty. For a bribe. It is the level of the establishment that barters and
trades in its soul for privileges. A level that sells us out to the all-powerful to
ensure their power. Money begets power. And power begets money.
Multinationals set up and maintain governments which, in turn, wanting to
remain in power, ensure the privileges of the multinationals. The philosophy is
as old as time itself. “I scratch your back and you scratch mine”. Medical cor¬
ruption is to be found at the level of the medical establishment. To be precise, at
the level of government (agencies responsible for health, health insurance,
laws) and the bodies over which it has total control.

Complicity
Complicity is participation in a crime. It is at the level of those charged with
performing a task by the establishment. Sometimes consciously, sometimes
unconsciously, they collaborate with the Mafia. Medical complicity is driven by
those who work in the estabhshed health field, without always playing an influ-
THE REALIZATION
ential role. They are agents of the system. And they include doctors. Either one is
part of the solution, or one is part of the problem. They are part of the problem.
These are the “quiet accomplices”.

COnsentment
Consentment is agreement. It is to accept that something has happened.
Through silence and failure to act, it allows a crime to have taken place. It is the
omerta of the Mafia. By saying nothing, they agree. Medical consentment is
the patients who remain silent and who continue to obey a system which has
totally abandoned them. They value security and protection to autonomy and
responsibility. Slavery to freedom.
Let’s take an example.
• I plot to rob all the banks in a major city and, as a result, take over
control of the city. It is a secret plan and I do not tell anybody. That is
CONSPIRACY.
• In order to carry out my plan, I retain the services of experts, professional
bank robbers. I hire each of them to hit a specific bank. But I do not reveal
my overall secret plan to anyone. I bribe them to make them commit a
crime. That is CORRUPTION.
• To help them rob their allocated bank, each professional bank robber hires
a driver who will drive the car and transport the money. The drivers are not
aware that they will be driving a get-away car or carrying stolen money.
They do their job without asking any questions. They are paid, without
ever asking where the money came from. Sure, it all seems a little suspect.
But it is best not to ask questions for fear of losing one’s job. That’s
COMPLICITY.
• While all this is going on, two pedestrians happen by. They lean against a
lampost to check out what is happening. There seems to be a lot of strange
activity around the bank. But after a couple of minutes, they pass quietly
on their way. They could have raised the alarm. And the robbery could
probably have been averted. But they were afraid and preferred not to
get involved. They kept quiet. They opted for omerta. By their silence, they
consented to the robbery taking place. That is CONSENTMENT.

In this scenario, we note that the four levels of the Mafia, the 4 COs, are
essential for the success of the project. If just one of the four was missing, the
robbery would have failed. The lesson to be learned is that we only have to con¬
centrate our efforts on one of the four levels to stop the Medical Mafia. BUT
WHICH ONE?
 The Medical Mafia

Do we think that we can change the mastermind’s plan? No. Because we do

not know who it is. It is a secret.

Do we think that we can change the minds of the professional bank

robbers? No. Because they each have too much to lose. It is too lucrative a
profession to just let it drop.

Do we think that we can change the accomplices? No. They also have too
much to lose. They have a good job and are afraid that they will lose their share.

Do we think that we can change the idea of the passers-by? Yes. They have
nothing to lose and everything to gain. All they have to do is whistle, cry out. Just
let others know what is going on and everything will stop right there. After all, it
is a conspiracy. A secret plan. Take away the secret and there is no conspiracy.
The plan is dead.

So it is not at the level of the World Health Organization, nor the

level of government, nor the level of doctors, that we must turn to, if
we are going to see and realize the remedy of the system. It is at the
level of the patient. The antidote to the Mafia is individual sovereignty.
The CO of sovereignty is Conscience.

The Conscience
Conscience is the sovereign voice of your inner God/Goddess. It is through
conscience that you will realize your sovereignty and power over the health sys¬
"One con only
tem. Pharmaceutical multinationals control medicine, thanks to their enormous
see uiell with Hie
profits. But if you decide to no longer buy their medications, the industry will
collapse, as will its power. That is true, real power. eyes of Ihe
heart."
You have the real power of the medical system. And it is you who will initi¬
St-6xupery
ate the righting of the system. Because it is you who has the least to lose in re¬
establishing the health system. On the contrary, you have everything to gain.

The conscience is to the soul as the physical senses are to the body. It is the
sense of the invisible, just as sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch are the senses
of the visible. The conscience sees, hears, feels and manifests the inner reality. It
reads thoughts, reads between the lines, understands body language, hears that
which is not said, reveals to us the hidden face of things. It is your contact with
your inner divinity, your Light, your spirit. It is to be found in the soul.

CONSCIENCE
• sees the invisible
• spiritual
• at the level of the soul
• reveals to us the essence
• inner knowledge
• divine

__
REALITY
207
— *
THE REALIZATION
Conscience makes us see reality, that which is over and above the illusion of
matter. It tells us whether spoken or written words are illusionary or real. It
enables us to distinguish between truth and lies. To go beyond what a per¬
son is actually saying or writing in order to determine their intentions. It dic¬
tates what path we should take.
• The conscience can remain asleep and blind. Just like the average man or
woman in the street. It allows the authorities to continue manipulating us.
It is quiet complicity.
• The conscience may be awakened. But it lets fear take hold. And it is
paralyzed. It is the conscience of helpless submission.
• The conscience can take the situation in hand and control its destiny. It is
the conscience of all-powerful sovereignty.

Becoming conscious
Becoming conscious, becoming aware, triggers action. It is neither contem¬
plative, nor passive. It means getting up from our seat in the audience of passive
spectators and victims, and climbing up on to the stage. As an actor responsible
for our destiny. This is achieved in three stages. The 3 Ps.
• Perceiving reality
• Permitting fear
• Position taking
1. Perceiving reality
"Lying mokes Our conscience makes contact with our inner voice. In order to do this,
one ill." there has to be silence. Turn off the radio and the television. Get away from
Oscar Wilde the noise for a little while each day. Spend some time alone. And listen. The
truth will come. There will be light shed on reality, on that which doesn’t
please or suit us, on that which we want. And on our fears.
2. Permitting fear
Reality creates fear because it threatens our habit of illusion. This is why we
do want to see it, or face up to it. Now that it has appeared, welcome it. And
with it, the inevitable fear that accompanies it. Do not reject it. Identify it.
Call it by its rightful name, what it is. And laugh at the fact that an illusion,
like fear, can cause you to be upset. And sometimes even paralyze you.
Lets be honest. It is we who lie to ourselves. I cannot help but think of
the policeman to whom I explained that parking tickets are illegitimate and
who answered me: I don’t have any choice but to obey the law because I
have a wife and children to support. ” To which I replied: "Have you ever
asked them if they really want you to do this? That you sell your soul for
them? My question went unanswered. The policeman knew that I knew
that he was afraid. He realized that he was lying to himself. How can one
confront fear, if one pretends that it doesn’t exist? Everyone has the right to
be afraid. Even the policeman.
 The Medical Mafia

Once we recognize that we are afraid, we can then proceed to demystify and
unmask it. Fear of what, of whom, why? Once that is established, we can then
tackle it. Get right into it. Take our fear to the very extreme. Stop dying OF
fear. Instead, let our fear die. Fear is an illusion which paralyzes the con¬
science. It is the master of emotions and thoughts. Wherever it hides, it is always
fear that imprisons our love in its cage of hatred, jealousy, anger, resentment.
And in the falseness of preconceived ideas.
3. Position taking
There are a thousand and one reasons for not taking a position. And they
can all sound good. But isn’t it crazy what tricks the mind can play on us?
To make us lie to ourselves. When we say to ourselves: “I don’t have a "One cannot
choice,” what we are really doing is renouncing our human condition. As serve God
human beings we have a choice. An animal that is afraid, fights or takes and Mammon
flight. It has no choice. We can follow our instinct. We can also transcend it. (God-money)*"
This raises the questions: Jesus Christ
- am I going to stay submissive to my fear, let it direct my life, and collaborate
with the system?
Or...
- am I going to take charge of my life and object to the system?
WHO IS AT THE SERVICE OF WHOM?

“The right of every man is to listen to his conscience

and his duty, and act according to that which it dictates. *
This phrase ofAlbert Einstein reminds me of something that happened
to my son in school During a philosophy class, his teacher was expounding
upon morality. She was explaining that one had to respect the laws and
obey the rules established by the authorities. William, as a teenager was
little inclined to obedience and with a mind ofhis own, began to discuss the
validity of such laws. But without much success, his teacher having been
trained in the school of obedience. When, suddenly, he had a brainwave. He
asked his teacher what she thought, on a moral level, ofRobin Hood. He of
Sherwood Forest who robbedfrom the rich and gave to the poor. The teacher
cut short the discussion, saying that she would answer him later. There’s no
point in explaining how frustrated my son felt. He told me how angry he
was. Using my common sense, I told him that he had understood the differ¬
ence between legality (laws) and legitimacy (conscience). But that the
school authorities did not want to think about this. To make him feel a little
better, 1 quoted this little phrase of Einstein, adding that both he and
Einstein had understood the real difference.

209
— ^
 VACCINATION
BE IT COMPULSORY
OR NOT

BY FORCE
IT IS RAPE

COLLABORATING
WITH IT IS DEADLY
 The Medical Mafia

Collaboration: collective complicity

Let us take vaccination for example. In order for vaccinations to be done, it
takes the collaboration of all parties. Industrial, medical, political, education
systems, and parents. That is the Mafia. It works thanks to the “omerta” of us all
who participate in its realization, at whatever level. Some make the vaccine.
Others sell it. Others announce it. Others impose it. Others inject it. Others lead
our children to it. Like most people, we do it without ever questioning. Like
the proverbial lemmings we jump into the sea. After all, the other lemmings are
doing it. As we were taught, we repeat stereotypical phrases without even
thinking twice:
• “For your protection”, yet nobody asks to be protected unless they are
afraid.
• “So as not to be responsible for the sick”, as if anyone has ever been
responsible for the health of others.
• “So as to avoid legal action”, as if anyone could take legal action against us
for being sick.
• “Because it is the policy of the institutions (school, hospital)”, while it is
we, patients, students, taxpayers, who are the bosses of everyone working in
these very institutions. We have the sole right to make the laws and policies.
• “It is mandatory”, while each individual has the right to determine what, if
anything, is going to be put into his or her body.
Each step leading to collaboration with forced vaccination is just as deadly
as that of a rapist stalking the streets. Both end up violating the body.

Non-collaboration: conscientious objection

The position of sovereign persons is entirely different. They obey their con¬
science, rather than that of the authorities. They are not stopped by the manipu¬
lation of fear and guilt. They rise above it. They make contact with their inner
divinity, which reminds them that they are all-powerful and in perfect health, as
they were created. They remember that vaccines are dangerous, ineffective, and
that they disturb their inner ecology, in addition to draining their immune
system. They decide to take the decision that THEY will decide to take. They
decide to listen to their conscience and to do that which it tells them to do. It is
as simple as that.
If their conscience objects to laws, rules or obligations imposed by force
and/or by the law, they will declare themselves CONSCIENTIOUS OBJECTORS.
They will proclaim that their only decision-making influence and judge are their
conscience. They will act according to their SOUL AND CONSCIENCE. Nobody
can object to this. It is such a strong sentiment that even the military authorities
respect its “power”. What can be more normal than refusing to kill?
THE REALIZATION

Speaking and acting

Once we have made a decision as to whether to collaborate or not, pro¬
claim it loudly. Taking a position is to speak and to act.
Not choosing
• SAY what camp we are in. Say it to ourselves, first of all. There is no good or
bad. There is simply a choice between life and death. One must say it loudly
is to choose
so as not to be mistaken. Then say it to others so as to let them also become
aware of their right and of their duty to become aware of it.
To speak is to put an end to “omerta”, the complicity of silence. All
murderous acts are done with our collaboration, active or passive. Not
speaking of what we see, is to be an accomplice. Not saying that vaccines
are dangerous, for example, is being party to the usurpation of our rights.
Journalists have never interviewed the many victims of vaccinations, simply
because they are not around anymore. Everyone and anyone who has had
problems resulting from vaccinations, needs to stand up and be counted.
• ACT in accordance with your choice. Never accept the unacceptable. Make
sure that every act and step is in accordance with the choice you have
made. Be true to yourself.
Maintaining the status quo is to accept submission. Opting for a better
world, is passing from submission to sovereignty, and choosing health/life.
This passage is called transformation. It happens in our daily actions when
we break with our old habits. And the rebirth of new ways of acting.

Say NO to the JC's of submission

1. No to confrontation
Let us stop playing the game of the enemy: divide and conquer. We are all
Behoving os sovereigns of divine essence, therefore equal. Let us realize that the authori¬
if God in oil Life ties create scapegoats to deflect our anger. More often than not, they are the
Mattered minorities, be they black, white, native American, women, the poor, the
M. Small UUright homeless, homosexuals, blue collar workers, etc. Let us realize that we live
in a world of violence regardless of country. The direct result of the hierar-
chal domination of some OVER others.
Let us take back our power OF, our inner power. And we will also see
the divinity of all other living souls in the world. Make the book of
Machaelle Small Wright our motto, “Act as if God/Goddess in each human
being was important”. In his marvelous book, which I recommend to every¬
one, Serge Mongeau teaches us: “Peace is not utopia”. And peace can be
learned. Always remember that: that which we do not like in others is
always the mirror of that which we do not like in ourself.
2. No to cards
Be wary of credit cards, automatic teller cards, health insurance cards, hos¬
pital cards, cards of any kind. Also cards for vaccinations and medications.
They are used to track us down, code and classify us. They are the tool of
Big Brother. They know everything we do. You believe that your medical file
is confidential? Well, it sure isn’t to civil servants and others like authorities!
They have access to all the information it contains. We can live without
cards. Pay cash and stay far away from computers, as long as they are con¬
212 trolled by the authorities.
* -
 The Medical Mafia

What’s more, let us put an end to running into debt, the tool of our
slavery. To be in debt is to submit to the oppressor. Begin by lending money
to your relatives and friends. The Mafia does it, why shouldn’t you?

3. No to consumerism
Consumerism is a really bad habit. It is an addiction. Saying no to con¬
No Place
sumerism is really nothing more than that. It is being conscious of how one
Like Home
spends one’s money. Buy only what you need. Support your local economy. Marcia Noczik
Avoid chainstores, products from multinationals and imported products.
Always basing one’s purchases on the lowest price, is to act irresponsibly.
Let us not forget the golden rule of our economic survival: “Buy all that
we make and make all that we buy.” Marcia Noczik tells us how to do it in
her book, No Place Like Home.

No to:
X

III
Ves to:
of submission • community ill

cor sensus

of sovereignty

Say YES to the 3Cs of sovereignty

1. Yes to the community
Let us realize that we, alone, can do nothing. We are interdependent. And
nobody is going to save one’s skin alone.

EITHER WE WILL ALL BE RICH OR, WE WILL ALL BE POOR

The community is made up of sovereign people joining together. We are all

equal, without exception. The community constitutes the basic unit.
2. Yes to the circle
No-one is worth more than the other. Wise people do not need diplomas in
wisdom. We find them and we consult them. Everyone participates equally.
Everyone’s views count. No domination, no exploitation.
3. Yes to consensus
Decisions have to be taken unani¬ CQUAIITV
mously. Decisions cannot be
imposed by a simple majority. How
do you feel when six people out of
ten decide on a course of action
while four others disagree strongly?
And you are one of the four?

CQUITV
THE REALIZATION

A #
Level of individual universal
consciousness Jihmksion sovereignty solidarity
• • • , ' ' ■: |
*

State of the boat righted unsinkable

system boat
- ——

Power power OVER power OF power WITH

Authority external inner fusion with

(divinity)
-

.
Source

State of health sickness-aging-death health-youth-life unlimited health

Reply to the soul ai the sen ice body at the service life eternal body
fundamental of the soul and soul fused with
question
: . ••
the Source

Kingdom material spiritual divine

Energy procreator co-creator creative

Structure duality unity

' • ’ .• :

light subtle
Vibrations
r~A r>
MAM/'!l«l*f
Medium spirit pure spirit
of evolution

Organization natural order Cosmic Universal Law

Relations Is defense peace
Attitude stand up transcend
Action ctat actor direct
—— -—

214
 The Medical Mafia

Transformation of the conscience

A transformation is much more than a mere change. It is much more than

improving a caterpillar by giving it legs. It is transforming its very essence. To
become a butterfly. Transformation is an “initiation”. That is to say, a passage,
from one state to another. The caterpillar must die in order for the butterfly to
be bom.

THE FIRST TRANSFORMATION of the conscience is available llf€

to us all. It consists of the death of submission and the birth of sover¬
eignty. The death of those emotions and thoughts that imprison us,
coming to know freedom at last. To act like a sovereign is to let one¬ PCflTH
self be guided by one’s conscience and not let external powers, or
forces, dictate the path we take. Our inner power is to be found in
our soul, as is our life program and our conscience. We have within
us the tools of our sovereignty. UF€

THE SECOND TRANSFORMATION of the conscience will follow the first.

It consists of the demise of the hierarchy and the birth of equality and equity. It
is the advent of true universal solidarity. The transformation of the con¬
science is something that has to be worked at every day. Every moment. In all
circumstances. In all one’s thoughts, words, emotions, and actions. It is simple. "Without being
In the words of my daughter Valerie, one only has to: re-born you will
not enter into
TURN SHIT INTO GOLD the Kingdom
Every moment of our life can be heaven or hell. One only has to bring it forth of Heaven."
from the darkness of the material world for it to shine in the light of the spirit. Jesus Christ
Conscience and health go hand in hand. The level of our conscience deter¬
mines the state of our health. The higher the level of conscience, the higher the
vibrations of our bodies. And the better our health. The transformation of our
conscience is definitely the key to good health.

with the friend within

IIEV
215
DAVID AND GOLIATH
The patient is all-sovereign and all-powerful
I can already hear you saying that this is impossible. That the government is
all-powerful and that we can do nothing against such a behemoth. That they
have all the powers. And that they can crush us whenever they wish. But we
should know that nothing is impossible. Let us remember the story of David and
Goliath. Don’t we feel like David right now? Like a little poor shepherd boy in
the shadow of a giant who is armed to the teeth, who is threatening us with slav¬
ery. If that is the case, let us remember how the story really went. And let us take
inspiration from it. It was certainly told so that it would serve us one day. Well,
that day is long over due.

The story
There was once an army which wanted to beat a people into submission. To
conquer them. To avoid an all-out battle and the deaths of many, the attackers
proposed a duel, between only two men. One from each of their camps. Their
man was already chosen. He was a terrifying giant of a man, wearing heavy
armor and armed to the teeth. He was called Goliath.
He was so fiercesome a sight that nobody in the other camp wanted to chal¬
lenge him. All seemed lost when, suddenly, a young boy stepped forward.
Dressed like a shepherd boy, he carried only a sling-shot. He had come to
defend his people against the aggressor.
The duel began. But David had seen a small, vulnerable spot where Goliath
was unprotected. He picked up a stone and, whirling the sling-shot, he aimed
for that very spot. He hii his target and Goliath crashed to the ground.

Little David had defeated the colossus, Goliath, to the astonishment of all.
He had saved his people from slavery.

IF IT WORKED FOR DAVID, IT CAN WORK FOR US

The example

Let us look closely at how the fight to the death between David and Goliath
went down. A blow-by-blow analysis, if you will, so that we can perhaps draw
lessons from it to assist us in our fight. We can identify five major points:
1. David decided not to be overcome by fear.
2. He identified the enemy.
3. He found the weak spot in the armor.
4. He used an extremely simple tool, or weapon.
5. He won.
 The Medical Mafia

We only have to do the same to get out of the crushing and threatening situ¬
ation in which we find ourselves right now. By applying these same five points to
our current situation. Let us:
1. Take the decision to no longer let fear cripple us and take control of our
hfe. Fear paralyses the conscience. One cannot see anything, hear anything,
or feel anything. One is like a deer in the glare of a car’s headlights. One is a
slave to whoever, or whatever, is creating that fear. It is a decision that has to
be taken. If we do not, it is opting for the status quo, submission and slavery.
2. Identify the real enemy that is hidden behind what appears to be a giant.
Look beyond appearances and become conscious of the very essence of the
aggressor of our freedom. The apparent giant is the medical, governmental
and administrative authorities. It is the big machine that makes us afraid
with its laws, its police, its prisons, its army.
But it is important to see that this facade is created by the privileged in
order to maintain their privileges. The real enemies are the world
financiers. It is they who pull the strings of their giant puppets.
3. Find the weak spot which makes the enemy vulnerable. Remember, the
armor is only made of paper, bank notes that we willingly hand over every
day of the week. The enemy’s power rests in our money that we give it.
4. Use a very simple tool, or weapon, to vanquish the enemy. All we have to do
is to stop giving them our money. It is the VELCRO SOLUTION, whereby
we put Velcro on all our pockets in order to stop supporting the enemy and
its armies. We will then be rich and free, as opposed to being poor and
enslaved.
5. Visualise the victory. Have faith. Imagine a better future and create it. Nothing
less than a paradise for sovereigns! We will come to know health and wealth.

In practice
I can already hear your shouting. “It is not all that serious. I’m used to it.”
Let us look at the three most common causes for reluctance:
• the authorities
• human nature
• utopia

The authorities
“The authorities will never let us do it!” That’s true. The last thing they are
going to let go of are their privileges. How could it be any other way? They are
going to hang on to them any way they can. Don’t wait for their blessing. We are
going to be threatened, they are going to try to scare us, and we are going to be
attacked by all their arsenal of manipulation. The authorities cannot control us
without our consent. The only true power that exits is our inner power. Nobody
can take that away from us.
THE REALIZATION
David is daring, but not suicidal. He will never fight using the weapons of
his enemy. What are they? The law. You probably know or have heard of some¬
one who spent a lot of time, energy and money trying to fight "city hah". Never
forget that that is their strength. The authorities make and change the laws as
they wish, to suit their needs.
For example: whenever a strike lasts too long for their liking, the authori¬
ties simply pass back to work legislation. This is what happens to a right which
our ancestors fought for decades to aquire. In addition, the authorities conduct
trials with public funds, our money. We pay our costs and theirs. The same rea¬
soning applies to force and weapons. Never, never, never resort to violence. The
authorities are past masters at making us fight between ourselves. It is their
favorite tactic. Don’t fall into the trap. Always remember who the real enemy is.

Civil war is David had a sense of community and knew that in unity there is strength.
the supreme art The first thing to do, therefore, is to band together in our respective neighbor¬
of "divide and
hoods in order to take charge of our health. The objective is simple and attain¬
conquer."
able. To reduce surgical procedures as well as the taking of tests and medica¬
tions of which the large majority are useless and damaging. Let us treat social
problems with social solutions and not with pills and surgery. Illnesses are of a
social origin and do not cost a lot to resolve.
For example: There is a grandmother, who takes 15 pills a day and who, as
a result, is a zombie. Then there is Richard, who is out of work and who spends
much of his time in front of the television. He could visit with her every day Help
her to get out, write letters for her to her friends, make telephone calls to her
children. And he would be able to talk about a thousand and one things, to
someone who has the time to listen. Both of them would feel useful. Both of
them would feel proud and that they have a friend. Everyone would be richer.
And, the grandmother will probably need far less pills.

We can multiply this example thousands of times. Let us have confidence in

our imagination.

Abundance for all

• The United States. Because the system is non-socialized, it is still possible
to take back one’s power and regain control over one’s money. As it is
employers who pay the major portion of health insurance, why not reach an
agreement with them. One which will see both parties come out winners.
For example: we can propose to our employers that they pay us, the
employees, the amount that they paid in insurance premiums last year. We
will then be entirely responsible for our own health. If the costs exceed last
year s expenditures, we will assume the difference. If the costs are less, we
will shar e the savings with our employer. We do not need the government to
do that. There are always solutions when one wants to find them.
 The Medical Mafia

• France and Canada. Here the freedom of health has been lost. Money is
deducted directly at source, without consent. One can always plead that this
is unconstitutional, but then one has to fight using their legal weapons. Why
not ask the government to send everyone an itemized bill for their individ¬
ual health expenditures for the previous year. People can then organize
themselves into “health” groups and after a year of operating as such, do
the same itemization. Calculate how much each member of the group saved
in sickness insurance by practicing a medicine of health for a year. Then the
group claims the savings back from the government. While I don’t expect
anyone will receive a reimbursement in the next day’s mail, this money is
owed. It becomes a debt that the government owes the individual groups.
Maybe the groups could withhold a portion of their taxes to help the gov¬
ernment pay this debt. It may sound far-fetched at first, but think about it.

Whatever the formula, we will soon realize how profitable our actions can
be when we regain control over our money and health.

Multinationals control us by their riches. But these riches come from us. If
we stop buying their pills, they will not sell them. If they do not sell them, they
will no longer make enormous profits. If they are no longer rich, they can no
longer buy the medical system and corrupt those who direct it. And so on and so
on. The Velcro solution is all that and more!

Human nature
“ Human nature is corrupt and corruption always rears its ugly head.”
“One will never change human nature.”
No, this is not human nature. It is our perception. Human nature is cor¬
ruptible, but is not corrupt in its very essence. We are intelligent beings, Darkness can
endowed with freedom of choice. Our intelligence determines whether we are nothjng
corrupt or not. The choice is not predetermined. We make it every day, every QgQjnsl; th6 \\g^
moment. The opinion that we have of others is the mirror of that which we have
of ourselves. When we say “people are like this or like that”, substitute the
words, “I am like this or like that.”

Think of ten people who are closest to you and try and find an example of
corruption. Perhaps, sometimes, one in ten. Is 10% of the population really a
significant figure? No. So why do we think this way? It is because, for centuries,
the authorities have nourished this illusion, to cause us to squabble and bicker
between ourselves. For centuries, we have repeated the same old refrains, such
as: “man is man’s own worst enemy”, without ever realizing that we are capable
of transcending our instincts. By debasing human nature, we act accordingly.
Elevate it, and we will each conduct ourselves like a sovereign God/Goddess. It
is up to us to choose. We are the creators of our future.
THE REALIZATION

Utopia
“It is utopian!” Yes, it is utopian. So much the better. And I add a phrase
that really captures my true thoughts:
“Utopia or death”
Rene Dumont

One that is similar to that on New Hampshire's license plates:

“LIVE FREE OR DIE”

I have chosen life! And you? I invite you to join me. As we approach the end
of a turbulent century, we seem to be rushing towards our own extermination
and global totalitarianism. Both of which are the result of our materialistic
choices pushed to the extreme. It is not a question of continuing to make little
changes. Either we transform our old scheme of references, or we die. Now you
may want to reply to the question:
IS THE SPIRIT AT THE SERVICE OF MATTER
OR
IS MATTER AT THE SERVICE OF THE SPIRIT?

Who is at the service of whom?

SOCIAUZ6D M6DICIN6
FOR AM6RICANS?
“Socialized Medicine is to Americans what a Bicycle is to a Fish ”
This was the title of a conference that I gave in Chicago at the beginning of
1990. Today, here, I repeat the same thing with more certainty than ever.

The facts: there are two problems

What is not working in the health system in the United States? It is simply
too expensive and not accessible to all. That is it in a nutshell.
1 TOO EXPENSIVE
All sickness systems are expensive. Only health is economical. That is
why all existing systems, socialized or not, and regardless of the country,
cost so much that they are pushing all countries towards ruin. In addition,
they do not satisfy anyone, except of course those who profit from the prac¬
tice of a medicine of sickness, which does not cure or heal.

SICKNESS ALWAYS COSTS TOO MUCH

Ever since the Flexner Report was implemented in 1910, scientific medi¬
cine was put in place by force and alternative medicines have been eliminated.
Based on the concept of war against an external enemy, scientific medicine
uses a sophisticated, technological arsenal, a jargon all of its own, and robotic
technocrats to wage its war.
WAR ALWAYS COSTS TOO MUCH
Let us bear in mind that even words are very misleading:
- health system means a system of sickness
- health insurance means sickness insurance: it pays sickness,
it ensures sickness, not health
- A Health Security Card means Sickness Guarantee Card
- A National Health Board means National Board for Administration
of Sickness.
2. NOT ACCESSIBLE TO ALL
The system of sickness that we have is not accessible to all. Not only
because of the system itself, but because of poverty, the fruit of social
injustice. It is this social injustice that we must correct first and foremost,
not the system of sickness.
THE REALIZATION
In countries where socialized medicine is already in place, there is also a
parallel pay-as-you-go type of medicine for the rich. Those who can afford to
pay to get first class service, while the poor have to be content with second best.
Some have to wait for hours, and even months, for certain services. It is by cut¬
ting more and more guaranteed services, that is to say by reducing the services
themselves and the public’s accessibility to them, that the government has suc¬
ceeded in holding down constantly soaring costs.
And although the rich do have to pay even more to maintain the former level
of services, many are no longer available to the poor. The poor are again losers.
As for doctors, they also lose out. The cuts force them to work even harder and
faster. While the only winner, industry, continues to amass astronomical profits!

"Competition Why has our system of health assumed such prohibitive costs? Who, if not
•
is <i sin.ii the international financiers and scientific medicine that support it, profit from
such sums of money? Remember one thing:
John D. Rockefeller
“In politics, nothing happens by chance.”
President F. D. Roosevelt

Let us ask ourselves why the authorities have waited so long to propose
socialized medicine to us, if it is the best solution. In France, it has existed since
1950. In Canada, since 1970.
And if it is not the best solution, why do the authorities wish to impose it
upon us when other countries, convinced that it has been a disaster, have been
trying to get out of it for years?

“ In politics, nothing happens by chance.”

Either it is good and it should have been done earlier. Or it is bad and should
never be done at all. Do we really want to put our health totally in the hands of
government?
• Either our government works for us. Just look at how it has shown its
incompetence in the small part that is under its control. Medicare and
Medicaid. One can only shudder at the prospect of what would happen if it
controlled the entire system of sickness.
• Or our government works for the world financiers. Then it has been an
accomplice to the financial exploitation of our health. Do we want to give
total power to those who betray us?

Could it be that all has been set up by the authorities for many years? With
the intention of causing us to give up our freedom of health? All the ingredients
are there to make us so frustrated with the present system that even a socialized
system with its centralized bureaucratic control would be welcomed as a deliver¬
ance. After all, nothing could be worse. Or could it?

“In politics, nothing happens by chance.”

222
 The Medical Mafia

The myths: and they are many

Myth
Socialized medicine will be administered at the least cost by one standard
insurance, as opposed to being administered by thousands of different private,
independent insurance companies.
Reality
Passing from 1,500 independent insurance companies to one governmental
controller, is to pass from competition to a monopoly. A monopoly exists when
all control is in the hands of one entity. Yet one of the sickness programs pro¬
posed stipulates that:

“Health benefits would be established and viewedperiodically

by a national health board appointed by the President. ”
In practice, this means that the control of recognized services and their
costs is in the hands of a single committee. One person names the members of
the committee, and that same person controls the health of each and every
American. A monopoly couldn’t do better.

Whoever says monopoly says exclusive control over prices and

services. The patient who must deal with a monopoly is at its total mercy It is
passing from a multiple form of power to a single form of power. It is giving a
blank cheque, for life, to someone without any restriction whatsoever and forev¬
er. It is paying in advance, without any recourse, for a service, the content of
which we do not know. Nor are we sure that it is needed. Would we ever walk
into a store and pay in advance, without knowing what we were going to buy?
Moreover, payment is obligatory And the amount to pay is determined by a
committee, whether we are sick or not. If we all opt for health and not sickness,
we must still continue paying for sickness.
In reality, we have need of neither government, nor insurance companies,
to administer our health and our money. We are going to do it ourselves. We are
going to insure ourselves between ourselves. It will be much more effective
and much less costly. And we will all be in better health. A service for all, by all,
tailor-made for us.
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH
223
— ^
Myth
The system of sickness in the United States is the worst, as we have heard
repeatedly.
Reality
The system of sickness in the United States is the best, because one can still
get out of it. It is much easier to get out of the system of sickness in the United
States because there is still a choice between giving, or not giving, one’s money
to insurance companies. One can lay down conditions when considering a
policy and refuse it, if it doesn’t live up to expectations.
Under a State-controlled system, however, the government has exclusive
control over the practice of medicine and its costs. It decides which medicine it
will recognize and which it will reimburse.
Sick or not, it automatically takes money from our pockets. It can regularly
increase the amount without our consent and use it as it sees fit. One cannot
get out of it, even if one wants to take charge of one’s own health.
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth
Only government can ensure universal care.

Reality
Government is not a guarantee of social justice. Every person has a right to
health. Right! But not under the terms defined by world financiers and their
health branch, the World Health Organization .
We are really lacking in imagination if we really believe that only a Big
Brother government can guarantee universal care.
It really is having a low opinion of ourselves, we who are sovereign patients.
We know that from now on we will rediscover health and wealth. We are all in a
perfect position to guarantee ourselves universal care at an unbeatable cost.

SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth
By controlling medicine, government will finally be able to pass laws that
are necessary to ensure the greater freedom of therapeutic choices.
Reality
Why hasn’t it done that already? In the socialized medical systems, as well as
in the United States, alternative medicines are ridiculed and forbidden. The
smothering of such medicines is very subtle in France, less subtle in Canada,
and not at all subtle in the United States. But let’s not kid ourselves. Freedom of
therapeutic choice does not exist in western countries. Everywhere, the practice
of medicine is strongly controlled by governmental organizations, in the pay of
industry. Hopefully the Constitution, which was written to guarantee the rights of
citizens against the abuse of power by the authorities, will see to the guarantee
of freedom of choice in terms of medicine and health.
 The Medical Mafia

While the Ninth Amendment guarantees all freedom to all individuals but, as
it does not specify the medical field in particular, it will have to wait for a deci¬
sion of the Supreme Court to this effect. And the Supreme Court will rely on the
recommendations of experts, recognized by the authorities!
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH
Myth
Without socialized medicine, and if the current growth rate of expenditures
continues, we will be bankrupt.
Reality
Countries that already have a system of socialized medicine are already at
this point. Therefore, let us ask ourselves why, for many years, the big names in
high finance have been in favour of the health system? Either through their
participation on commissions, or through the information that is put out which
is financed by them. Why do they push socialized medicine? Have they all
suddenly become philanthropists? It is certainly not their usual custom. Since
when have they been concerned about people’s well-being? Let us put ourselves
in their shoes for a few minutes and try to understand their interest in socialized
medicine.
- First of all, there is a mass of clientele not yet fully exploited. The 38 million
Americans who are unable to buy insurance. It is a big untapped market
that sickness insurance will deliver to them on a silver platter. And the
people will pick up the cost.
- Secondly, it stabilizes their consumer sickness markets for their multina¬
tionals. One client, the government, is much easier, particularly when one
controls it. At the same time, they are going to get rid of giant competitors,
private insurance companies, once and for all.
- And lastly, they are financiers, don’t forget. As bankers, their speciality is to
make and provide money with interest. Sickness insurance will bring in
enormous expenditures which the supplementary taxes will not be able to
make up. The bankers will see to that.
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth
Socialized medicine is the only and inevitable solution to the problems of
our current system of sickness.
Reality
Having to choose between the current medical system and socialized medi¬
cine is like having to choose between being punched in the face or kicked in the
behind. Both hurt.
What a lack of imagination! Why take for granted that the solution must be
painful, unpleasant, and also costly? The right reply, because there always is one,
is that if the authorities really wanted to find a good solution, they would pro¬
pose to us several scenarios, from which the ideal solution would emerge.
THE REALIZATION

So while, on the one hand, Canadians are convinced that their health system
is the best in the world, on the other, Americans are convinced that theirs is the
worst in the world.

As we have confidence in the authorities, we believe these myths and all

conclude that “one must adopt a socialized system similar to that of Canada”.
Financiers have been preparing this scenario for years. The brainwashing has
born fruit and we are now convinced that it is the only solution. A big mistake!

There is no excuse for ignorance, particularly when one is so close to that

supposed role model country. We have had the opportunity to watch their health
system evolve over the past 25 years. Let us go and see the bankrupt Canadian
system for ourselves. Then we will be able to draw our own conclusions, rather
than letting the authorities do it for us.

We have the luxury of coming up with something new, the first of its kind. It
is more stimulating for the imagination and much more enriching for evolution.

SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth

Socialized medicine is a means of smoothing out the differences between

rich and poor and of ensuring a fair allocation and distribution of money.

Reality

It is not a question of the distribution of money. But rather the

REdistribution of money that has already been unequally distributed from the
beginning.

All forms of taxes, allowances, compensations, sickness insurance, unem¬

ployment insurance, grants, forms of financial assistance, scholarships, pen¬
sions, or guaranteed incomes, are the means of REdistribution of money. Not by
the rich to the poor. But by the less poor to the poorest of all. From those who
still have jobs to those who no longer have one. It is always the same monetary
mass that is earned by the work of some that is shared out with others.
 Real distribution is done well before REdistribution. It was done at the pre¬
cise moment that the rich took possession of our riches - natural, industrial and
services - the heritage of all the population. They seized and exploited them for
their own profit, which they did not distribute at all. The only part that they did
relinquish was in the form of salaries. And then only because they didn’t have
any choice. Even there, they are now moving their companies to under-devel¬
oped countries in the Third World in order to pay as little as possible and
replace workers with robots.

“Power is always charged with the impulse to eliminate human nature,

the human variable, from the equation. Dictators do it by terror or by incul¬
cation of blind faith; the military do it by discipline; and the industrial
masters think they can do it by automation. ”
E. Hoffer

Real distribution is therefore done between owners, who reap the profits of
the exploitation of our riches and from workers, who reap the salary of their
work. It is ONLY this salary that is REdistributed.

SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth
Raising taxes to allow millions of people to be taken care of and easing
pressure on companies, which have to carry the burden of health insurance, is
commendable.

Reality
It is a fancy way of skirting around the Constitution. All increases in taxes
that are not consented to are anti-constitutional. Let us also not forget that in
1913, Congress granted private banks the right to make their own money. And it
is because of this decision that we are stuck with the so-called debt that has cost
us so much in interest charges.
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH

Myth
Socialized medicine is an evolution over capitalist medicine. It denotes a
concern for others and a sense of sharing.

Reality
Capitalism, socialism, communism, liberalism. All are identical regimes and
forms of government. Only the label varies. All of these regimes have one com¬
mon denominator. Control of the majority by the minority. Power in the hands of
a privileged clique who pass the laws necessary to maintain their privileges.
Socializing health is repatriating it entirely, in both financial and practical
terms, into the hands of a few. It is therefore much easier to control than when it
is in the hands of many. It is true that we made a mistake somewhere along the
line. We have allowed social injustice and the resultant poverty. Let us recognize
that. And correct that.
SOCIALIZED MEDICINE IS A BICYCLE FOR A FISH
THE REALIZATION

Myth
Ensuring all of security in the case of sickness, is to ensure everyone of freedom.

Reality
Freedom and security are two antagonists. The more one has of one, the
less one has of the other. And vice versa.
We have already sunken into materialism and individualism. But from there
to sink into blindly giving up our power into the hands of the government is a
very big step.
The Fathers of the Constitution is are surely turning over in their graves.
They remember well that the more oppressive legality there is, the less freedom
there is. But what will they do when they learn that there are those who would
trade freedom for security in opting for socialized medicine? With the total loss
of freedom of our health and our right to freedom of choice. Both essential to
the growth and happiness of every individual.
SELF-MANAGED MEDICINE IS TO AMERICANS
WHAT WATER IS TO FISH
CONCLUSION
Choice of a health system
The rule is the same for every system. Whether it is a question of a
medical system, or of our own individual system. Their state of health is a
reflection of what we do with our power. The power to think, feel, act. The
choice is in our hands. We can give up our power or we can exercise it.
Because we have the power to choose between:

If we give up our power to the authorities, the law, fear, peer pressure,
etc., we submit ourselves to the domination of others over us. We do not
take decisions which are in harmony with our essence. With that which we
really are. We live in a world of appearance, of illusion, of the material. Our
soul is at the service of our body. The traveller is at the service of the vehicle.
Without control over our destiny, it drives us towards sickness, aging, and
deatli.

POWER OVER = EXTERIOR POWER = SUBMISSION = SICKNESS

Or; movingforward: Health-youth-life

If we keep our inner power and exercise it, we will conduct ourselves
as sovereign individuals, all-powerful and responsible. We will take
decisions that are in harmony with our essence, with that which we really
are. We live in a world of reality, of spirit. Our body is at the service of our
soul. The vehicle is at the service of the traveller. In controlling our destiny,
we direct it voluntarily towards health, youth, and life.
POWER OF = INNER POWER = SOVEREIGNTY = HEALTH

To accomplish the dream of tomorrow: Unlimited health

If we fusion our inner powers of individual sovereigns, one with one

another, we become interdependent and in solidarity, one with the other
and with the Universe. We are Creative Universal Energy, unlimited in time
and space. We are in perfect control of our vibratory frequency, of our state
of health. We are then on the road to unlimited health, of eternal life.
POWER WITH = FUSIONED POWER - SOLIDARITY = UNLIMITED HEALTH

Each time you think, feel, or act, ask yourself:

DO I WANT TO EVOLVE TOWARDS SICKNESS OR TOWARDS HEALTH?

THE REALIZATION

power OVER power OF power WITH

external inner fusioned

SOUL

> / 2 \
fi ,' Z \
0 /
4 \
SOUL tl—

Submission Sovereignty Solidarity

(collective) (individual) (universal)

sickness Health Unlimited health

disorder order perfect order
overturned righted eternal stability

WAR PEACE WORLD PEACE

NO SOLIDARITY WITHOUT SOVEREIGNTY

The only real

SOVEREIGNTY
is

INDIVIDUAL
because it is

DIVINE
Generalization of all the systems
We now know how the medical system works:
• How it came to be overturned and capsized: Submission.
• How to right it: Sovereignty.
• How to navigate it, and sail it to infinity: Solidarity.
As a result, we also know how the smallest to the biggest systems work. For
any system, whatever the field, the nightmare and the solutions are the same
everywhere.

The system has always turned over and is upside down.

The soul of the system is always at the service of the body of the system.

The big beneficiaries are always the same, under different names,
according to the system.

Their goal is always the same: to control, dominate, and exploit.

Their means are always the same: divide and conquer.

Their work is always done in the same way: in secrecy.

Their intermediary is always the same: government.

Their fie is democracy, in which all but they believe.

Regardless of the field, however deep it has sunk, it is possible to get out of
it and find the light. To do this, we must open the door that we have been locked
behind for years. That of submission. We all have the master key without which
no door can be opened. We only have to use it. That is...
INDIVIDUAL SOVEREIGNTY!
THE REALIZATION

Submission Sovereignty Solidarity

Field

sovereign client
HEALTH

unlimited

ECONOMY sovereign client

unlimited

JUSTICE

unlimited

COMMUNICATIONS

unlimited
knowledge

EDUCATION sovereign

unlimited
creativity
for all
Yesterday's nightmare: collective submission
Epilogue
I R6M6MB6R...
RUT I HRD FORGOTT6N
There was once a horse with wings Who reminded the sheep:
Who incarnated creativity and all “Remember that
spiritual tilings. In times gone by
Light as the wind, free as the air You were a winged horse
He moved with the speed of a Soaring high
lightning flare.
Independent and resolute.
Because he knew no boundary That nobody could refute”
He was called ETERNITY
The black sheep replied:
But one day man organized society.
“I remember”
Established his order and made his law.
He forbade the horse so mighty The black sheep returned to the
meadow, where
From running and flying as before.
It explained to the sheep
The winged horse let his wings wither assembled there:
To let him gallop joyfully hither and
“Enough of being fed
thither.
Just for the wool on our backs.
But the horse saw his legs become
shorter. It is time to organize
Working for man, he now had And stop being hacks”
responsibilities. The black sheep left to wander alone
The horse saw his hair change to wool Throughout the world far from home.
For the profit of the authorities. Its wool to offer to all who would buy.
THE WINGED HORSE It walked so well
HAD BECOME A SHEEP That its legs grew high and longer.
A sheep that was black It jumped so far
Which had accepted to trade That its wings grew back even stronger.
Its wool for security THE SHEEP THAT WAS BLACK
That was man-made. HAD TURNED BACK
Soon it was to see INTO A WINGED HORSE
That the shearing was increased Poets rediscovered their inspiration
And the food was decreased. And the sheep their insubmission
In great disarray
FAREWELL SECURITY
He went to see Mother Nature not
LONG LIVE LIBERTY!
far away
'
PROLOGUE
A Bach, Richard: Jonathan Livingston Seagull (U.S.A., 1970)

A Brennan, Barbara Ann: Hands of Light - a guide to healing through

the human energy field (U S A., 1987) (ISBN 0-553-34539-7)
Bantam New Age

A Brennan, Barbara Ann: Light Emerging - the journey of personal healing

(U.S.A., 1993) (ISBN 0-553-35456-6)
Bantam New Age

A Fontaine, Dr Janine: La medecine des chacras

(France, 1993) (ISBN 2-221-07499-8)
Editions Robert Laffont

A Fontaine, Dr Janine: La medecine du corps energetique - une revolution

therapeutique (France, 1983) (ISBN 2-221-01161-9)
Editions Robert Laffont

A Fontaine, Dr Janine: Nos trois corps et les trois mondes

(France, 1986) (ISBN 2-221-04961-6)
Editions Robert Laffont

A Pedneault, Helene: Pour en finir avec l'excellence

(Quebec, 1992) (ISBN 2-89052-494-9)
Editions du Boreal, Diffusions Dimedia, Quebec

PROBL6M
A Chevrefils, Dr Paul-Emile: Le leurre medical (Quebec, 1982)
a/s Richard Chevrefils, 430 ruejarry Est, Montreal H2P 1V3 Tel.: (514) 385-5115

A Enrenreich, Barbara and English, Deirdre: Witches, Midwives and Nurses -

A history of women healers (U.S.A., 1973) (ISBN 0-912670-13-4)
The Feminist Press/Talman Company, 150 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10011

A Flexner, Abraham: Medical Education in the United States and Canada

(U.S.A., 1910) (ISBN 0-405-03952-2)
The Carnegie Foundation, 589 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY, U.S.A.

A Illich, Ivan: Medical Nemesis (U.S.A., 1975) (ISBN 2-02-005661-5)

Bantam

A Kramer, Heinrich and Sprenger, James: Malleus Maleficarum

Dover Publications, 180 Varick Street, New York, NY 10014, U.S.A.)
A Lexchin, Dr. Joel: The Real Pushers - a critical analysis of the Canadian
drug industry (Canada, 1984) (ISBN 0-919573-27-4)
New Star Books Ltd., 2504 York Avenue, Vancouver, British Columbia V6K1E3

A Michelet, Jules: La sorciere (France, 1966)

Editions Flammarion
A Nechas, Eileen and Foley, Denise: Unequal Treatment - what you don’t know
about how women are treated by the medical community
(U.S.A., 1994) (ISBN 0-671-79186-9)
Simon and Shuster, 1230 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020, U.S.A.

A Payer, Lynn: Disease-Mongers - how doctors, drug companies

and insurers are making you feel sick (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-471-00737-4)
John Wilet and Sons, 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0012, U.S.A.

A World Health Organization/United Nations: Primary Health Care -

the Declaration of Alma-Ata (International, 1978) (ISBN 92-4-154128-8)
WHO/UNICEF/UN

SOLUTION
A Bird, Christopher et Tomkins, P.: The Secret Life of Plants
(U.S.A., 1973) (ISBN 2-266-03757-9)
A Chopra, Dr. Deepak: Ageless Body, Timeless Mind - the quantum
alternative to growing old (U.S.A., 1993) (ISBN 0-517-59257-6)
Harmony Books/Crown Publishers/Random House, 201 East 50th Street,
New York, NY 10022

A Chopra, Dr. Deepak: Quantum Healing - exploring the frontiers of

mind/body medicine (U.S.A., 1989) (ISBN 0-553-34869-8)
Bantam Books

A Cousins, Norman: Head First - the biology of hope

(U.S.A., 1989) (ISBN 0-525-24805-6) E.P. Dutton, New York, NY, U.S.A.

A DeMarco, Dr. Carolyn: Take Charge of Your Body - women’s health advisor
(Canada, 1994) (ISBN 0-9694766-1-2)
Well Woman Press, P.O. Box 66, Winlaw, British Columbia V0G 2J0

A Gerber, Dr. Richard: Vibrational Medicine - new choices for healing

ourselves (U.S.A., 1988) (ISBN 0-939680-46-7)
Bear and Company, Santa Fe, NM 87504 - 2860, U.S.A.
A Jampolsky, Dr. Gerald: Love Is Letting Go of Fear
(U.S.A., 1979) (ISBN 0-553-24518-X)
Bantam Books

A Kroeger, Reverend Hanna: The Seven Spiritual Causes of III Health

(U.S.A., 1988)
Chapel of Miracles, Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A.
A Lebrun, Maguy: Medecins du ciel, medecins de la terre
(France, 1987) (ISBN 2-221-05247-1)
Editions Robert Laffont

A Majnoni d’Intignano, Beatrice: Sante, mon cher souci (France, 1989)

Editions Jean-Claude Lattes/Economica

A Marquier, Annie: Le pouvoir de choisir - un paradigme pour l'emergence

d une nouvelle conscience (Quebec)
Editions Universelles du Verseau, C.P. 1074, Knowlton, Quebec JOE 1V0

A Martin, Dr Frederic: La foi sans croyance - l’eclosion de l’instinct

de guerir (France, 1992) (ISBN 2-86681-038-4)
Les Deux Oceans, 19 rue du Val-de-Grace, 75005 Paris, France

A Mongeau, Dr Serge: Adieu medecine, bonjour sante

(Quebec, 1982) (ISBN 2-89037-133-6)
Quebec/Amerique, 450 rue Sherbrooke Est, bur. 801, Montreal H2L 1J8
Tel: (514) 288-2371

A Mongeau, Dr Serge: Pour une nouvelle medecine

(Quebec, 1986) (ISBN 2-89037-306-1)
Quebec/Amerique, 450 rue Sherbrooke Est, bureau 390, Montreal H2L 1J8
Tel: (514) 288-2371

A Pekkanen, John: M.D. - doctors talk about themselves

(U.S.A., 1988) (ISBN 0-440-50028-1)
Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group, 666 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10103

A Rosner, Iulius: Requiem pour la S.E.C.U. - peut-on etre mieux soigne ?

(France, 1990) (ISBN 2-87671-074-9)
Editions Frison-Roche, 18 rue Dauphine, 75006 Paris, France

A Roy, Jean-Hugues: Profession: medecin (Quebec, 1993) (ISBN 2-89052-585-6)

Les Editions du Boreal/Diffusion Dimedia

A Rubik, Beverly: The Inter-relationship Between Mind and Matter

(U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-9633272-0-8)
Center for Frontier Sciences, Temple University, Ritter Hall 003-00, Philadelphia
PA 19122, U.S.A.

A Shapiro, Dr. Martin: Getting Doctored - critical reflections on becoming

a physician (Canada, 1978) (ISBN 0-919946-09-7)
Between the Lines, 229 College Street, Toronto, Ontario M5T 1R4

A Siegel, Dr Bemie: Love, Medicine and Miracles - lessons learned about

selfliealing from a surgeon’s experience with exceptional patients
(U.S.A., 1986) (ISBN 0-06-091406-8) Perennial Library, Harper & Row,
10 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, U.S.A.
A Weed, Susun S.: Healing Wise - a wise woman herbal
(U.S.A., 1989) (ISBN 0-9614620-2-7)
Ash Tree Publishing, P.O. Box 64, Woodstock, NY 12498, U.S.A,
Tel./fax: (914) 246-8081
A Weston, Walter: Praywell - a holistic guide to health and renewal (U.S.A.
1994)Transitions Press, P.O. Box 618, Wadsworth, OH 44281, U.S.A.
Tel: (800) 886-5735

OBSTACLE
A Bonhomme, Dr Jean: Diafoirissimo, ou la deraison medicale
(France, 1991) (ISBN 2-7103-0471-6)
La table ronde, 9 rue Huysmans, Paris 6e, France
A Dem, Marc: Fric sante - le scandale (France, 1992) (ISBN 2-268-01370-7)
Editions du Rocher, 28, rue Comte-Flix-Gastaldi, Monaco/Jean-Paul Bertrand,
Editeur, France
A Koch, Egmont R.: Sang rouge, sang noir - chronique d’un scandale medical
(France, 1990) (ISBN 2-87671-280-6)
Editions Frison-Roche, 18 rue Dauphine, 75006 Paris, France

A Muhins, Eustace: Murder by Injection - the story of the medical

conspiracy against America (U.S.A., 1988)
The National Council for Medical Research, P.O. Box 1105, Staunton
VA 24401 or order from America West Publishers, P.O. Box 2208, Carson City
NV 89702, U.S.A.

A Mendelsohn, Dr. John: Confessions of a Medical Heretic - tells you how

to guard yourself against the harmful impact upon your life of doctors,
drugs and hospitals (U.S.A., 1979) (ISBN 0-446-30627-4)
Warner Books Inc., 666 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10103, U.S.A.

A Ruesch, Hans: Naked Empress - the great medical fraud

(Switzerland, 1982) (ISBN 3-905280-07-8)
CMS Publications, Tal-Str. 40 CH-7250 Kloisters, Switzerland or: Fondazione
Hans Ruesch, Via Motta 51, CH-6900 Massagno-Lugano, Switzerland

A Walker, Martin: Dirty Medicine - science, big business and the assault
on natural health care (UK, 1993)
Slingshot Publications, B.M. Box 8314, London, England WC1N 3XX
A Wohl, Dr. Stanley: The Medical Industrial Complex
(U.S.A., 1984) (ISBN 0-517-55351-1)
Harmony Books, Crown Publishers, One Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016, U.S.A.
A Bell, Robert: Impure Science - fraud, compromises and political
influence in scientific research (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-471-52913-3)
John Wiley & Sons, 605 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0012, U.S.A.
 The Medical Mafia

A Larivee, Serge: La science au-dessus de tout soupgon

(Quebec, 1993) (ISBN 2-89415-118-7)
Editions du Meridien

A Davesnes, Jean-Clair: L’agriculture assassinee

(France, 1992) (ISBN 2-85190-072-2)
Editions de Chire, 86190 Chire-en-Montreuil, France

A Kneen, Brewster: From Land to Mouth - understanding the food system

(Canada, 1989) (ISBN 1-55021-050-5)
N.C. Press Ltd, Box 452, Station A, Toronto, Ontario, Canada

A Gritz, Colonel James "Bo": Called to Serve (U.S.A., 1991) (ISBN 0-916095-38-4)
Lazarus Publishing Company, Box 472 HCR-31, Sandy Valley, Nevada 89019, U.S.A.

A Marion, Pierre: Le pouvoir sans visage - le complexe militaro-industriel

(France, 1990) (ISBN 2-253-05541-7)
Calmann-Levy/Le livre de poche

A Executive Intelligence Review: Dope, Inc. - the book that drove

Kissinger crazy (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-943235-02-2)
Ben Franklin Booksellers, 107 South King Street, Leesburg, VA 22075, U.S.A.
Fax: (703) 777-8287 - Tel. a Montreal: (514) 385-5495

A Coquide, Patrick: La medecine scandale (France, 1993) (ISBN 2-08-066749-1)

Flammarion

Vaccines
A Berthoud, Dr Frangoise: Vacciner nos enfants ? - le point de vue de trois
medecins (Suissel985) (ISBN 2-88058-027-7)
Editions Soleil, 32, avenue Petit-Senn, CH 1225, Chene-Bourg, Suisse

A Buttram, Dr. Harold E. and Hoffman, John Chriss: Vaccination and Immune
Malfunction (U.S.A., 1982) (ISBN 0-916285-36-7)
The Humanitarian Publishing Company, P.O. Box 193, Richlandtown,
PA 18955-0193, tel.: 1 (800) 282-0677, U.S.A.

A Buttram, Dr. Harold: The Dangers of Immunization (U.S.A., 1979)

The Humanitarian Publishing Company, P.O. Box 193, Richlandtown,
PA 18955-0193, tel.: 1 (800) 282-0677, U.S.A.

A Buttram, Dr. Harold: Vaccination and Immune Malfunction (U.S.A., 1979)

The Humanitarian Publishing Company, P.O. Box 193, Richlandtown
PA 18955-0193, tel.: 1 (800) 282-0677, U.S.A.
A Chaitow, Leon: Vaccination and Immunization: Dangers, Delusions
and Alternatives - what every patient should know
(England, 1987) (ISBN 0-85207-191-4)
The C.W. Davis Company Ltd, 1 Church Path, Saffron Walden, Essex, CB10 1JP
England, tel.: 011-44-799-521909, fax: 011-44-799-513462
EPILOGUE
A Chevrefils, Dr Paul-Emile: Les vaccins, racket et poison ? (Quebec, 1965)
a/s Richard Chevrefils, 430 rueJarryEst, Montreal H2P 1V3M: (514) 385-5115

A Coulter, Harris and Loe Fischer, Barbara: DPT, A Shot in the Dark - why the
P in DPT vaccination may be hazardous to your child’s health
(U.S.A., 1990 (ISBN 0-89529-463-X)
Avery Publishing Group, Garden City Park, New York, U.S.A.
A Coulter, Harris L.: Vaccination, Social Violence and Criminality - the medical
assault on the American brain (U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 1-55643-084-1)
North Atlantic Books, 2800 Woolsey, Berkeley, CA, U.S.A., tel.: (510)644-2116
Fax (510) 652-4336
A Couzigou, Dr Yves: Phobie des microbes et manie vaccinale (France)
Vie et action, 388 bd Joseph-Ricord, 06140 Vence, France ou: Ligue Nationale
pour la Liberte des Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430 Paris Cedex 09, France

A Delarue, Fernand et Simone: La rancon des vaccinations

(France) (ISBN 2-903009-05-8)
Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des Vaccinations
B.P. No 9,75430 Paris Cedex 09, France
A Delarue, Fernand: L'intoxication vaccinale
(France, 1977) (ISBN 2-02-004732-2)
Seuil, 27 rue Jacob, Paris, France ou: Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des
Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430 Paris Cedex 09, France

A Delarue, Simone: Les vaccinations dans la vie quotidienne

(guide pratique) (France)
Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430
Paris Cedex 09, France

A Delarue, Simone: Vaccination/protection: mythe ou realite ?

(France) (ISBN 2-903009-06-6)
Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430
Paris Cedex 09, France

A Ferru, Dr Marcel: La faillite du B.C.G. - temoignages d’hier

et d’aujourd’hui (France, 1977) (ISBN 2-9500150-1-8)
Ferru B.P.7,95210 St-Gratien, France ou: Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte
des Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430 Paris Cedex 09, France

A Grigoraki, Pr.: Tuberculose et vaccin B.C.G. (France)

Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des Vaccinations, B.P. No 9,75430
Paris Cedex 09, France

A Honorof, Ida and McBean, E.: Vaccination the Silent Killer (U.S.A.)
Honor Publications, P.O. Box 346, Cutten, CA 95534, U.S.A.

A James, Walene: Immunization - the reality behind the myth (U.S.A.)

Bergin and Garvey, 1 Madison Avenue, New York, NY, U.S.A.
bo
A Ligue Nationale pour la Liberte des Vaccinations, Dossiers detailles sur
plusieurs aspects de la vaccination, notamment la Guerre Biologique
B.P. No 9, 75430 Paris Cedex 09, France - distributee au Canada: Biosfaire,
312 Ontario Est, Montreal H2X 1H6 tel.: (514) 985-2467, fax (514) 843-8288

A Mendelsohn, Dr Robert S.: Raising Healthy Children... in spite of your doctor

(U.S.A., 1984) (ISBN 2-88058-039-0)

A Neustaedter, Randall: The Immunization Decision - a guide for parents

(U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 1-55643-071-X)
North Atlantic Books, 2800 Woolsey Street, Berkeley, CA 94705, U.S.A. or:
Homeopathic Educational Services, 2124 Kittredge Street, Berkeley, CA 94704,
U.S.A.

A O’Mara, Peggy - editor: Vaccination, the Rest of the Story - a selection of

articles, letters and resources 1979-1992 (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-914257-10-
2) Mothering, P.O. Box 1690, Santa Fe, NM 87504, U.S.A.

A Randolph Society: How to Legally Avoid Unwanted Immunizations

of all Kinds (U S A.)
Humanitarian Publishing Co., R.D. 3, Clymer Rd., Quakertown, PA 18951

video
A Bad Vaccines (U.S.A., 1994)
NBC / NOW

A Consequences of Miass Vaccination (U.S.A., 1979)

CBS / 60 Minutes, 4/11/79

article
A Horowitz, Carol, Immunizations and Informed Consent (U.S.A., 1994)
Mothering, Winter 1993
EPILOGUE

RIDS
A Bingham, Bill: Biohazard, the Silent Threat - from biomedical research
and the creation of AIDS (England)
National Anti-Vivisection Society, 261 Goldmark Road, London South West
Great Britain, U.K.
A Callen, Michael: Surviving AIDS (U.S.A., 1990)
Harper Collins, New York
A Cantwell, Dr. Alan: AIDS and the Doctors of Death - an inquiry into
the origin of the AIDS epidemic (U.S.A., 1988) (ISBN 0-917211-25-1)
Aries Rising Press, P.O. Box 29532, Los Angeles, CA 90029, U.S.A.
Tel.: (213) 462-6458
A Cantwell, Dr. Alan: AIDS: the Mystery and the Solution
- the new epidemic of acquired immune deficiency syndrome
(U.S.A., 1983) (ISBN 0-917211-08-1)
Aries Rising Press, P.O. Box 29532, Los Angeles, CA 90029, U.S.A.
Tel.: (213) 462-6458
A Cantwell, Dr. Alan: Queer Blood - the secret AIDS genocide plot
(U.S.A., 1993) (ISBN 0-917211-26-X)
Aries Rising Press, P.O. Box 29532, Los Angeles, CA 90029, U.S.A.
Tel.: (213) 462-6458
A Chirimuuta, R. and R.: AIDS, Africa and Racism (England, 1987)
Bretby House, Stafford, England

A Coulter, Harris: AIDS and Syphilis: the hidden link

(U.S.A., 1987) (ISBN 1-55643-021-3)
North Atlantic Books

A Girard, Rollande: SIDA: tristes chimeres (France)

Editions Grasset, Paris, France

A Harris, Robert and Paxman, Jeremy: A Higher Form of Killing (1982)

A Konotey, Ahuler: What is AIDS ? (England, 1989)
Tetich-A Domeno Co, Watford, England

A Krupey, G.J.: Secret and Suppressed, chapter: AIDS: Act of God

or the Pentagon? (U.S.A., 1993)
Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland, OR 97208, U.S.A.

A Lauritsen, John P: Poison by Prescription - the AZT story

(U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 0-943742-06-4)
ASKLEPIOS/Pagan Press, 26 St-Mark's Place, New York, NY 10003, U.S.A.
tN}
A Markoff Asistent, Niro: Why I Survive AIDS - one woman’s inspiring
recovery - and the techniques she uses to help others (U S A., 1991)
(ISBN 0-671-68352-7) Fireside Books/Simon & Schuster, 1230 6th Ave.,
New York, Ny 10020

A Nussbaum, Bruce: Good Intentions - how Big Business and the Medical
Establishment are corrupting the fight against AIDS, Alzheimer’s,
cancer and more (U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 0-14-01-6000-0)
Penguin Books, 10 Alcorn Avenue, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M4V 3B2

A Segal, Jacob: New Directions in AIDS Therapy (Sweden, 1991)

A Sliilts, Randy: And The Band Played On - politics, people and the AIDS
epidemic (U.S.A., 1987) (ISBN 0-14-01-1369-X)
Penguin Group

A Snead, Dr. Eva Lee: Some Call It AIDS, I Call It Murder - the connection
between cancer, AIDS, immunizations and genocide - vol. I and II
(U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 0-922356-59-9) AUM Publications, 126 E. Ridgewood
Court, Suite 2700, San Antonio TX 78212, U.S.A., tel.: (512) 826-6613

A Strecker, Dr. Robert: Bio-Attack (U.S.A.)

Video: The Strecker Group, 1216 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90017, U.S.A.

video
A Strecker, Dr. Robert: The Strecker Memorandum (U.S.A., 1986)
U.S.A.: Aries Rising Press, PO. Box 29532, Los Angeles, CA 90029, U.S.A.

articles
A Root-Bemstein, Robert, Rethinking AIDS. Frontier Perspectives,
(Faff 1992) p.ll.
A Seale, John: Scientific articles in the Journal of the Royal Society
of Medicine: 1988: 81: 537-39; 1989: 82: 519-22.
Also in Nature 1988: 335: p. 39U

bulletin
A Rethinking AIDS -James Trabulse, publisher, 2040 Polk Street, suite 321
San Francisco, CA 94109.

organisation
A H.I.V. Connection ? -1072 Folsom Street, suite 321, San Francisco, CA 94103.
Cancer
A Bird, Christopher: The persecution and Trial of Gaston Naessens
- the true story of the efforts to suppress an alternative treatment for
cancer, AIDS and other immunologically based diseases (U S A., 1991)
(ISBN 0-915811-30-8) H.J. Kramer, P.0. Box 1082, Tiburon, CA 94920

A Cantwell, Dr. Alan: The Cancer Microbe (U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 0-917211—01-4)
Aries Rising Press, PO. Box 29532, Los Angeles, CA 90029, U.S.A.
Tel: (213) 462-6458
A Lynes, Barry: The Cancer Cure That Worked - fifty years of suppression
(U.S.A., 1987) (ISBN 0-919951-30-9)
Marcus Books, PO. Books 327, Queensville, Ontario LOG 1R0 Canada
Tel.: (416) 478-2201
A MacNaney, Christopher: Cancer - new connections (U.K.)
People’s Research Centre, Alston, Cumbria, U.K., CA9 3RF Tel. (0434) 381842

A McGrady, Patrick: Cancer Scandal -the politics and policies of failure

(U.S.A.) Video/American Science Writers Association, U.S.A.

A Moss, Dr. Ralph W.: Cancer Therapy - the independent consumer’s guide
to non-toxic treatment and prevention (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 1-881025-06-3)
Equinox Press/Movable Type, 331 West 57th Street, Suite 268, New York
NY 10019, tel.: (212) 245-4639, fax.: (212) 765-4197
A Moss, Dr. Ralph W.: The Cancer Industry - the classic expose on the cancer
establishment (U.S.A., 1980) (ISBN 1-55778-439-6)
Paragon House, 90 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, U.S.A., tel.: (212) 620-2820

A Sante et Bien-Etre Canada: Compte rendu du Colloque de la F.O.R.C.T.C. sur

l’epidemiologie du cancer (Canada, 1992) (ISSN 0228-8702)

magazines
A Scientific American (January 1994)
A Time (April 1994)

Immunity
A Douglas-Hume, Ethyl: Pasteur or Bechamp ? - a lost chapter in the history
of biology (England, 1947)
C.W. Daniel Company, Saffron Walden, Essex, England

A Nonclerg, Marie: Antoine Bechamp - l’homme et le savant

(France, 1982) (ISBN 2-224-00854-6)
Maloine Editeur, 27 rue de l’Ecole-de-Medecine, 75006, Paris, France

magazine

A Saturday Night - article: Blood Feud (Canada, December 1992)

REALIZATION
A Bach, Richard: The Reluctant Messiah (U.S.A., 1977) (ISBN 2-08-064014-3)

A Carter, Dr. James P.: Racketeering in Medicine - the suppression

of alternatives (U.S.A., 1992) (ISBN 1 -878901-32-X)
Hamptons Roads Publishing, 891 Norfolk Square, Norfolk VA 23502
Tel.: (804) 459-2453, fax.: (804) 455-8907

A Center for Self-Governance: It’s Your Health So Take Charge - informed

choices for a healthy nation (U S A., 1993) (ISBN 1-55815-282-2)
Institute for Contemporary Studies, San Francisco, CA 94102, U.S.A.
Tel: (800) 326-0263

A Foundation For Inner Peace: A Course in Miracles (text, manual for teachers
and workbook for students) (U.S.A., 1975) (ISBN 0-9606388-0-6)
Foundation for Inner Peace, P.O.Box 635, Tiburon, CA 94920, U.S.A.

A Greenberg, Dr. Michael A.: Off the Pedestal - transforming the business
of medicine (U.S.A., 1990) (ISBN 0-942540-39-5)
Breakthru Publishing, PO. Box 2866, Houston, TX 77252-2866, U.S.A.
Tel: (713) 522-7660

A Mongeau, Serge: Parce que la paix n'est pas une utopie

(Quebec, 1990) (ISBN 2-89111-406-X)
Collection Paix/Libre Expression, 2016 rue St-Hubert, Montreal H2L 3Z5

A Nozick, Marcia: No Place Like Home - Building sustainable communities

(Canada, 1992) (ISBN 0-88810-415-4) Canadian Council on Social Development,
55 Parkdale Avenue, Ottawa, K1Y 4G1, tel.: (613) 728-1865

A Robard, Isabelle: La sante assassinee (France, 1992) (ISBN 2-908986-11-6)

Editions de l’Ancre, 9-11 rue Benoit-Malon, 92156 Suresnes Cedex, France

A Small Wright, Machaelle: Behaving As If God In All Life Mattered

(U.S.A., 1983) (ISBN 0-9617713-0-5)
Perelandra Ltd, P.O.Box 3603, Warrenton, VA 22186, U.S.A.

magazine
A UTNE Reader articles: Managed Care Scam (U.S.A., Sept.-Oct. 1994)
.
 INVITATION
You've enjoyed this book...

Why not share your experience and take

advantage of interesting rebates when
reserving a number of copies for your
friends and neighbors on the same order.

Turn the page for savings of up

to 40% off the cover price for
ten and more copies.

You may want to use one of the order forms on

the following pages and return it to us by mail.

Thank you and lots of success

in your new endeavor!
PRICE LIST
IN THE USA
Prices per book for the following number of copies ON THE SAME ORDER:

Number of books 1-4 5-9 10 or more

Cover price $14.95 $14.95 $14.95
Rebate 0% 20% 40%
Price per book $14.95 $11.95 $8.95
+ S&H
Total price per book $17.00 $14.00 $11.00
Please make your cheque or money order payable to HERE'S THE KEY INC.
Our sales office address is:
Here's The Key Inc.
P.0. Box 223
Morgan, VT 05853
To reach us by fax or telephone simply dial:
Fax: 1- 802-895-4669 • Tel: 1- 802-895-4914

IN CANADA
Prices per book for the following number of copies ON THE SAME ORDER:

Number of books 1-4 5-9 10 or more

Cover price $19.95 $19.95 $19.95
Rebate 0% 20% 40%
Price per book $19.95 $15.95 $11.95
+ GST and S&H
Total price per book $23.00 $19.00 $15.00
Please make your cheque or money order payable to HERE'S THE KEY INC.
Our sales office address is:
Here's The Key Inc.
P.0. Box 113
Coaticook, QC
J1A2S9
To reach us by fax or telephone simply dial:
Fax: 1-819-835-5433 * Tel: 1-819-835-9520
Send one copy as a gift in my name

to
Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:

from
Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:

Enclosed is my □cheque □ money order

for: □ In the USA = $17.00

□ In Canada = $23.00

gift order form: The Medical Mafia

Send one copy as a gift in my name

to
Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:

City:_State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:

from
Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:

City:_State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:

Enclosed is my □ cheque □ money order

for: □ In the USA = $17.00

□ In Canada = $23.00
___
Here's The Key Inc.
P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
RO. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9

Here's The Key Inc.

P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
P.O. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9
2*-
iiiiiii iiiii- 11
:: - .
1 iiiii

ORDER FORM:
_copies @ $_00 per book = $_00

Enclosed is my □ cheque □money order

Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:_

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:_

_copies @ $_00 per book = $_00

Enclosed is my □ cheque □ money order

Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:_

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:_

_copies @ $_00 per book = $_00

Enclosed is my □ cheque □ money order

Name:_

Address:_ Apt.:_

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:_

crtr- -__

order form: The Medical Mafia

_copies @ $_00 per book = $_00

Enclosed is my □ cheque □ money order

Name:__

Address:_ Apt.:_

City:_ State-Prov:_ ZIP-Postal code:_

^ir_______
Here's The Key Inc.
P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
P.O. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9

Here's The Key Inc.

P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
P.O. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9

Here's The Key Inc.

P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
P.O. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9

Here's The Key Inc.

P.O. Box 223, Morgan, VT 05853
P.O. Box 113, Coaticook, QC J1A 2S9
NOTES
■
 In order to realize this dream, I went to medical school. For many years,
I was convinced that I was on the right track. Reality, however, was something else
altogether. Thoughts, emotions and feelings, these invisible and untouchable
antagonists invariably frustrated me in my scientific work.

I then turned to other avenues, to alternative medicines and natural therapies,

which offered other solutions for overall health. I set out in search of them to many
countries and discovered the benefits that they had to offer.

But people continue to suffer and die all the same. Why?
• Why is our state of health constantly deteriorating?
• Why does our medical system cost so much?
• Why is it maintained when everyone is so dissatisfied with it?
• Whom does it profit?

Not knowing where to go next, I turned inward.

Unlimited health was waitingfor me there!

Guylaine Lanctot

Price: US: $14,95 Canada: $19,95